Maths by Neha Dhiman ( KV TEACHER )

Chapter name – Real Number

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM PREPARATION

STUDY MATERIAL

Telegram: [Link]

Instagram: [Link]

Facebook page: [Link]

106075477485686/

Facebook group:
[Link]

WhatsApp Channel :-
[Link]

NEHA DHIMAN (KV TEACHER)

SSC CGL TWO TIMES MAINS CLEARED
NVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED
KVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED IN FIRST ATTEMPT

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM STUDY MATERIAL REAL NUMBERS

IMPORTANT PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman ( KV TEACHER )
Chapter name – Real Number

1. Let 𝒑 be a prime number. The sum of its factors is 9. If 3 is the least prime factor of 𝒎 and 5 is the least prime
(a) 𝒑 factor of 𝒏, then the least prime factor of (𝒎 + 𝒏) is
(b) 1 (a) 11
(c) 𝒑 + 𝟏 (b) 2
(d) 𝒑 − 𝟏 (c) 3
2. Let 𝒑 be a prime number. The quadratic equation (d) 5
having its factors as zeros is 10. If the HCF of 85 and 153 is expressible in the form
(a) 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒑𝒙 + 𝒑 = 𝟎 𝟖𝟓𝒏 − 𝟏𝟓𝟑, then the value of 𝒏 is
(b) 𝒙𝟐 − (𝒑 + 𝟏)𝒙 + 𝒑 = 𝟎 (a) 3
(c) 𝒙𝟐 + (𝒑 + 𝟏)𝒙 + 𝒑 = 𝟎 (b) 2

(d) 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒑𝒙 + (𝒑 + 𝟏) = 𝟎 (c) 4

3. The LCM of smallest prime number and the smallest (d) 1

odd composite number is 11. If 𝒑𝟏 and 𝒑𝟐 are odd prime numbers such that 𝒑𝟏 >

(a) 10 𝒑𝟐 , then 𝒑𝟐𝟏 − 𝒑𝟐𝟐 is

(b) 6 (a) an even number
(c) 9 (b) an odd number
(d) 18 (c) an odd prime number
4. The smallest number divisible by all natural numbers (d) a prime number
between 1 and 10 (both inclusive) is Ans. (a)
(a) 2020 12. 𝒏𝟐 − 𝟏 is divisible by 8 , if 𝒏 is
(b) 2520 (a) an integer
(c) 1010 (b) a natural number
(d) 5040 (c) an odd integer
5. The HCF of two consecutive positive integers is (d) an even integer
(a) 0 13. If the HCF of 408 and 1032 is expressible in the form
(b) 1 𝟏𝟎𝟑𝟐𝒎 − 𝟒𝟎𝟖 × 𝟓, then the value of 𝒎 is
(c) 4 (a) 4
(d) 2 (b) 3
6. Let 𝒏 be a natural number. Then, the 𝐋𝐂𝐌(𝒏, 𝒏 + 𝟏) is (c) 1
(a) 𝒏 (d) 2
(b) 𝒏 + 𝟏 14. The sum of the HCF and LCM of 𝟏𝟐, 𝟐𝟏, 𝟏𝟓 is
(c) 𝒏(𝒏 + 𝟏) (a) 423
(d) 1 (b) 420
7. If two positive integers 𝒑 and 𝒒 can be expressed as 𝒑 = (c) 417

𝟏𝟖𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟒 and 𝒒 = 𝟐𝟎𝒂𝟑 𝒃𝟐 where 𝒂 and 𝒃 are prime (d) 140

numbers, then 𝐋𝐂𝐌(𝒑, 𝒒) is 15. If the LCM of two numbers is 3600 , then which of the

(a) 𝟐𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐 following numbers cannot be their HCF?

(b) 𝟏𝟖𝟎𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐 (a) 600

(b) 500
(c) 𝟏𝟐𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐
(c) 400
(d) 𝟏𝟖𝟎𝒂𝟑 𝒃𝟒
(d) 150
8. If 𝒎 = 𝒅𝒏 + 𝒓 where 𝒎, 𝒏 are positive integers and 𝒅
16. Given that 𝐇𝐂𝐅(𝟐𝟓𝟐𝟎, 𝟔𝟔𝟎𝟎) = 𝟏𝟐𝟎 and
and 𝒓 integers, then 𝒏 is the HCF of 𝒎 and 𝒏, if
𝐋𝐂𝐌(𝟐𝟓𝟐𝟎, 𝟔𝟔𝟎𝟎) = 𝟐𝟓𝟐 × 𝒌, then the value of 𝒌 is
(a) 𝒓 = 𝟏
(a) 550
(b) 𝟎 < 𝒓 ≤ 𝟏
(b) 1600
(c) 𝒓 = 𝟎
(c) 165
(d) 𝒓 is a real number
(d) 1625

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman ( KV TEACHER )
Chapter name – Real Number

17. If 𝒂 = 𝟐𝟐 × 𝟑𝒙 , 𝒃 = 𝟐𝟐 × 𝟑 × 𝟓, 𝒄 = 𝟐𝟐 × 𝟑 × 𝟕, and 25. HCF of two positive integers is always

𝐋𝐂𝐌(𝒂, 𝒃, 𝒄) = 𝟑𝟕𝟖𝟎, then 𝒙 = (a) a multiple of their LCM
(a) 0 (b) a factor of their LCM
(b) 1 (c) divisible by their LCM
(c) 2 (d) none of these
(d) 3 26. The HCF of two numbers 65 and 104 is 13 . If LCM of

18. If 𝒑𝟐 =
𝟑𝟐
, then 𝒑 is a/an 65 and 104 is 𝟒𝟎𝒙, then the value of 𝒙 is
𝟓𝟎
(a) 5
(a) whole number
(b) 13
(b) integer
(c) 40
(c) rational number
(d) 8
(d) irrational number
27. The LCM of three numbers 𝟐𝟖, 𝟒𝟒, 𝟏𝟑𝟐 is
19. If 𝒑 and 𝒒 are natural numbers and 𝒑 is a multiple of
(a) 258
𝒒, then what is the HCF of p and 𝒒 ?
(b) 231
(a) 𝒑𝒒
(c) 462
(b) 𝒑
(d) 924
(c) 𝒒
28. The greatest number which divides 281 and 1249 ,
(d) 𝒑 + 𝒒
leaving remainder 5 and 7 respectively, is
20. If two positive integers 𝒂 and 𝒃 are written as 𝒂 =
(a) 23
𝒑𝟑 𝒒𝟒 and 𝒃 = 𝒑𝟐 𝒒𝟑 , where 𝒑 and 𝒒 are prime numbers,
(b) 276
such that 𝐇𝐂𝐅(𝒂, 𝒃) = 𝒑𝒎 𝒒𝒏 and 𝐋𝐂𝐌(𝒂, 𝒃) = 𝒑𝒓 𝒒𝒔 , then
(c) 138
(𝒎 + 𝒏)(𝒓 + 𝒔) equal to
(d) 69
(a) 15
29. A pair of irrational numbers whose product is a
(b) 30
rational number is
(c) 35
(a) (√𝟏𝟔, √𝟒)
(d) 72
(b) (√𝟓, √𝟐)
21. The smallest number which when divided by 17,23 and
29 leaves a remainder 11 in each case is (c) (√𝟑, √𝟐𝟕)

(a) 493 (d) (√𝟑𝟔, √𝟐)

(b) 11350 30. The smallest irrational number by which √𝟐𝟎 should
(c) 11339 be multiplied so as to get a rational number, is
(d) 667 (a) √𝟐𝟎
22. If 𝐇𝐂𝐅(𝒙, 𝟖) = 𝟒, 𝐋𝐂𝐌(𝒙, 𝟖) = 𝟐𝟒, then 𝒙 is (b) √𝟐
(a) 8 (c) 5
(b) 10 (d) √𝟓
(c) 12 31. The LCM of smallest odd prime number and the
(d) 14 greatest two digit number is
23. If 𝒂 = 𝟐𝟕 × 𝟑𝟏𝟎 and 𝒃 = 𝟐𝟑 × 𝟑𝟕 , then 𝐇𝐂𝐅(𝒂, 𝒃) is (a) 1
𝟑 𝟏𝟎
(a) 𝟐 × 𝟑 (b) 99
(b) 𝟐𝟏𝟎 × 𝟑𝟏𝟕 (c) 297
𝟑 𝟕
(c) 𝟐 × 𝟑 (d) 300
𝟕 𝟕
(d) 𝟐 × 𝟑 32. The exponent of 5 in the prime factorisation of 3750 , is
𝟐𝒏 𝟐𝒏
24. For any natural numbers, 𝟐𝟓 −𝟗 is always (a) 3
divisible by (b) 4
(a) 16 (c) 5
(b) 34 (d) 6
(c) both 16 and 34 33. The LCM of two numbers is 1200 . Which of the
(d) none of these following cannot be their HCF?
(a) 600
(b) 500

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman ( KV TEACHER )
Chapter name – Real Number
(c) 400 (c) non-terminating
(d) 200 (d) doesnot exist
𝟑 𝟒 𝟒
34. If 𝒏 = 𝟐 × 𝟑 × 𝟓 × 𝟕, then the number of 42. The smallest irrational number by which √𝟏𝟖 should
consecutive zeros in 𝒏, where 𝒏 is a natural number, is be multiplied so as to get a rational number is
(a) 2 (a) √𝟏𝟖
(b) 3 (b) 𝟐√𝟐
(c) 4
(c) √𝟐
(d) 7
(d) 2
35. The sum of the exponents of the prime factors in the
43. √𝟓 + √𝟑 + 𝟐 is
prime factorisation of 196, is
(a) a natural number
(a) 1
(b) an integer
(b) 2
(c) a rational number
(c) 4
(d) an irrational number
(d) 6
44. The LCM of 𝟐𝟑 × 𝟑𝟐 and 𝟐𝟐 × 𝟑𝟑 is
36. If two positive integers 𝒂 and 𝒃 are written as 𝒂 = 𝒙𝟑 𝒚𝟐
(a) 𝟐𝟑
𝟑
and 𝒃 = 𝒙𝒚 , where 𝒙, 𝒚 are prime numbers, then the
(b) 𝟑𝟑
result obtained by dividing the product of the positive
(c) 𝟐𝟑 × 𝟑𝟑
integers 𝒂, 𝒃 by the 𝐋𝐂𝐌(𝒂, 𝒃) is
(d) 𝟐𝟐 × 𝟑𝟐
(a) 𝒙𝒚
(b) 𝒙𝒚𝟐
45. The HCF of two numbers is 18 and their product is
(c) 𝒙𝟑 𝒚𝟑
12960 . Their LCM will be
(d) 𝒙𝟐 𝒚𝟐
(a) 420
37. If two positive ingeters 𝒂 and 𝒃 are expressible in the
(b) 600
form 𝒂 = 𝒑𝒒𝟐 and 𝒃 = 𝒑𝟑 𝒒; 𝒑, 𝒒 being prime numbers,
(c) 720
then 𝐋𝐂𝐌(𝒂, 𝒃) is
(d) 800
(a) 𝒑𝒒
46. 𝝅 is
(b) 𝒑𝟑 𝒒𝟑
(a) a rational number
(c) 𝒑𝟑 𝒒𝟐 (b) an irrational number
(d) 𝒑𝟐 𝒒𝟐 (c) a prime number
38.. If two positive integers 𝒎 and 𝒏 are expressible in the (d) an odd number
𝟑 𝟑 𝟐
form 𝒎 = 𝒑𝒒 and 𝒏 = 𝒑 𝒒 , where 𝒑, 𝒒 are prime 47. The total number of factors of a prime numb
numbers, then 𝐇𝐂𝐅(𝒎, 𝒏) = (a) 1
(a) 𝒑𝒒 (b) 0
𝟐
(b) 𝒑𝒒 (c) 2
𝟑 𝟑
(c) 𝒑 𝒒 (d) 3
𝟐 𝟑
(d) 𝒑 𝒒 48. The HCF and the LCM of 𝟏𝟐, 𝟐𝟏, 𝟏𝟓 respectively are
39. The HCF of 95 and 152 , is (a) 3,140
(a) 57 (b) 12,420
(b) 1 (c) 3,420
(c) 19 (d) 420,3
(d) 38 49. The product of a non-zero rational number and an
40. If 𝐇𝐂𝐅(𝟐𝟔, 𝟏𝟔𝟗) = 𝟏𝟑, then 𝐋𝐂𝐌(𝟐𝟔, 𝟏𝟔𝟗) = irrational number is
(a) 26 (a) always rational
(b) 52 (b) always irrational
(c) 338 (c) rational or irrational
(d) 13 (d) none of these
41. The decimal expansion of 𝝅 is 50. If two positive integers 𝒂 and 𝒃 are written as 𝒂 = 𝒙𝟑 𝒚𝟐
(a) terminating and 𝒃 = 𝒙𝒚𝟑 ; 𝒙, 𝒚 are prime numbers, then 𝐇𝐂𝐅(𝒂, 𝒃) is
(b) non-terminating non-repeating (a) 𝒙𝒚

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman ( KV TEACHER )
Chapter name – Real Number

(b) 𝒙𝒚𝟐 (d) 𝟏: 𝟑

(c) 𝒙𝟑 𝒚𝟑 59. Prime factors of the denominator of a rational number
𝟐 𝟐 with decimal expansion 44.123 are
(d) 𝒙 𝒚
51. The least number that is divisible by all the numbers (a) 2,3
from 1 to 10 (both inclusive) is (b) 𝟐, 𝟑, 𝟓
(a) 10 (c) 2,5
(b) 100 (d) 3,5
𝟐𝟑
(c) 504 60. If 𝒂𝟐 = , then 𝒂 is
𝟐𝟓
(d) 2520 (a) rational
52. The largest number which divides 70 and 125 , leaving (b) irrational
remainders 5 and 8 , respectively, is (c) whole number
(a) 13 (d) integer
(b) 65 61. If 𝐋𝐂𝐌(𝒙, 𝟏𝟖) = 𝟑𝟔 and 𝐇𝐂𝐅(𝒙, 𝟏𝟖) = 𝟐, then 𝒙 is
(c) 875 (a) 2
(d) 1750 (b) 3
𝟑 𝒏
53. If 𝒂 = 𝟐 × 𝟑, 𝒃 = 𝟐 × 𝟑 × 𝟓, 𝒄 = 𝟑 × 𝟓 and (c) 4
𝐋𝐂𝐌(𝒂, 𝒃, 𝒄) = 𝟐𝟑 × 𝟑𝟐 × 𝟓, then 𝒏 = (d) 5
(a) 1 62. If the sum of two numbers is 1215 and their HCF is 81 ,
(b) 2 then the possible number of pairs of such number is
(c) 3 (a) 2
(d) 4 (b) 3
𝟐 𝟐
54. 𝟏𝟏𝟗 − 𝟏𝟏 is a (c) 7
(a) prime number (d) 5
(b) composite number 63. If the LCM of two prime number 𝒑 and 𝒒(𝒑 > 𝒒) is
(c) an odd prime number 221 then the value of 𝟑𝒑 − 𝒒 is
(d) an odd composite number (a) 4
55. 𝟑. 𝟐𝟕 is (b) 28
(a) an integer (c) 38
(b) a rational number (d) 48
(c) a natural number 64. How many prime numbers are of the form 𝟏𝟎𝒏 + 𝟏,
(d) an irrational number where 𝒏 is a natural number such that 𝟏 ≤ 𝒏 < 𝟏𝟎 ?
56. The LCM and HCF of two rational numbers are equal, (a) 5
then the numbers must be (b) 6
(a) prime (c) 4
(b) co-prime (d) 3
(c) composite 65. Any one of the numbers 𝒂, 𝒂 + 𝟐 and 𝒂 + 𝟒 is a
(d) equal multiple of
57 . If the sum of LCM and HCF of two numbers is 1260 (a) 2
and their LCM is 900 more than their HCF, then the (b) 3
product of two numbers is (c) 5
(a) 203400 (d) 7
(b) 194400 66. If the LCM of 𝒂 and 18 is 36 and the HCF of 𝒂 and 18
(c) 198400 is 2 , then 𝒂 =
(d) 205400 (a) 2
58. The ratio of LCM and HCF of the least composite (b) 3
number and the least prime number is (c) 4
(a) 𝟏: 𝟐 (d) 1
(b) 𝟐: 𝟏 67. If 𝒑 and 𝒒 are co-prime numbers, then 𝒑𝟐 and 𝒒𝟐 are
(c) 𝟏: 𝟏 (a) coprime

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman ( KV TEACHER )
Chapter name – Real Number
(b) not coprime (c) 𝟐𝒒
(c) even (d) 𝟐𝒒 + 𝟏
(d) odd 76. All decimal numbers are
68. If 3 is the least prime factor of number 𝒂 and 7 is the (a) rational numbers
least prime factor of number 𝒃, then the least prime factor (b) irrational numbers
of 𝒂 + 𝒃, is (c) real numbers
(a) 2 (d) integers
(b) 3 77. If (𝒂 × 𝟓)𝒏 ends with the digit zero for every natural
(c) 5 number 𝒏, then 𝒂 is
(d) 10 (a) any natural number
69. The smallest number by which √𝟐𝟕 should be (b) an even number
multiplied so as to get a rational number is (c) an odd number

(a) √𝟐𝟕 (d) none of these

(b) 𝟑√𝟑 78. The product of a non-zero rational number and an

irrational number is
(c) √𝟑
(a) always irrational
(d) 3
(c) rational or irrational
70. Three bells ring at intervals of 4,7 and 14 minutes. All
(b) always rational
the three rang at 6 AM . When will they ring together
again?
(a) 𝟔: 𝟎𝟕𝐀𝐌
(b) 𝟔: 𝟏𝟒𝐀𝐌
Each of the following questions contains STATEMENT-1
(c) 𝟔: 𝟐𝟖𝐀𝐌
(Assertion) and STATEMENT-2 (R) and has following
(d) 𝟔: 𝟐𝟓𝐀𝐌
four choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), only one of which is the
71. If 𝒏 is a natural number, then 𝟗𝟐𝒏 − 𝟒𝟐𝒏 is always
correct answer. Mark the correct choice.
divisible by
(a) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is
(a) 5
a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(b) 13
(b) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is
(c) both 5 and 13
not a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(d) none of these
(c) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false.
72. If 𝒏 is any natural number, then 𝟔𝒏 − 𝟓𝒏 always ends
(d) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true.
with
(a) 1
79. Statement-1 (A): HCF and LCM of two natural
(b) 3
numbers are 25 and 815 respectively.
(c) 5
Statement-2 (R): LCM of two natural numbers is always
(d) 7
divisible by their HCF.
73. The remainder when the square of any prime number
(d)
greater than 3 is divided by 6 , is
80. Statement-1 (A): 𝐇𝐂𝐅(𝟐𝟑𝟒, 𝟒𝟕) = 𝟏.
(a) 1
Statement-2 (R): HCF of two co-primes is always 1.
(b) 3
(a)
(c) 2
(d) 4
81. Statement-1 (𝑨): √𝟏𝟏 is an irrational number.
74. For some integer 𝒎, every even integer is of the form
Statement-2 (𝐑) : If p is a prime number, then √𝒑 is an
(a) 𝒎
(b) 𝒎 + 𝟏 irrational number.

(c) 𝟐𝒎 (a)
82. Statement-1 (A): HCF of two consecutive natural
(d) 𝟐𝒎 + 𝟏
numbers is 1 .
75. For some integer 𝒒, every odd integer is of the form
Statement-2 (R): HCF of two co-primes is 1
(a) 𝒒
(b) 𝒒 + 𝟏

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman ( KV TEACHER )
Chapter name – Real Number
(a) 91. Statement- 𝟏(𝑨) : If product of two numbers is 5780
and theire HCF is 17 , then teir LCM is 340.
𝟑
83. Statement-1 (A): For any positive integer 𝒏, 𝒏 − 𝒏 is Statement-2 (R): HCF is always a factor of LCM.
divisible by 6 . (b)
Statement-2 (R): Product of three consecutive natural
numbers is always a multiple of 6 . 92. Statement- 𝟏(𝑨) : 𝒏𝟐 + 𝒏 is divisible by 2 for every
(a) natural number 𝒏.
84. Statement-1 (A): If 𝐇𝐂𝐅(𝒂, 𝒃) = 𝟒 and 𝒂𝒃 = 𝟗𝟔 × 𝟒𝟎𝟒, Statement-2 (R): The product of two consecutive natural
then 𝐋𝐂𝐌(𝒂, 𝒃) = 𝟗𝟔𝟗𝟔. numbers is an even natural number.
Statement-2 (R): LCM of two numbers 𝒂 and 𝒃 = (a)
𝐇𝐂𝐅(𝒂, 𝒃) × 𝒂𝒃.
(c) 93. Statement-1 (A): The square of an odd natural number
85. Statement-1 (A): 997 is the largest three digit prime leaves remainder 1 when divided by 4.
number. Statement-2(R): The square of an odd natural number is
Statement-2 (R): A positive integer 𝒏 is a prime number, if of the form 𝟒𝒌 + 𝟏 for some nonnegative integer number
no positive integer less than or equal to √𝒏 divides 𝒏. 𝒌.
(a) (a)

86. Statement-1 (A): √𝟐 + √𝟑 is an irrational number.

Statement-2 (R): If 𝒑 and 𝒒 are prime positive integers,
94. Statement-1 (A): If 11 divides 627264, then 11 divides
then √𝒑 + √𝒒 is an irrational number.
792 .
(a)
Statement-2 (𝑹) : Let 𝒑 be a prime number and a be a
87. Statement-1 (𝑨) : In the following figure, the perimeter
positive integer, if 𝒑 divides 𝒂𝟐 , then 𝒑 divides 𝒂.
of △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 is a rational number.
(a)

95. Statement-1 (𝑨) : The product of (𝟓 + √𝟑) and (𝟐 −

√𝟑) is an irrational number.
Statement-2 (𝑹) : The product of two irrational numbers
is an irrational number.

Statement-2 (R): The sum of the squares of two rational (c)

numbers is always rational.

(d) 96. Statement-1 (𝑨) : The number 𝟓𝒏 cannot end with the

88. Statement-1 (A): 𝟐 + √𝟐 is an irrational number. digit 0 , where 𝒏 is a natural number.

Statement-2 (R): The sum of a non-zero rational number Statement-2 (R): Prime factorisation of 5 has only two

and an irrational number is always an irrational number. factors 1 and 5.

(a) (a)

89. Statement-1 (𝑨) : If HCF (𝟗𝟎, 𝟏𝟒𝟒) = 𝟏𝟖, then

𝐋𝐂𝐌(𝟗𝟎, 𝟏𝟒𝟒) = 𝟕𝟐𝟎.
Statement-2 (𝑹): 𝐇𝐂𝐅(𝒂, 𝒃) × 𝐋𝐂𝐌(𝒂, 𝒃) = 𝒂 × 𝒃.
(a)

90. Statement-1 (𝑨) : 𝐈𝐟 𝐋𝐂𝐌(𝟔𝟎, 𝟕𝟐) = 𝟑𝟔𝟎, then

𝐇𝐂𝐅(𝟔𝟎, 𝟕𝟐) = 𝟏𝟐.
Statement-2 (𝑹): 𝐇𝐂𝐅(𝒂, 𝒃) × 𝐋𝐂𝐌(𝒂, 𝒃) = 𝒂 + 𝒃.
(c)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – AREA RELATED TO CIRCLES

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM PREPARATION

STUDY MATERIAL

Telegram: [Link]

Instagram: [Link]

Facebook page: [Link]

106075477485686/

Facebook group:
[Link]

WhatsApp Channel :-
[Link]

NEHA DHIMAN (KV TEACHER)

SSC CGL TWO TIMES MAINS CLEARED
NVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED
KVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED IN FIRST ATTEMPT

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM STUDY MATERIAL

AREA RELATED TO CIRCLES IMPORTANT PRACTICE
QUESTIONS

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – AREA RELATED TO CIRCLES

1. If the perimeter of a square is equal to the perimeter of (c) 𝟏: 𝟐

a circle, then the ratio of their areas is (d) 𝟏: 𝟑
(a) 𝟏𝟏: 𝟏𝟒 Ans. (a)
(b) 𝟐𝟐: 𝟏𝟑 8. If the circumferences of two circles are in the ratio 𝟒: 𝟓,
(c) 𝟏𝟒: 𝟏𝟏 then their areas are in the ratio –
(d) 𝟏𝟑: 𝟐𝟐 (a) 𝟏𝟔: 𝟐𝟓
Ans. (a) (b) 𝟐𝟓: 𝟏𝟔
2. If the circumference of a circle and the perimeter of a (c) 𝟐: √𝟓
square are equal, then (d) 𝟒: 𝟓
(a) Area of the circle = Area of the square Ans. (a)
(c) Area of the circle < Area of the square 9. If the circumference of a circle is doubled, then its area
(b) Area of the circle > Area of the square is
(d) Nothing definite can be said about the relation between (a) halved
the areas of the circle and the square (b) doubled
Ans. (b) (c) tripled
3. If the sum of the circumferences of two circles with radii (d) quadrupled
𝒓𝟏 and 𝒓𝟐 is equal to the circumference of the circle of Ans. (d)
radius 𝒓, then 10. The area of the largest triangle that can be inscribed in
(a) 𝒓𝟏 + 𝒓𝟐 = 𝒓 a semi-circle of radius 𝒓 is
(b) 𝒓𝟏 + 𝒓𝟐 > 𝒓 (a) 𝟐𝒓
(c) 𝒓𝟏 + 𝒓𝟐 < 𝒓 (b) 𝒓𝟐
(d) none of these (c) 𝒓
Ans. (a) (d) √𝒓
4. The radius of a circle whose circumference is equal to Ans. (b)
the sum of the circumferences of the two rircles of radii 36 11. If π is taken 22/7 , the distance (in meters) covered by a
cm and 20 cm is wheel of diameter 35 cm, in one revolution is
(a) 56 cm (a) 2.2
(b) 42 cm (b) 1.1
(c) 28 cm (c) 9.625
(d) 16 cm (d) 96.25
Ans. (a) Ans. (b)
5. The diameter of a circle whose area is equal to the sum 12. A square 𝑨𝑩𝑪𝑫 is inscribed in a circle of radius ' 𝒓 '.
of the areas of the two circles of radii 24 cm and 7 cm is The area of the square in square units is
(a) 31 cm (a) 𝟑𝒓𝟐
(b) 25 cm
(b) 𝟐𝒓𝟐
(c) 62 cm
(c) 𝟒𝒓𝟐
(d) 50 cm
(d) 𝒓𝟐
Ans. (d)
Ans. (b)
6. If the area of a circle is 𝟔𝟒𝝅 𝐜𝐦𝟐 , then its circumference
13. The circumference of a circle is 100 cm . The side of a
is
square inscribed in the circle is
(a) 𝟕𝝅 𝐜𝐦
(a) 𝟓𝟎√𝟐 𝐜𝐦
(b) 𝟏𝟔𝝅 𝐜𝐦 𝟏𝟎𝟎
(b) 𝐜𝐦
(c) 𝟏𝟒𝝅 𝐜𝐦 𝝅

𝟓𝟎√𝟐
(d) 𝟐𝟏𝝅 𝐜𝐦 (c) 𝐜𝐦
𝝅
Ans, (b) 𝟏𝟎𝟎√𝟐
(d) 𝐜𝐦
𝝅
7. If the areas of two circles are in the ratio 𝟒: 𝟗, then the
Ans. (c)
ratio of the perimeters of their semicircles is
(a) 𝟐: 𝟑
(b) 𝟑: 𝟐

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – AREA RELATED TO CIRCLES

14. A circle with centre 𝑶 of diameter 28 cm and a chord (c) 𝟒𝟓∘

𝑩𝑪 of length 14 cm is shown below. The length of the (d) 𝟑𝟎∘
major arc of the circle, to the nearest tenth, is Ans. (b)
(a) 14.7 cm 19. In Fig., there are three sectors of a circle of radius 7 cm
(b) 73.3 cm , making angle of 𝟔𝟎∘ , 𝟖𝟎∘ and 𝟒𝟎∘ at ethe centre. The area
(c) 146.7 cm 𝟐𝟐
of the shaded region (in 𝐜𝐦𝟐 ) is (𝑼 se 𝝅 = )
𝟕
(d) 216.3 cm
Ans. (b)
15. Given below is the picture of the Olympic rings made
by taking five congruent circles of radius 1 cm each,
intersecting in such a way that the chord formed by
joining the point of intersection of two circles is also of
(a) 77
length 1 cm . Total area of all the dotted regions assuming
(b) 154
the thickness of the rings to be negligible is (c) 44
𝝅 √𝟑 𝟐
(a) 𝟒 ( − ) 𝐜𝐦 (d) 22
𝟏𝟐 𝟒

𝝅 √𝟑 Ans. (a)
(b) ( − ) 𝐜𝐦𝟐
𝟔 𝟒
20. The hour hand of a clock is 6 cm long. The angle swept
𝝅 √𝟑 𝟐
(c) 𝟒 ( − ) 𝐜𝐦 by it between 7:20 AM and 7:55 AM is-
𝟔 𝟒

𝝅 √𝟑 𝟑𝟓 ∘
(d) 𝟖 ( − ) 𝐜𝐦𝟐 (a) ( )
𝟔 𝟒 𝟒
𝟑𝟓 ∘
Ans. (d) (b) ( )
𝟐
16. In Fig.𝑨𝑩𝑪𝑫 is a square of side 14 cm with 𝑬, 𝑭, 𝑮 and
(c) 𝟑𝟓∘
𝑯 as the mid-points of sides 𝑨𝑩, 𝑩𝑪, 𝑪𝑫 and DA
(d) 𝟕𝟎∘
respectively. The area of the shaded portion is
Ans. (b)
21. What is the length of the arc of the sector of a circle
with radius 14 cm and central angle 𝟗𝟎∘ ?
(a) 22 cm
(b) 44 cm
(c) 88 cm
(d) 11 cm
(a) 𝟒𝟒 𝐜𝐦𝟐
Ans. (a)
(b) 𝟒𝟗 𝐜𝐦𝟐 22. The area of the sector of a circle of radius 12 cm is
(c) 𝟗𝟖 𝐜𝐦𝟐 𝟔𝟎𝝅 𝐜𝐦𝟐 . The central angle of this sector is
𝟒𝟗 𝟐
(d) 𝝅 𝐜𝐦 (a) 𝟏𝟐𝟎∘
𝟐

Ans. (c) (b) 𝟔∘

17. If the difference between the circumference and the (c) 𝟕𝟓∘

radius of a circle is 37 cm . If 𝝅 =
𝟐𝟐
, then the (d) 𝟏𝟓𝟎∘
𝟕
Ans. (d)
circumference (in cm ) of the circle is
23. The length of an arc of a circle with radius 12 cm is
(a) 15.4
𝟏𝟎𝝅 𝐜𝐦. The angle subtended by the arc at the centre of
(b) 44
the circle, is
(c) 14
(a) 𝟏𝟐𝟎∘
(d) 7
Ans. (b) (b) 𝟔∘
𝟏 (c) 𝟕𝟓∘
18. Area of a sector of a circle is to the area of the circle.
𝟔
(d) 𝟏𝟓𝟎∘
The degree measure of its minor arc is -
Ans. (d)
(a) 𝟗𝟎∘
(b) 𝟔𝟎∘

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – AREA RELATED TO CIRCLES

24. If the circumference and the area of a circle are 30. The ratio of the outer and inner perimeters of a
numerically equal, then diameter of the circle is circular path is 𝟐𝟑: 𝟐𝟐. If the path is 5 metres wide, the
𝝅
(a) diameter of the inner circle is
𝟐

(b) 𝟐𝝅 (a) 55 m

(c) 2 (b) 110 m

(d) 4 (c) 220 m

Ans. (d) (d) 230 m

25. If the difference between the circumference and radius Ans. (c)
𝟐𝟐 31. The circumference of a circle is 100 cm . The side of a
of a circle is 37 cm ., then using 𝝅 = , the circumference
𝟕
square inscribed in the circle is
(in cm ) of the circle is
(a) 𝟓𝟎√𝟐 𝐜𝐦
(a) 154
𝟏𝟎𝟎
(b) 𝐜𝐦
(b) 44 𝝅

𝟓𝟎√𝟐
(c) 14 (c) 𝐜𝐦
𝝅
(d) 7 𝟏𝟎𝟎√𝟐
(d) 𝐜𝐦
Ans. (b) 𝝅

26. A wire can be bent in the form of a circle of radius 56 Ans. (c)

cm . If it is bent in the form of a square, then its area will 32. The area of the incircle of an equilateral triangle of

be side 42 cm is

(a) 𝟑𝟓𝟐𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐 (a) 𝟐𝟐√𝟑 𝐜𝐦𝟐

(b) 𝟔𝟒𝟎𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐 (b) 𝟐𝟑𝟏 𝐜𝐦𝟐

(c) 𝟕𝟕𝟒𝟒 𝐜𝐦𝟐 (c) 𝟒𝟔𝟐 𝐜𝐦𝟐

(d) 𝟖𝟖𝟎𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐 (d) 𝟗𝟐𝟒 𝐜𝐦𝟐

Ans. (c) Ans. (c)

27. If a wire is bent into the shape of a square, then the 33. The area of incircle of an equilateral triangle is

area of the square is 𝟖𝟏 𝐜𝐦𝟐 . When wire is bent into a 𝟏𝟓𝟒 𝐜𝐦𝟐 . The perimeter of the triangle is

semi-circular shape, then the area of the semi-circle will be (a) 71.5 cm

(a) 𝟐𝟐 𝐜𝐦𝟐 (b) 71.7 cm

(b) 𝟒𝟒 𝐜𝐦𝟐 (c) 72.3 cm

(d) 72.7 cm
(c) 𝟕𝟕 𝐜𝐦𝟐
Ans. (d)
(d) 𝟏𝟓𝟒 𝐜𝐦𝟐
34. If an arc of a circle forms 𝟗𝟎∘ at the centre of the
Ans. (c)
circle, then the ratio of its length to the circumference of
28. A circular park has a path of uniform width around it.
the circle is
The difference between the outer and inner circumferences
(a) 𝟏: 𝟒
of the circular path is 132 m . Its width is
(b) 𝟑: 𝟒
(a) 20 m
(c) 𝟏: 𝟑
(b) 21 m
(c) 22 m (d) 𝟐: 𝟑

(d) 24 m Ans. (a)

Ans. (b) 35. The perimeter of a triangle is 𝟑𝟎𝝅 𝐜𝐦 and the

29 The radius of a wheel is 0.25 m . The number of circumference of its incircle is 88 cm . The area of the

revolutions it will make to travel a distance of 11 km will triangle is

be (a) 𝟕𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐

(a) 2800 (b) 𝟏𝟒𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐

(b) 4000 (c) 𝟔𝟔𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐

(c) 5500 (d) 𝟒𝟐𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐
(d) 7000 Ans. (c)
Ans. (d)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – AREA RELATED TO CIRCLES

36. The area of a circle is 𝟐𝟐𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐 . The area of a square (c) < 𝒓𝟐
inscribed in it is (d) none of these
𝟐
(a) 𝟒𝟗 𝐜𝐦 Ans. (b)
(b) 𝟕𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐 43. If the perimeter of a semi-circular protractor is 36 cm ,
(c) 𝟏𝟒𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐 then its diameter is
(d) 𝟏𝟓𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐 (a) 10 cm

Ans. (c) (b) 12 cm

37. If the circumference of a circle increases from 𝟒𝝅 to (c) 14 cm

𝟖𝝅, then its area is (d) 16 cm

(a) halved Ans. (c)

(b) doubled 44. The perimeter of the sector 𝑶𝑨𝑩 shown in Fig., is

(c) tripled
(d) quadrupled
Ans. (d)
38. If the radius of a circle is diminished by 𝟏𝟎%, then its
area is diminished by
(a) 𝟏𝟎% 𝟔𝟒
(a) 𝐜𝐦
𝟑
(b) 𝟏𝟗%
(b) 26 cm
(c) 𝟐𝟎% 𝟔𝟒
(c) 𝐜𝐦
𝟓
(d) 𝟑𝟔%
(d) 19 cm
Ans. (b)
Ans. (a)
39. If the area of a square is same as the area of a circle,
then the ratio of their perimeters, in terms of 𝝅, is
45. If the perimeter of a sector of a circle of radius 6.5 cm
(a) 𝝅: √𝟑
is 29 cm , then its area is
(b) 𝟐: √𝝅
(a) 𝟓𝟖 𝐜𝐦𝟐
(c) 𝟑: 𝝅
(b) 𝟓𝟐 𝐜𝐦𝟐
(d) 𝝅: √𝟐
(c) 𝟐𝟓 𝐜𝐦𝟐
Ans. (b)
(d) 𝟓𝟔 𝐜𝐦𝟐
40. An arc of length 15.7 cm subtends a right angle at the
Ans. (b)
centre of the circle. The radius of the circle is (use 𝝅 =
46. If the area of a sector of a circle bounded by an are of
𝟐𝟐/𝟕 )
length 𝟓𝝅 𝐜𝐦 is equal to 𝟐𝟎𝝅 𝐜𝐦𝟐 , then its radius is
(a) 20 cm
(a) 12 cm
(b) 10 cm
(b) 16 cm
(c) 15 cm
(c) 8 cm
(d) 12 cm
(d) 10 cm
Ans. (b)
Ans. (c)
41. The ratio of the areas of a circle and an equilateral
47. The area of the circle that can be inscribed in a square
triangle whose diameter and a side are respectively equal,
of side 10 cm is
is
(a) 𝟒𝟎𝝅 𝐜𝐦𝟐
(a) 𝝅: √𝟐
(b) 𝟑𝟎𝝅 𝐜𝐦𝟐
(b) 𝝅: √𝟑
(c) 𝟏𝟎𝟎𝝅 𝐜𝐦𝟐
(c) √𝟑: 𝝅 (d) 𝟐𝟓𝝅 𝐜𝐦𝟐
(d) √𝟐: 𝝅 Ans. (d)
Ans. (b) 48. If the difference between the circumference and radius
42. If the sum of the areas of two circles with radii 𝒓𝟏 and of a circle is 37 cm , then its area is
𝒓𝟐 is equal to the area of a circle of radius 𝒓, then 𝒓𝟐𝟏 + 𝒓𝟐𝟐 (a) 𝟏𝟓𝟒 𝐜𝐦𝟐
(a) > 𝒓𝟐 (b) 𝟏𝟔𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐
𝟐
(b) = 𝒓

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – AREA RELATED TO CIRCLES

(c) 𝟐𝟎𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐 54.. In Fig., the area of the segment 𝑷𝑨𝑸 is
(d) 𝟏𝟓𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐
Ans. (a)
49. If the area of a circle is equal to the sum of the areas of
two circles of diameters 10 cm and 24 cm, then diameter of
the larger circle (in cm ) is
(a) 34
(b) 26 𝒂𝟐
(a) (𝝅 + 𝟐)
𝟒
(c) 17
𝒂𝟐
(b) (𝝅 − 𝟐)
(d) 14 𝟒
𝒂𝟐
Ans. (b) (c) (𝝅 − 𝟏)
𝟒
50. The area of the circle that can be inscribed in a square 𝒂𝟐
(d) (𝝅 + 𝟏)
of side 6 cm is - 𝟒

Ans. (b)
(a) 𝟑𝟔𝝅 𝐜𝐦𝟐
55. In Fig., the area of segment 𝑨𝑪𝑩 is
(b) 𝟏𝟖𝝅 𝐜𝐦𝟐
(c) 𝟏𝟐𝝅 𝐜𝐦𝟐
(d) 𝟗𝝅 𝐜𝐦𝟐
Ans. (d)
51. It is proposed to build a single circular park equal in
area to the sum of areas of two circular It parks of
diameters 16 m and 12 m in a locality. The radius of the
𝝅 √𝟑
new park would be (a) ( − ) 𝒓𝟐
𝟑 𝟐

(a) 10 m (b) ( +
𝝅 √𝟑
) 𝒓𝟐
𝟑 𝟐
(b) 15 m
𝝅 𝟐
(c) ( − ) 𝒓𝟐
(c) 20 m 𝟑 √𝟑

(d) 24 m (d) none of these

Ans. (a) Ans. (d)
52. If diameter of a circle is increased by 𝟒𝟎%, then its 56. In Fig., the ratio of the areas of two sectors 𝑺𝟏 and 𝑺𝟐 is
area increases by
(a) 𝟗𝟔%
(b) 𝟒𝟎%
(c) 𝟖𝟎%
(d) 𝟒𝟖%
Ans. (a)
53. In Fig., the shaded area is (a) 𝟓: 𝟐
(b) 𝟑: 𝟓
(c) 𝟓: 𝟑
(d) 𝟒: 𝟓
Ans. (d)
57. If the area of a sector of a circle bounded by an arc of

(a) 𝟓𝟎(𝝅 − 𝟐)𝐜𝐦𝟐 length 𝟓𝝅 𝐜𝐦 is equal to 𝟐𝟎𝝅 𝐜𝐦𝟐 , then the radius of the

(b) 𝟐𝟓(𝝅 − 𝟐)𝐜𝐦𝟐 circle is

(c) 𝟐𝟓(𝝅 + 𝟐)𝐜𝐦𝟐 (a) 12 cm

(d) 𝟓(𝝅 − 𝟐)𝐜𝐦𝟐 (b) 16 cm

Ans. (b) (c) 8 cm

(d) 10 cm
Ans. (c)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – AREA RELATED TO CIRCLES
𝟓 62. In Fig. , there are two concentric circles of radii 8 cm
58. If the area of a sector of a circle is of the area of the
𝟏𝟖
and 5 cm . A sector forms an angle of 𝟔𝟎∘ at the common
circle, then the sector angle is equal to
centre 𝑶. The area of the shaded region is
(a) 𝟔𝟎∘
(b) 𝟗𝟎∘
(c) 𝟏𝟎𝟎∘
(d) 𝟏𝟐𝟎∘
Ans. (c)
𝟕
59. If the area of a sector of a circle is of the area of the
𝟐𝟎

circle, then the sector angle is equal to

(a) 𝟏𝟏𝟎∘
𝟕𝟕
(a) 𝝅 𝐜𝐦𝟐
(b) 𝟏𝟑𝟎∘ 𝟐
𝟔𝟓
(c) 𝟏𝟎𝟎∘ (b) 𝝅 𝐜𝐦𝟐
𝟐
(d) 𝟏𝟐𝟔∘ (c)
𝟐𝟗𝟓
𝝅 𝐜𝐦𝟐
𝟔
Ans. (d)
(d) 𝟏𝟗𝝅 𝐜𝐦𝟐
60. In Fig. , if 𝑨𝑩𝑪 is an equilateral triangle, then shaded
Ans. (b)
area is equal to
63. The radius of a circle is 20 cm . It is divided into four
parts of equal area by drawing three concentric circles
inside it. Then, the radius of the largest of three concentric
circles drawn is
(a) 𝟏𝟎√𝟓 𝐜𝐦
(b) 𝟏𝟎√𝟑 𝐜𝐦
(c) 10 cm
(d) 𝟏𝟎√𝟐 𝐜𝐦
𝝅 √𝟑
(a) ( − ) 𝒓𝟐 Ans. (b)
𝟑 𝟒

𝝅 √𝟑 64. The area of a sector whose perimeter is four times its

(b) ( − ) 𝒓𝟐
𝟑 𝟐
radius 𝒓 units, is
𝝅 √𝟑
(c) ( + ) 𝒓𝟐 𝒓𝟐
𝟑 𝟒
(a) sq. units
𝝅 𝟒
(d) ( + √𝟑) 𝒓𝟐
𝟑 (b) 𝟐𝒓𝟐 sq. units
Ans. (a) (c) 𝒓𝟐 sq. units
𝒓𝟐
(d) sq. units
61. In Fig., the area of the shaded region is 𝟐

Ans. (c)
65. If a chord of a circle of radius 28 cm makes an angle of
𝟗𝟎∘ at the centre, then the area of the major segment is
(a) 𝟑𝟗𝟐 𝐜𝐦𝟐
(b) 𝟏𝟒𝟓𝟔 𝐜𝐦𝟐

(a) 𝟑𝝅 𝐜𝐦𝟐 (c) 𝟏𝟖𝟒𝟖 𝐜𝐦𝟐

(b) 𝟔𝝅 𝐜𝐦𝟐 (d) 𝟐𝟐𝟒𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐

(c) 𝟗𝝅 𝐜𝐦𝟐 Ans. (c)

(d) 𝟕𝝅 𝐜𝐦𝟐 66. If area of a circle inscribed in an equilateral triangle is

Ans. (a) 𝟒𝟖𝝅 square units, then perimeter of the triangle is

(a) 𝟏𝟕√𝟑 units
(b) 36 units
(c) 72 units
(d) 𝟒𝟖√𝟑 units
Ans. (c)
67. The hour hand of a clock is 6 cm long. The area swept

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – AREA RELATED TO CIRCLES

by it between 11.20 am and 11.55 am is (c) 𝒓𝟏 + 𝒓𝟐 < 𝒓

(a) 𝟐. 𝟕𝟓 𝐜𝐦𝟐 (d) 𝒓𝟐𝟏 + 𝒓𝟐𝟐 < 𝒓𝟐
(b) 𝟓. 𝟓 𝐜𝐦𝟐 Ans. (b)
(c) 𝟏𝟏 𝐜𝐦𝟐 74. If an arc subtends an angle of 𝟗𝟎∘ at the centre of a
(d) 𝟏𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐 circle, then the ratio of its length to circumference of the
Ans. (b) circle is
68. 𝑨𝑩𝑪𝑫 is a square of side 4 cm . If 𝑬 is a point in the (a) 𝟐: 𝟑
interior of the square such that △ 𝑪𝑬𝑫 is equilateral, then (b) 𝟏: 𝟒
area of △ 𝑨𝑪𝑬 is (c) 𝟒: 𝟏

(a) 𝟐(√𝟑 − 𝟏)𝐜𝐦𝟐 (d) 𝟏: 𝟑

(b) 𝟒(√𝟑 − 𝟏)𝐜𝐦𝟐 Ans. (b)

75. The perimeter of the sector of a circle of radius 21 cm
(c) 𝟔(√𝟑 − 𝟏)𝐜𝐦𝟐
which subtends an angle 𝟔𝟎∘ at the centre of the circle, is
(d) 𝟖(√𝟑 − 𝟏)𝐜𝐦𝟐
(a) 22 cm
Ans. (b)
(b) 43 cm
69. The area of a circular path of uniform width 𝒉
(c) 64 cm
surrounding a circular region of radius 𝒓 is
(d) 462 cm
(a) 𝝅(𝟐𝒓 + 𝒉)𝒓
Ans. (c)
(b) 𝝅(𝟐𝒓 + 𝒉)𝒉
76. The perimeter of a sector of a circle whose central
(c) 𝝅(𝒉 + 𝒓)𝒓
angle is 𝟗𝟎∘ and radius 7 cm is
(d) 𝝅(𝒉 + 𝒓)𝒉
(a) 35 cm
Ans. (b)
(b) 11 cm
70. If 𝑨𝑩 is a chord of length 𝟓√𝟑 𝐜𝐦 of a circle with
(c) 22 cm
centre 𝑶 and radius 5 cm , then area of sector 𝑶𝑨𝑩 is
(d) 25 cm
𝟑𝝅 𝟐
(a) 𝐜𝐦 Ans. (d)
𝟖
𝟖𝝅
(b) 𝐜𝐦𝟐 77. If the length of an arc of a circle subtending an angle 𝜽
𝟑
at the centre is numerically equal to the area of the sector
(c) 𝟐𝟓𝝅 𝐜𝐦𝟐
𝟐𝟓𝝅 formed by it, then the radius of the circle is
(d) 𝐜𝐦𝟐
𝟑
(a) 1 unit
Ans. (d)
(b) 2 units
71. The area of a circle whose area and circumference are
(c) 3 units
numerically equal, is
(d) 𝟏/𝟐 units
(a) 𝟐𝝅 sq. units
Ans. (d)
(b) 𝟒𝝅 sq. units
78. When degree measure of an angle subtended by an arc
(c) 𝟔𝝅 sq. units
at the centre of a circle is 𝟗𝟎∘ , the area of the
(d) 𝟖𝝅 sq. units
corresponding sector of the circle of radius 𝒓, is
Ans. (b) 𝟏
(a) 𝝅𝒓𝟐
𝟔
72. If an arc of a circle of radius 14 cm subtends an angle
𝟏
of 𝟒𝟓∘ at the centre of the circle, then it is AREAS (b) 𝝅𝒓𝟐
𝟒
𝟏
RELATED TO CIRCLES (c) 𝝅𝒓𝟐
𝟐
(a) a minor arc of length 5.5 cm
(d) 𝝅𝒓𝟐
(b) a major arc of length 77 cm
Ans. (b)
(c) a major arc of length 38.5 cm
(d) a minor arc of length 11 cm
Ans. (d)
73. If the sum of the areas of two circles with radii 𝒓𝟏 and
𝒓𝟐 is equal to the area of a circle of radius 𝒓, then
(a) 𝒓 = 𝒓𝟏 + 𝒓𝟐
(b) 𝒓𝟐𝟏 + 𝒓𝟐𝟐 = 𝒓𝟐

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – AREA RELATED TO CIRCLES

Ans. (b)
ASSERTION-REASON BASED MCQs 84. Statement-1 (A): The area of the minor segment of a
Each of the following examples contains STATEMENT-1 circle is always less than the area of the corresponding
(Assertion) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason) and has sector of the circle.
following four choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), only one of Statement-2 (R): The area of the major segment of a circle
which is the correct answer. Mark the correct choice. is always less than the area of the corresponding sector of
(a) Statement-1 and Statement-2 are True; Statement-2 is the circle.
a correct explanation for Statement-1. Ans. (c)
(b) Statement-1 and Statement-2 are True; Statement-2 is 85. Statement-1 (A): If three sectors whose sector angles
not a correct explanation for Statement-1. are 𝟑𝟓∘ , 𝟔𝟓∘ and 𝟖𝟎∘ are cut from a circle, then the sum of
(c) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False. their sector areas is half of the area of the circle.
(d) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True. Statement-2 (R): If 3 sectors of sector angles 𝜽𝟏 ∘ , 𝜽𝟐 ∘ and
𝜽𝟑 ∘ are cut from a circle of radius 𝒓, then the sum of the
𝝅
areas of these sectors is (𝜽𝟏 + 𝜽𝟐 + 𝜽𝟑 )𝒓𝟐 .
𝟑𝟔𝟎
79. Statement-1 (A): If the areas of two circles are in the
Ans. (a)
ratio 𝟗: 𝟏𝟔, then their circum-ferences are in the ratio 𝟑: 𝟒.
86. Statement-1 (A): If a motorcycle wheel covers 22 km
Statement-2 (𝐑) : If the areas of two circles are in the ratio distance in 5000 revolutions, then the radius of the wheel is
𝑨𝟏 : 𝑨𝟐 , then their circum-ferences are in the ratio 70 cm .
√𝑨𝟏 : √𝑨𝟐 . Statement-2 (R): If a chord of a circle of radius 𝒓 subtends
Ans. (a) a right angle at the centre of the circle, then area of the
80. Statement-1 (A): If areas of two circles are in the ratio 𝟏
corresponding segment is (𝝅 − 𝟐)𝒓𝟐 sq. units.
𝟒
𝟗: 𝟐𝟓, then their radii are in the ratio 3:5.
Ans. (b)
Statement-2 (R): If 𝑨𝟏 , 𝑨𝟐 are the areas of two circles, then
87. Statement-1 (A): If the circumference of a circle is 176
their radii are in the ratio √𝑨𝟏 : √𝑨𝟐 . cm , then its radius is 28 cm .
Ans. (a) Statement-2 (R): Circumference = 𝟐𝝅 × Radius of a circle.
81. Statement-1 (A): A track is in the form of a circular Ans. (a)
ring. If the inner and outer circumferences of the track are 88. Statement-1 (A): If the circumferences of two circles
352 m and 396 m respectively, then the width of the track are in the ratio 𝟒: 𝟓, then their areas are in the ratio
14 metres. 𝟏𝟔: 𝟐𝟓.
Statement-2 (R): If the inner and outer circumferences of a Statement-2 (R): If the circumferences of two circles are in
circular annulus are 𝑪𝟏 and 𝑪𝟐 respectively, then the width the ratio 𝑪𝟏 : 𝑪𝟐 , then their areas are in the ratio 𝑪𝟏 𝟐 : 𝑪𝟐 𝟐 .
𝑪𝟐 −𝑪𝟏
of the annulus is . Ans. (a)
𝟐𝝅

Ans. (d) 89. Statement-1 (A):- The sum of the circumference and
82. Statement-1 (A): A circle circumscribe a square of side area of a circle of radius 3 cm is in the absolute ratio "
' 𝒂 ', then the area of the region outside the square and 5:8" to the sum of the circumference and area of a circle of
𝝅 radius 4 cm.)
enclosed by the circle is ( − 𝟏) 𝒂𝟐 sq. units.
𝟐
Statement-2 (𝑹):The sums of the circumferences and areas of a two
Statement-2 (R): A circle is inscribed in a square of side
𝒓𝟐 are in the absolute ratio 𝒓𝟏(𝟐 + 𝒓𝟏 ): 𝒓𝟐 (𝟐 + 𝒓𝟐 )
𝟐𝒂 units. If the circle touches all the sides of the square,
Ans. (a)
then the area of the region outside the circle and inside the
90. Statement-1 (A): The radius of the circle whose area is
square is (𝟒 − 𝝅)𝒂𝟐 sq. units.
equal to the sum of the areas of two circles of radii 10 cm
Ans. (b)
and 24 cm is 26 cm .
83. Statement-1 (A): If the length of the minute hand of a
Statement-2 (𝑹) : The radius 𝒓 of the circle whose area is
clock is 7 cm , then the area swept by it in 5 minutes is
𝟕𝟕
equal to the sum of the areas of two circles of radii 𝒓𝟏 and
𝐜𝐦𝟐 .
𝟔 𝒓𝟐 is given by 𝒓 = 𝒓𝟐𝟏 + 𝒓𝟐𝟐 .
Statement-2 (R): The length of an arc of a sector of angle 𝜽 Ans. (c)
𝜽
and radius 𝒓 is given by 𝒍 = × 𝟐𝝅𝒓.
𝟑𝟔𝟎

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – AREA RELATED TO CIRCLES

91. Statement-1 (A): If a race track is in the form of a ring

whose outer and inner radii differ by 10 m then the
absolute ratio of the area of the track and the sum of the
two boundaries is 𝟏𝟎: 𝟑.
Statement-2 (𝑹) : If a race track is in the form of a ring
whose outer and inner radii are 𝑹 and 𝒓, then the area of
the track and the sum of its two boundries are in the
absolute ratio (𝑹 − 𝒓): 𝟐.
Ans. (d)
92. Statement-1 (𝑨) : The area of a segment of a circle
formed by a chord of length 4 cm subtending an angle of
𝟗𝟎∘ at the centre is (𝟐𝝅 + 𝟒)𝐜𝐦𝟐 .
Statement-2 (R): The area of a segment of a circle formed
by a chord of length 2 a subtending an angle of 𝟗𝟎∘ at the
𝒂𝟐
centre is (𝝅 − 𝟐) sq. units.
𝟐

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – ARITHMETIC PROGRESSION

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM PREPARATION

STUDY MATERIAL

Telegram: [Link]

Instagram: [Link]

Facebook page: [Link]

106075477485686/

Facebook group:
[Link]

WhatsApp Channel :-
[Link]

NEHA DHIMAN (KV TEACHER)

SSC CGL TWO TIMES MAINS CLEARED
NVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED
KVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED IN FIRST ATTEMPT

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM STUDY MATERIAL ARITHMETIC

PROGRESSION IMPORTANT PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – ARITHMETIC PROGRESSION

8. If 𝟏𝟏th term from the end of the A.P.: 𝟏𝟎, 𝟕, 𝟒, … . , −𝟔𝟐

1. The next term of the A.P. √𝟏𝟖, √𝟓𝟎, √𝟗𝟖, … is is
(a) √𝟏𝟒𝟔 (a) 15
(b) √𝟏𝟐𝟖 (b) 16
(c) √𝟏𝟔𝟐 (c) -32

(d) √𝟐𝟎𝟎 (d) 0

Ans. (c) Ans. (c)

2. The 𝟏𝟐th term of an AP whose first two terms are -3 and 9. If the sum of 𝒏 terms of an A.P. is 𝑺𝒏 = 𝟑𝒏𝟐 + 𝟒𝒏, then

4 is common difference of the A.P. is

(a) 67 (a) 7

(b) 74 (b) 5

(c) 60 (c) 8

(d) 81 (d) 6

Ans. (b) Ans. (d)

3. The 𝟕th term from the end of the A.P. 𝟕, 𝟏𝟏, 𝟏𝟓, … , 𝟏𝟎𝟕, 10. If 𝒂𝒑 be the 𝒑 th term of A.P. 𝟑, 𝟏𝟓, 𝟐𝟕, …, such that

is 𝒂𝒑 − 𝒂𝟓𝟎 = 𝟏𝟖𝟎, then 𝒑 =

(a) 79 (a) 68
(b) 83 (b) 65
(c) 81 (c) 66
(d) 87 (d) 67
Ans. (b) Ans. (b)
4. if the common difference of an AP is 7, 𝒂𝟐𝟓 − 𝒂𝟐𝟏 is 11. The sum of the first 𝒏 odd natural numbers is
equal to (a) 𝟐𝒏
(a) 14 (b) 𝟐𝒏 + 𝟏
(b) 20 (c) 𝒏𝟐
(c) 28 (d) 𝒏𝟐 − 𝟏
(d) 35 Ans. (c)
Ans. (c) 12. The sum of first 𝒏 even natural numbers is
5. If 𝒑 − 𝟏, 𝒑 + 𝟏 and 𝟐𝒑 + 𝟑 are in A.P., then the value of (a) 𝟐𝒏
𝒑 is (b) 𝒏𝟐
(a) -2 (c) 𝒏𝟐 + 𝒏
(b) 4 (d) 𝒏𝟐 − 𝟏
(c) 0 Ans.(c)
(d) 2 13. If the sum of first 𝒏 odd natural numbers is 225 , then
Ans. (c) the value of 𝒏 is
6 If 𝒂𝟏 , 𝒂𝟐 , 𝒂𝟑 , … , 𝒂𝒏 , … is an AP such that 𝒂𝟐𝟎 − 𝒂𝟏𝟐 = (a) 15
−𝟑𝟐 then the common difference of the A.P. is (b) 25
(a) 4 (c) 35
(b) -4 (d) 45
(c) -3 Ans. (a)
(d) 3
14. The sum of 𝒏 terms of the series √𝟑 + √𝟏𝟐 + √𝟐𝟕 +
Ans. (b)7. If the 𝒏th term of an 𝑨𝑷 is 𝟑𝒏 + 𝟕, then its
√𝟒𝟖 + …………is
common difference is 𝟐𝒏(𝒏+𝟏)
(a)
(a) 7 √𝟑

√𝟑𝒏(𝒏−𝟏)
(b) 3 (b)
𝟐
(c) 𝟑𝒏 √𝟑𝒏(𝒏+𝟏)
(c)
𝟐
(d) 𝟏
𝟐𝒏(𝒏−𝟏)
Ans. (b) (d)
√𝟑

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – ARITHMETIC PROGRESSION

Ans. (c) (c) -3

15. If 𝒏th term of an A.P. is (𝟐𝒏 + 𝟏), then the sum of first (d) -3
𝒏 terms of the A.P. is Ans.(d)
(a) 𝒏(𝒏 − 𝟐) 22. If 𝒌, 𝟐𝒌 − 𝟏 and 𝟐𝒌 + 𝟏 are three consecutive terms of
(b) 𝒏(𝒏 + 𝟐) an AP , the value of 𝒌 is
(c) 𝒏(𝒏 + 𝟏) (a) -2
(d) 𝒏(𝒏 − 𝟏) (b) 3
Ans. (b) (c) -3
th th (d) 6
16. If the ratio of 𝟏𝟖 term to 𝟏𝟏 term of an A.P. is 𝟑: 𝟐,
then the ratio of the 𝟐𝟏st term to 𝟓th term is Ans.(b)

(a) 𝟑: 𝟐 23. The next term of the A.P. √𝟕, √𝟐𝟖, √𝟔𝟑,.
(b) 𝟑: 𝟏 (a) √𝟕𝟎
(c) 𝟏: 𝟑 (b) √𝟖𝟒
(d) 𝟐: 𝟑 (c) √𝟗𝟕
Ans. (b) (d) √𝟏𝟏𝟐
17. If the sum of 𝒏 terms of two A.P.'s are in the ratio Ans.(d)
th
(𝟐𝒏 + 𝟑): (𝟑𝒏 + 𝟐), then the ratio of their 𝒎 terms is 24. The first three terms of an A.P. respectively are 𝟑𝒚 −
(a) (𝟒𝒎 − 𝟏): (𝟔𝒎 + 𝟏) 𝟏, 𝟑𝒚 + 𝟓 and 𝟓𝒚 + 𝟏. Then, 𝒚 equals
(b) (𝟔𝒎 + 𝟏): (𝟒𝒎 + 𝟏) (a) -3
(c) (𝟒𝒎 + 𝟏): (𝟔𝒎 − 𝟏) (b) 4
(d) (𝟒𝒎 + 𝟏): (𝒎 + 𝟔) (c) 5
Ans. (c) (d) 2
th
18. In an A.P., if the first term 𝒂 = 𝟕, 𝒏 term 𝒂𝒏 = 𝟖𝟒 Ans.(c)
𝟐𝟎𝟗𝟑 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
and the sum of first 𝒏 terms 𝑺𝒏 = . 𝒏 is equal to 25. If , , are in A.P. Then, 𝒙 =
𝟐 𝒙+𝟐 𝒙+𝟑 𝒙+𝟓
(b) 22 (a) 5
(b) 24 (b) 3
(c) 23 (c) 1
(d) 26 (d) 2
Ans. (c)
Ans.(c)
𝟏 𝟏−𝟐𝒒 𝟏−𝟒𝒒
19. The common difference of the A.P. is , , ,⋯
𝟐𝒒 𝟐𝒒 𝟐𝒒 26. The 𝒏th term of an A.P., the sum of whose 𝒏 terms is
is 𝑺𝒏 , is
(a) -1 (a) 𝑺𝒏 + 𝑺𝒏−𝟏
(b) 1 (b) 𝑺𝒏 − 𝑺𝒏−𝟏
(c) 𝒒 (c) 𝑺𝒏 + 𝑺𝒏+𝟏
(d) 𝟐𝒒 (d) 𝑺𝒏 − 𝑺𝒏+𝟏
Ans.(a) Ans.(b)
𝟏 𝟏−𝟑𝒃 𝟏−𝟔𝒃
20. The common difference of the A.P. , , , ⋯ is 27. The common difference of an A.P., the sum of whose 𝒏
𝟑 𝟑 𝟑
𝟏 terms is 𝑺𝒏 , is
(a)
𝟑
𝟏
(a) 𝑺𝒏 − 𝟐𝑺𝒏−𝟏 + 𝑺𝒏−𝟐
(b) −
𝟑 (b) 𝑺𝒏 − 𝟐𝑺𝒏−𝟏 − 𝑺𝒏−𝟐
(c) −𝒃 (c) 𝑺𝒏 − 𝑺𝒏−𝟐
(d) 𝒃 (d) 𝑺𝒏 − 𝑺𝒏−𝟏
Ans.(c) Ans.(a)
𝟏 𝟏−𝟔𝒃 𝟏−𝟏𝟐𝒃
21. The common difference of the A.P. , , , ⋯ is 28. The sum of first 20 odd natural numbers is
𝟐𝒃 𝟐𝒃 𝟐𝒃

(a) -2 (a) 100

(b) -2b (b) 210
(c) 400
(d) 420

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – ARITHMETIC PROGRESSION

Ans.(c) 36. The 𝟒th term from the end of the

29. If 𝟏𝟖, 𝒂, 𝒃, −𝟑 are in A.P., the 𝒂 + 𝒃 = 𝐀𝐏: −𝟏𝟏, −𝟖, −𝟓, … , 𝟒𝟗 is
(a) 19 (a) 37
(b) 7 (b) 40
(c) 11 (c) 43
(d) 15 (d) 58
Ans.(d) Ans.(b)
30. The first term of an A.P. is 𝒑 and the common 37. Which term of the A.P. 𝟐𝟏, 𝟒𝟐, 𝟔𝟑, 𝟖𝟒, … is 210 ?
th
difference is 𝒒, then its 𝟏𝟎 term is (a) 𝟗th
(a) 𝒒 + 𝟗𝒑 (b) 𝟏𝟎th
(b) 𝒑 − 𝟗𝒒 (c) 𝟏𝟏th
(c) 𝒑 + 𝟗𝒒 (d) 𝟏𝟐th
(d) 𝟐𝒑 + 𝟗𝒒 Ans.(b)
Ans.(c) 38. If the 𝟐nd term of an A.P. is 13 and 𝟓th term is 25 ,
31. The value of 𝒙 for which 𝟐𝒙, 𝒙 + 𝟏𝟎 and 𝟑𝒙 + 𝟐 are the what is its 𝟕th term?
three consecutive terms of an A.P. is (a) 30
(a) -6 (b) 33
(b) 18 (c) 37
(c) 6 (d) 38
(d) -18
Ans.(c) Ans.(b)

32. If the sum of three consecutive terms of an increasing 39. The first and last terms of an A.P. are 1 and 11. If the

A.P. is 51 and the product of the first and third of these sum of its terms is 36 , then the number of terms will be

terms is 273 , then the third term is (a) 5

(a) 13 (b) 6

(b) 9 (c) 7

(c) 21 (d) 8

(d) 17 Ans.(b)

Ans.(c) 40. If four numbers in A.P. are such that their sum is 50
𝟏 𝟐 𝟑 and the greatest number is 4 times the least, then the
33. (𝟑 − ) + (𝟑 − ) + (𝟑 − ) + ⋯ upto 𝒏 terms is
𝒏 𝒏 𝒏
numbers are
𝟏
(a) (𝟑𝒏 − 𝟏) (a) 𝟓, 𝟏𝟎, 𝟏𝟓, 𝟐𝟎
𝟐
𝟏
(b) (𝟑𝒏 + 𝟏) (b) 𝟒, 𝟏𝟎, 𝟏𝟔, 𝟐𝟐
𝟐
𝟏 (c) 𝟑, 𝟕, 𝟏𝟏, 𝟏𝟓
(c) (𝟓𝒏 − 𝟏)
𝟐
(d) none of these
𝟏
(d) (𝟓𝒏 + 𝟏) Ans.(a)
𝟐

Ans.(c) 41. If the first term of an A.P. is 2 and common difference

34. The sum of first 16 terms of the A.P.: 𝟏𝟎, 𝟔, 𝟐, …, is is 4 , then the sum of its 40 terms is
(a) -320 (a) 3200
(b) 320 (b) 1600
(c) -352 (c) 200
(d) -400 (d) 2800
Ans.(a) Ans.(a)
35. If the first term of an A.P. is -5 and the common 42. The number of terms of the A.P. 𝟑, 𝟕, 𝟏𝟏, 𝟏𝟓, … to be
difference is 2 , then the sum of first 6 terms is taken so that the sum is 406 is
(a) 0 (a) 5
(b) 5 (b) 10
(c) 6 (c) 12
(d) 15 (d) 14
Ans.(a)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – ARITHMETIC PROGRESSION

Ans.(d) (c) 382

43. Sum of 𝒏 terms of the series √𝟐 + √𝟖 + √𝟏𝟖 + √𝟑𝟐 + (d) 384
⋯ is Ans.(b)

(a)
𝒏(𝒏+𝟏) 50. The sum of first five multiples of 3 is
𝟐
(a) 45
(b) 𝟐𝒏(𝒏 + 𝟏)
(b) 55
𝒏(𝒏+𝟏)
(c)
√𝟐 (c) 65
(d) 1 (d) 75
Ans.(c) Ans.(a)
44. The 9th term of an A.P. is 449 and 449 th term is 9 . 51. If the sum of 𝑷 terms of an A.P. is 𝒒 and the sum of 𝒒
The term which is equal to zero is terms is 𝒑, then the sum of 𝒑 + 𝒒 terms 𝒘 be
(a) 𝟓𝟎𝟏th (a) 0
th
(b) 𝟓𝟎𝟐 (b) 𝒑 − 𝒒
th
(c) 𝟒𝟓𝟖 (c) 𝒑 + 𝒒
(d) none of these (d) −(𝒑 + 𝒒)
Ans.(c) Ans.(d)
th
45. If the first term of an A.P. is 𝒂 and 𝒏 term is 𝒃, then 52. If the sum of 𝒏 terms of an A.P. be 𝟑𝒏𝟐 + 𝒏 and its
its common difference is common difference is 6 , then its first term is
𝒃−𝒂
(a) (a) 2
𝒏+𝟏
𝒃−𝒂 (b) 3
(b)
𝒏−𝟏
(c) 1
𝒃−𝒂
(c) (d) 4
𝒏
𝒃+𝒂
(d)
𝒏−𝟏
Ans.(d)
Ans.(b)
53. Two A.P.'s have the same common difference. The first
𝟓+𝟗+𝟏𝟑+⋯ to 𝒏 terms 𝟏𝟕
46. If = , then 𝒏 = term of one of these is 8 and that of the other is 3 . The
𝟕+𝟗+𝟏𝟏+⋯ to (𝒏+𝟏) terms 𝟏𝟔

(a) 8 difference between their 𝟑𝟎th terms is

(b) 7 (a) 11
(c) 10 (b) 3
(d) 11 (c) 8
Ans.(b) (d) 5
𝟐
47. The sum of 𝒏 terms of an A.P. is 𝟑𝒏 + 𝟓𝒏, then 164 is
Ans.(d)
its
54. Let 𝑺𝒏 denote the sum of 𝒏 terms of an A.P. whose first
(a) 𝟐𝟒th term
term is 𝒂. If the common difference 𝒅 is given by 𝒅 = 𝑺𝒏 −
(b) 𝟐𝟕th term
𝒌𝑺𝒏−𝟏 + 𝑺𝒏−𝟐 , then 𝒌 =
(c) 𝟐𝟔th term
(a) 1
(d) 𝟐𝟓th term
(b) 2
Ans.(b)
(c) 3
48. If the 𝒏th term of an A.P. is 𝟐𝒏 + 𝟏, then the sum of
(d) none of these
first 𝒏 terms of the A.P. is
Ans.(b)
(a) 𝒏(𝒏 − 𝟐)
55. The first and last term of an A.P. are 𝒂 and 𝒍
(b) 𝒏(𝒏 + 𝟐)
respectively. If 𝑺 is the sum of all the terms of the A.P. and
(c) 𝒏(𝒏 + 𝟏)
𝒍𝟐 −𝒂𝟐
(d) 𝒏(𝒏 − 𝟏) the common difference is given by , then 𝒌 =
𝒌−(𝒍+𝒂)

Ans.(b) (a) 𝑺
49. The sum of first 24 terms of the sequence whose 𝒏th (b) 𝟐𝑺
𝟐 (c) 𝟑𝑺
terms is given by 𝒂𝒏 = 𝟑 + 𝒏
𝟑
(d) none of these
(a) 270
(b) 272

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – ARITHMETIC PROGRESSION

Ans.(b) Ans.(b)
56. If the sum of first 𝒏 even natural numbers is equal to 𝒌 62. If 𝑺𝒓 denotes the sum of the first 𝒓 terms of an A.P.
times the sum of first 𝒏 odd natural numbers, then 𝒌 = Then, 𝑺𝟑𝒏 : (𝑺𝟐𝒏 − 𝑺𝒏 ) is
𝟏 (a) 𝒏
(a)
𝒏
𝒏−𝟏 (b) 𝟑𝒏
(b)
𝒏
(c) 3
𝒏+𝟏
(c) (d) none of these
𝟐𝒏
𝒏+𝟏
(d) Ans.(c)
𝒏

Ans.(d) 63. If the sums of 𝒏 terms of two arithmetic progressions

𝟑𝒏+𝟓
57. If the first, second and last term of an A.P. are 𝒂, 𝒃 and are in the ratio , then their 𝒏th terms are in the ratio
𝟓𝒏+𝟕

𝟐𝒂 respectively, its sum is 𝟑𝒏−𝟏

(a)
𝟓𝒏−𝟏
𝒂𝒃
(a) 𝟑𝒏+𝟏
𝟐(𝒃−𝒂) (b)
𝟓𝒏+𝟏
𝒂𝒃
(b) (c)
𝟓𝒏+𝟏
𝒃−𝒂
𝟑𝒏+𝟏
𝟑𝒂𝒃
(c) (d)
𝟓𝒏−𝟏
𝟐(𝒃−𝒂)
𝟑𝒏−𝟏
(d) none of these Ans.(b)
Ans.(c) 64. If 𝑺𝒏 denote the sum of 𝒏 terms of an A.P. with first
58. If 𝑺𝟏 is the sum of an arithmetic progression of ' 𝒏 ' 𝑺𝒙
term 𝒂 and common difference 𝒅 such that is
𝑺𝒌𝒙
odd number of terms and 𝑺𝟐 the sum of the terms of the
𝑺𝟏
independent of 𝒙, then
series in odd places, then =
𝑺𝟐 (a) 𝒅 = 𝒂
𝟐𝒏
(a) (b) 𝒅 = 𝟐𝒂
𝒏+𝟏
𝒏 (c) 𝒂 = 𝟐𝒅
(b)
𝒏+𝟏
𝒏+𝟏 (d) 𝒅 = −𝒂
(c)
𝟐𝒏
Ans.(b)
𝒏+𝟏
(d) 65. The sum of 𝒏 terms of two A.P.'s are in the ratio 𝟓𝒏 +
𝒏

Ans.(a) 𝟗: 𝟗𝒏 + 𝟔. Then, the ratio of their 𝟏𝟖th term is

59. If in an A.P., 𝑺𝒏 = 𝒏𝟐 𝒑 and 𝑺𝒎 = 𝒎𝟐 𝒑, where 𝑺, (a)
𝟏𝟖𝟒
𝟑𝟐𝟏
denotes the sum of 𝒓 terms of the A.P., then 𝑺𝒑 is equal to 𝟏𝟕𝟖
(b)
𝟏 𝟑𝟐𝟏
(a) 𝒑𝟑 𝟏𝟕𝟓
𝟐
(c)
𝟑𝟐𝟏
(b) 𝒎𝒏𝒑
𝟏𝟕𝟔
(c) 𝒑𝟑 (d)
𝟑𝟐𝟏

(d) (𝒎 + 𝒏)𝒑 𝟐 Ans.(a)

Ans.(c) 66. The next term of the A.P. √𝟔, √𝟐𝟒, √𝟓𝟒, … is
60. If 𝑺𝒏 denote the sum of the first 𝒏 terms of an A.P. If (a) √𝟔𝟎
𝑺𝟐𝒏 = 𝟑𝑺𝒏 , then 𝑺𝟑𝒏 : 𝑺𝒏 is equal to (b) √𝟗𝟔
(a) 4 (c) √𝟕𝟐
(b) 6
(d) √𝟐𝟏𝟔
(c) 8
Ans.(b)
(d) 10
67. The common difference of an A.P. in which 𝒂𝟏𝟓 −
Ans.(b)
𝒂𝟏𝟏 = 𝟒𝟖, is
61. In an 𝐀𝐏, 𝑺𝒑 = 𝒒, 𝑺𝒒 = 𝒑 and 𝑺𝒓 , denotes the sum of
(a) 12
first 𝒓 terms. Then, 𝑺𝒑+𝒒 is equal to (b) 16
(a) 0 (c) -12
(b) – (𝒑 + 𝒒) (d) -16
(c) 𝒑 + 𝒒 Ans.(a)
(d) 𝒑𝒒

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – ARITHMETIC PROGRESSION

68. Which term of the A.P. −𝟐𝟗, −𝟐𝟔, −𝟐𝟑, … , 𝟔𝟏 is 16 ? ASSERTION-REASON BASED MCQs
(a) 𝟏𝟏th Each of the following questions contains STATEMENT-1
th (Assertion) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason) and has
(b) 𝟏𝟔
(c) 𝟏𝟎th following four choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), only one of
(d) 𝟑𝟏st which is the correct answer. Mark the correct choice.
Ans.(d) (a) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is
69. Three numbers in A.P. have the sum 30 . What is the a correct explanation for Statement-1.
middle term? (b) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is
(a) 4 not a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(b) 10 (c) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false.
(c) 16 (d) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true.
(d) 8
Ans.(b)
73. Statement-1 (A): The 𝒏th term 𝒂𝒏 of an A.P., the sum
70. The next (𝟒th ) term of the A.P. √𝟏𝟖, √𝟓𝟎, √𝟗𝟖, …. is
of whose 𝒏 terms is 𝑺𝒏 , is given by 𝒂𝒏 = 𝑺𝒏 − 𝑺𝒏−𝟏 , 𝒏 > 𝟏.
(a) √𝟏𝟐𝟖
Statement-2 (R): The common difference ' 𝒅 ' of an A.P.,
(b) √𝟏𝟒𝟎 the sum of whose 𝒏 terms 𝑺𝒏 is given by 𝒅 = 𝑺𝒏 − 𝟐𝑺𝒏−𝟏 +
(c) √𝟏𝟔𝟐 𝑺𝒏−𝟐 , 𝒏 > 𝟐.
(d) √𝟐𝟎𝟎 Ans.(b)
Ans.(c) 74. Statement-1 (A): The sum of 𝒏 terms of the series √𝟓 +
71. The 𝟏𝟒th term from the end of the A.P. √𝟓
√𝟐𝟎 + √𝟒𝟓 + √𝟖𝟎 + ⋯ is 𝟐
𝒏(𝒏 + 𝟏).
−𝟏𝟏, −𝟖, −𝟓, … , 𝟒𝟗 is
Statement-2 (R): The sum of first 𝒏 natural numbers is
(a) 7
𝒏(𝒏+𝟏)
(b) 10 .
𝟐

(c) 13
Ans.(a)
(d) 28
75. Statement-1 (A): The sum of 𝒏 terms of an AP with
Ans.(b)
𝟏 𝟏−𝟒𝒙 𝟏−𝟖𝒙
first and last terms as 𝒂𝟏 and 𝒂𝒏 respectively, is 𝑺𝒏 =
72. The common difference of the A.P. , , , …. , is 𝒏
𝟐𝒙 𝟐𝒙 𝟐𝒙
(𝒂𝟏 + 𝒂𝒏 ).
𝟐
(a) −𝟐𝒙
Statement-2 (R): The sum of the terms equidistant from
(b) -2
the beginning and end in the A.P.
(c) 2
𝒂𝟏 , 𝒂𝟐 , 𝒂𝟑 , … , 𝒂𝒏−𝟐 , 𝒂𝒏−𝟏 , 𝒂𝒏 is equal to 𝒂𝟏 + 𝒂𝒏.
(d) 𝟐𝒙
Ans.(b) Ans.(a)
76. Statement-1 (A): The sum of first 𝒏 even natural
numbers is 𝒏(𝒏 + 𝟏).

Statement-2 (R): The sum of first 𝒏 odd natural numbers

is 𝒏(𝒏 − 𝟏).

Ans.(c)
77. Statement-1 (A): If 𝒂𝟏 , 𝒂𝟐 , 𝒂𝟑 , … , 𝒂𝒏 is an AP such that
𝒂𝟏 + 𝒂𝟒 + 𝒂𝟕 + ⋯ + 𝒂𝟏𝟔 = 𝟏𝟒𝟕, then 𝒂𝟏 + 𝒂𝟔 + 𝒂𝟏𝟏 +
𝒂𝟏𝟔 = 𝟗𝟖.
Statement-2 (R): In an A.P., the sum of the terms
equidistant from the beginning andthe end is always same
and is equal to the sum of first and last term.
Ans.(a)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – ARITHMETIC PROGRESSION

78. Statement-1 (A): 𝒂, 𝒃, 𝒄 are in A.P. if and only if 𝟐𝒃 =

𝒂 + 𝒄.

Statement-2 (R): The sum of first 𝒏 odd natural numbers

is 𝒏𝟐 .

Ans.(b)
𝟓 𝟓
79. Statement-1 (A): −𝟓, − , 𝟎, , ….. is an A.P.
𝟐 𝟐

Statement-2 (R): The terms of an A.P. cannot have both

positive and negative rational numbers.
Ans.(c)

80. Statement-1 (A): The sequence whose 𝒏th term is given

by 𝒂𝒏 = 𝟕𝒏 − 𝟓 is an A.P. with common difference 7 .
Statement-2 (R): A sequence is an A.P. with common
difference ' 𝑨 ' if and only if its 𝒏th terms is of the form
𝒂𝒏 = 𝑨𝒏 + 𝑩.

Ans. (a)
81. Statement-1 (A): The sum of 20 terms of the A.P. 1, 3,
5, 7, ... is 400.
Statement-2 (𝑹) : The sum of first 𝒏 odd natural numbers
is 𝒏𝟐 .
Ans. (a)
82. Statement −𝟏(𝑨) : The sum of 20 terms of the series
𝟏𝟏, 𝟏𝟑, 𝟏𝟓, 𝟏𝟕, … is 600 . Statement-2 (𝑹) : The sum of first
𝒏 odd natural numbers is 𝒏𝟐 .
Ans. (b)
83. Statement-1 (A): The sum of the 𝒏 terms of the A.P.
𝟏, 𝟓, 𝟗, 𝟏𝟑, … is 𝟐𝒏𝟐 + 𝒏.
Statement-2 (𝑹) : Let 𝑺𝒏 denote the sum of 𝒏 terms of an
A.P. with first term a and common difference 𝒅 such that
𝑺𝒎𝒏
𝒅 = 𝟐𝒂. Then for any natural number 𝒎, is
𝑺𝒎

independent of 𝒎.
Ans. (d)
84. Statement-1 (A): 𝒂, 𝒃, 𝒄 are in A.P. iff 𝟐𝒃 = 𝒂 + 𝒄.
Statement-2 (R): In an A.P. the sum of the terms
equidistant from the beginning and the end is always same
and is equal to the sum of first and least term.
Ans. (b)
85. Statement-1 (A): If 𝒂𝒏 denotes the nth term of the A.P.
𝟐, 𝟕, 𝟏𝟐, 𝟏𝟕, …, then

𝒂𝟓𝟎𝟓𝟎 − 𝒂𝟐𝟎𝟐𝟎 = 𝟏𝟓𝟏𝟓𝟎

Statement-2 (𝑹) : If 𝒂𝒏 denotes the nth term of an A.P.
with common difference 𝒅, then 𝒂𝒑 − 𝒂𝒒 = (𝒑 − 𝒒)𝒅
Ans. (a)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – QUADRATIC EQUATION

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM PREPARATION

STUDY MATERIAL

Telegram: [Link]

Instagram: [Link]

Facebook page: [Link]

106075477485686/

Facebook group:
[Link]

WhatsApp Channel :-
[Link]

NEHA DHIMAN (KV TEACHER)

SSC CGL TWO TIMES MAINS CLEARED
NVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED
KVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED IN FIRST ATTEMPT

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM STUDY MATERIAL QUADRATIC

EQUATION IMPORTANT PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – QUADRATIC EQUATION

1. The equation 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒄 + 𝒄 = 𝟎 is a quadratic equation 8. If 𝒄 and 𝒅 are roots of the equation (𝒙 − 𝒂)(𝒙 − 𝒃) −
for 𝒌 = 𝟎, then 𝒂, 𝒃 are roots of the equation
(a) all values of a (a) (𝒙 − 𝒄)(𝒙 − 𝒅) − 𝒌 = 𝟎
(b) all non-zero values of 𝒂 (b) (𝒙 − 𝒄)(𝒙 − 𝒅) + 𝒌 = 𝟎
(c) all non-zero values of 𝒃 (c) (𝒙 − 𝒂)(𝒙 − 𝒄) + 𝒌 = 𝟎
(d) all non-zero values of 𝒄 (d) (𝒙 − 𝒃)(𝒙 − 𝒅) + 𝒌 = 𝟎
Ans. (b) Ans. (b)
2. A quadratic equation has 9. If 𝒂, 𝒃, 𝒄 are positive real numbers, then the number of
(a) at most two roots real roots of the equation 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃|𝒙| + 𝒄 = 𝟎, is
(b) at least two roots (a) 2
(c) exactly two roots (b) 4
(d) at least one root (c) 0
Ans. (c) (d) 1
3. If 𝜶 and 𝜷 are two roots of the quadratic equation Ans. (c)
𝟐 𝟐
𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄 = 𝟎, then 𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄 = 10. If the sum and product of the roots of the equation
(a) 𝒂(𝒙 + 𝜶)(𝒙 + 𝜷) 𝒌𝒙𝟐 + 𝟔𝒙 + 𝟒𝒌 = 𝟎 are equal, then the
(b) 𝒂(𝒙 − 𝜶)(𝒙 − 𝜷) value of 𝒌 is
(c) 𝒃(𝒙 − 𝜶)(𝒙 − 𝜷) 𝟑
(a) −
𝟐
(d) 𝒄(𝒙 − 𝜶)(𝒙 − 𝜷) 𝟑
(b)
𝟐
Ans. (b)
𝟐
[Link] number of real roots of the equation 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟑|𝒙| + (c)
𝟑
𝟐
𝟐 = 𝟎, is (d) −
𝟑
(a) 2 Ans. (a)
(b) 3
11. If one root of the equation 𝟑𝒙𝟐 − 𝟖𝒙 − (𝟐𝒌 + 𝟏) = 𝟎 is
(c) 0
seven times the other, then the value of 𝒌 is
(d) 4 𝟕
(a)
𝟑
Ans. (c)
𝟓
[Link] number of real roots of the equation 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟑|𝒙| + (b)
𝟑
𝟓
𝟐 = 𝟎, is (c) −
𝟑
(a) 4 𝟕
(d) −
𝟑
(b) 3
Ans. (c)
(c) 2
12. A quadratic equation whose one root is 𝟏 + √𝟐 and the
(d) 1
Ans. (a) sum of its roots is 2 , is

[Link] least positive value of 𝒌, for which the quadratic (a) 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟐𝒙 + 𝟏 = 𝟎

equation 𝟐𝒙𝟐 + 𝒌𝒙 − 𝟒 = 𝟎 has rational roots, is (b) 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟐𝒙 − 𝟏 = 𝟎

(c) 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟐𝒙 + 𝟏 = 𝟎
(a) ±𝟐√𝟐
(d) 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟐𝒙 − 𝟏 = 𝟎
(b) 2
Ans. (b)
(c) ±𝟐
13. If one root of the equation 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄 = 𝟎 is three
(d) √𝟐
times the other, then
Ans. (b)
(a) 𝒃𝟐 = 𝟏𝟔𝒂𝒄
7.A quadratic equation whose roots are 𝟐 + √𝟑 and 𝟐 −
(b) 𝒃𝟐 = 𝟑𝒂𝒄
√𝟑 is
(c) 𝟑𝒃𝟐 = 𝟏𝟔𝒂𝒄
(a) 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟒𝒙 + 𝟏 = 𝟎
(d) 𝟏𝟔𝒃𝟐 = 𝟑𝒂𝒄
(b) 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟒𝒙 + 𝟏 = 𝟎
Ans. (c)
(c) 𝟒𝒙𝟐 − 𝟑 = 𝟎
14. Quadratic equation whose roots are the reciprocal of
(d) 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟏 = 𝟎
the roots of the equation 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄 = 𝟎, is
Ans. (a)
(a) 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒄𝒙 + 𝒃 = 𝟎

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – QUADRATIC EQUATION

(b) 𝒄𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒂 = 𝟎 Ans. (c)

(c) 𝒄𝒙𝟐 − 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒂 = 𝟎 21. Which of the following equations has 2 as a root?
𝟐
(d) 𝒄𝒙 + 𝒃𝒙 − 𝒂 = 𝟎 (a) 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟒𝒙 + 𝟓 = 𝟎
Ans. (b) (b) 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟑𝒙 − 𝟏𝟐 = 𝟎
15. If the roots of the equation 𝒂(𝒃 − 𝒄)𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃(𝒄 − 𝒂)𝒙 + (c) 𝟐𝒙𝟐 − 𝟕𝒙 + 𝟔 = 𝟎
𝒄(𝒂 − 𝒃) = 𝟎 are equal, then (d) 𝟑𝒙𝟐 − 𝟔𝒙 − 𝟐 = 𝟎
𝟐𝒂𝒄 Ans. (c)
(a) 𝒃 =
𝒂+𝒄
𝒂𝒄 22. Which of the following equations has the sum of its
(b) 𝒃 =
𝒂+𝒄
roots as 3 ?
𝟐𝒂𝒃
(c) 𝒄 = (a) 𝟐𝒙𝟐 − 𝟑𝒙 + 𝟔 = 𝟎
𝒂+𝒃
𝟐𝒃𝒄
(d) 𝒂 = (b) −𝒙𝟐 + 𝟑𝒙 − 𝟑 = 𝟎
𝒃+𝒄
𝟑
Ans. (a) (c) √𝟐𝒙𝟐 − 𝒙+𝟏=𝟎
√𝟐
16. The number of real roots of the equation (𝒙 − 𝟏)𝟐 + (d) 𝟑𝒙𝟐 − 𝟑𝒙 + 𝟑 = 𝟎
(𝒙 − 𝟐)𝟐 + (𝒙 − 𝟑)𝟐 = 𝟎, is Ans. (b)
(a) 1 23. The quadratic equation 𝟐𝒙𝟐 − √𝟓𝒙 + 𝟏 = 𝟎 has
(b) 2 (a) two distinct real roots
(c) 3 (b) two equal real roots
(d) none of these (c) no real roots
Ans. (d) (d) more than 2 real roots
Ans. (c)
𝟐
17. If the discriminant of the quadratic equation 𝟑𝒙 − 24. Which of the following equations has two distinct
𝟐𝒙 + 𝒄 = 𝟎 is 16 , then the value of 𝒄 is roots?
(a) 1 𝟗
(a) 𝟐𝒙𝟐 − 𝟑√𝟐𝒙 + = 𝟎
𝟒
(b) 0
𝟐
(b) 𝒙 + 𝒙 − 𝟓 = 𝟎
(c) -1
(c) 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟑𝒙 + 𝟐√𝟐 = 𝟎
(d) √𝟐
(d) 𝟓𝒙𝟐 − 𝟑𝒙 + 𝟏 = 𝟎
Ans. (b)
18. If 𝜶 and 𝜷 are the zeroes of the polynomial 𝒑(𝒙) =
25. Which of the following equations has no real roots?
𝒌𝒙𝟐 − 𝟑𝟎𝒙 + 𝟒 𝒑(𝒙) = 𝒌𝒙𝟐 − 𝟑𝟎𝒙 + 𝟒𝟓𝒌 and 𝜶 + 𝜷 = 𝜶𝜷,
(a) 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟒𝒙 + 𝟑√𝟐 = 𝟎
then the value of 𝒌 is
𝟐 (b) 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟒𝒙 − 𝟑√𝟐 = 𝟎
(a) −
𝟑
(c) 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟒𝒙 − 𝟑√𝟐 = 𝟎
𝟑
(b) −
𝟐 (d) 𝟑𝒙𝟐 + 𝟒√𝟑𝒙 + 𝟒 = 𝟎
𝟑
(c) Ans. (a)
𝟐

(d)
𝟐 26. The equation (𝒙𝟐 + 𝟏)𝟐 − 𝒙𝟐 = 𝟎 has
𝟑
(a) four real roots
Ans. (d)
(b) two real roots
19. Which of the following is a quadratic equation?
(c) no real roots
(a) 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟐𝒙 + 𝟏 = (𝟒 − 𝒙)𝟐 + 𝟑
𝟐
(d) one real root
(b) −𝟐𝒙𝟐 = (𝟓 − 𝒙) (𝟐𝒙 − )
𝟓 Ans. (c)
𝟐 𝟑
(c) (𝒌 + 𝟏)𝒙 + 𝒙 = 𝟕, where 𝒌 = −𝟏
𝟐
27. If 𝒙 = 𝟎. 𝟐 is a root of the equation 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟎. 𝟒𝒌 = 𝟎,
(d) 𝒙𝟑 − 𝒙𝟐 = (𝒙 − 𝟏)𝟑 then 𝒌 =
Ans. (d) (a) 1
20. Which of the following is not a quadratic equation? (b) 10
(a) 𝟐(𝒙 − 𝟏)𝟐 = 𝟒𝒙𝟐 − 𝟐𝒙 + 𝟏 (c) 0.1

(b) 𝟐𝒙 − 𝒙𝟐 = 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟓 (d) 100

Ans. (c)
(c) (√𝟐𝒙 + √𝟑)𝟐 + 𝒙𝟐 = 𝟑𝒙𝟐 − 𝟓𝒙
(d) (𝒙𝟐 + 𝟐𝒙)𝟐 = 𝒙𝟒 + 𝟑 + 𝟒𝒙𝟑

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – QUADRATIC EQUATION
𝟏 𝟓
28. If − is a root of the equation 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒌𝒙 − = 𝟎, then 35. If one root of the equation 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒂𝒙 + 𝟑 = 𝟎 is 1 , then
𝟐 𝟒
its other root is
the value of 𝒌 is
(a) 3
(a) -2
(b) -3
(b) 2
𝟏 (c) 2
(c)
𝟒
(d) -2
𝟏
(d) Ans. (a)
𝟐

Ans. (b) 36. If one root of the equation 𝟐𝒙𝟐 + 𝒌𝒙 + 𝟒 = 𝟎 is 2 , then

29. Which of the following is not a quadratic equation? the other root is
𝟐 𝟐
(a) 𝟑(𝒙 + 𝟏) = 𝟐𝒙 + 𝒙 + 𝟒 (a) 6
(b) 𝟓𝒙 + 𝟐𝒙𝟐 = 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟗 (b) -6
(c) (𝒙𝟐 𝟐 𝟒
− 𝟐𝒙) = 𝒙 + 𝟑 + 𝟒𝒙 𝟐 (c) -1
(d) (√𝟐𝒙 + √𝟑)𝟐 = 𝟐𝒙𝟐 − 𝟑𝒙 (d) 1

Ans. (c) Ans. (d)

30. Which of the following equations has 3 as a root? 37. A quadratic equation whose one root is 2 and the sum

(a) 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟒𝒙 + 𝟑 = 𝟎 of whose roots is zero, is

(b) 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟒𝒙 + 𝟑 = 𝟎 (a) 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟒 = 𝟎

(c) 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟓𝒙 + 𝟔 = 𝟎 (b) 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟒 = 𝟎

(d) 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟕𝒙 + 𝟏𝟐 = 𝟎 (c) 𝟒𝒙𝟐 − 𝟏 = 𝟎

Ans. (a) (d) 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟐 = 𝟎

31. A quadratic equation can have Ans. (b)

(a) at least two roots 38. If the sum and product of the roots of the equation

(b) at most two roots 𝒌𝒙𝟐 + 𝟔𝒙 + 𝟒𝒌 = 𝟎 are equal, then 𝒌 =

𝟑
(c) exactly two roots (a) −
𝟐
(d) any number of roots 𝟑
(b)
𝟐
Ans. (c)
𝟐
(c)
32. The discriminant of the quadratic equation (𝒙 + 𝟐)𝟐 = 𝟑
𝟐
𝟎 is (d) −
𝟑
(a) -2 Ans. (a)
(b) 2 39. If the sum of the roots of the equation 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒙 = 𝝀(𝟐𝒙 −
(c) 4 𝟏) is zero, then 𝝀 =
(d) 0 (a) -2
Ans. (d) (b) 2
33. The values of 𝒌 for which the quadratic equation 𝟏
(c) −
𝟐 𝟐
𝟏𝟔𝒙 + 𝟒𝒌𝒙 + 𝟗 = 𝟎 has real a
𝟏
𝟏 (d)
𝟐
(a) 𝟔, −
𝟔
Ans. (c)
(b) 𝟑𝟔, −𝟑𝟔
40. If 𝒙 = 𝟏 is a common root of the equations 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒂𝒙 +
(c) 𝟔, −𝟔
𝟔 = 𝟎 and 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒙 + 𝒃 = 𝟎, then 𝒂𝒃 =
𝟑 𝟑
(d) , −
𝟒 𝟒 (a) 3
Ans. (c) (b) 3.5
𝟐
34. If 𝒚 = 𝟏 is a common root of the equations 𝒂𝒚 + 𝒂𝒚 + (c) 6
𝟐
𝟑 = 𝟎 and 𝒚 + 𝒚 + 𝒃 = 𝟎, then 𝒂𝒃 equals (d) -3
(a) 3 Ans. (c)
(b) −𝟕/𝟐 41. If the equation 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟒𝒙 + 𝒌 = 𝟎 has real and distinct
(c) 6 roots, then
(d) -3 (a) 𝒌 < 𝟒
Ans. (a) (b) 𝒌 > 𝟒

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – QUADRATIC EQUATION

(c) 𝒌 ≥ 𝟒 48. If one root of the equation 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄 = 𝟎 is three

(d) 𝒌 ≤ 𝟒 times the other, then 𝒃𝟐 : 𝒂𝒄 =
Ans. (a) (a) 𝟑: 𝟏
42. If 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄 = 𝟎 has equal roots, then 𝒄 = (b) 𝟑: 𝟏𝟔
−𝒃
(a) (c) 𝟏𝟔: 𝟑
𝟐𝒂
𝒃 (d) 𝟏𝟔: 𝟏
(b)
𝟐𝒂
Ans. (c)
−𝒃𝟐
(c) 49. If the sum of the roots of the equation 𝒙𝟐 − (𝒌 + 𝟔)𝒙 +
𝟒𝒂
𝒃𝟐 𝟐(𝟐𝒌 − 𝟏) = 𝟎 is equal to half of their product, then 𝒌 =
(d)
𝟒𝒂
(a) 6
Ans. (d)
(b) 7
43. The value of √𝟔 + √𝟔 + √𝟔 + … is (c) 1

(a) 4 (d) 5

(b) 3 Ans. (b)

(c) -2 50. If one root of the equation 𝟒𝒙𝟐 − 𝟐𝒙 + (𝝀 − 𝟒) = 𝟎 be

(d) 3.5 the reciprocal of the other, then 𝝀 =

Ans. (b) (a) 8
44. If 2 is a root of the equation 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝟏𝟐 = 𝟎 and the (b) -8

equation 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒒 = 𝟎 has equal roots, then 𝒒 = (c) 4

(a) 8 (d) -4

(b) -8 Ans. (a)

(c) 16 51. If the equation 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒂𝒙 + 𝟏 = 𝟎 has two distinct roots,

(d) -16 then

Ans. (c)45. If 𝒑 and 𝒒 are the roots of the equation 𝒙𝟐 + (a) |𝒂| = 𝟐

𝒑𝒙 + 𝒒 = 𝟎, then (b) |𝒂| < 𝟐

(a) 𝒑 = 𝟏, 𝒒 = −𝟐 (c) |𝒂| > 𝟐

(b) 𝒑 = 𝟎, 𝒒 = 𝟏 (d) None of these

(c) 𝒑 = −𝟐, 𝒒 = 𝟎 Ans. (c)

(d) 𝒑 = −𝟐, 𝒒 = 𝟏 52. If the equation 𝟗𝒙𝟐 + 𝟔𝒌𝒙 + 𝟒 = 𝟎 has equal roots,

Ans. (a) then the roots are both equal to

𝟐
46. The value of 𝒄 for which the equation 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝟐𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄 = (a) ±
𝟑
𝟎 has equal roots is (b) ±
𝟑
𝟐
𝒃𝟐
(a) (c) 0
𝒂
𝒃𝟐 (d) ±𝟑
(b)
𝟒𝒂
Ans. (a)
𝒂𝟐
(c)
𝒃 53. If the equation 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝟐𝒙 + 𝒂 = 𝟎 has two equal roots,
𝒂𝟐
(d) if
𝟒𝒃
(a) 𝒂 = ±𝟏
Ans. (a)
(b) 𝒂 = 𝟎
47. If 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒌(𝟒𝒙 + 𝒌 − 𝟏) + 𝟐 =
(c) 𝒂 = 𝟎, 𝟏
𝟎 has equal roots, then 𝒌 =
𝟐 (d) 𝒂 = −𝟏, 𝟎
(a) − , 𝟏
𝟑
Ans. (a)
𝟐
(b) , −𝟏 54. The positive value of 𝒌 for which the equation 𝒙𝟐 +
𝟑
𝟑 𝟏
(c) , 𝒌𝒙 + 𝟔𝟒 = 𝟎 and 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟖𝒙 + 𝒌 = 𝟎 will both have real
𝟐 𝟑
𝟑 𝟏 roots, is
(d) − , −
𝟐 𝟑
(a) 4
Ans. (b)
(b) 8

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – QUADRATIC EQUATION

(c) 12 61. If 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜶 and 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜶 are the roots of the equation 𝒂𝒙𝟐 +
(d) 16 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄 = 𝟎, then 𝒃𝟐 =
Ans. (d) (a) 𝒂𝟐 − 𝟐𝒂𝒄
55. If the equation (𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐 )𝒙𝟐 − 𝟐(𝒂𝒄 + 𝒃𝒅)𝒙 + 𝒄𝟐 + (b) 𝒂𝟐 + 𝟐𝒂𝒄
𝒅𝟐 = 𝟎 has equal roots, then (c) 𝒂𝟐 − 𝒂𝒄
(a) 𝒂𝒃 = 𝒄𝒅 (d) 𝒂𝟐 + 𝒂𝒄
(b) 𝒂𝒅 = 𝒃𝒄 Ans. (b)
(c) 𝒂𝒅 = √𝒃𝒄 62. If 𝒂 and 𝒃 are roots of the equation 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃 = 𝟎,
(d) 𝒂𝒃 = √𝒄𝒅 then 𝒂 + 𝒃 =
Ans. (b) (a) 1
56. If the roots of the equation (𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐 )𝒙𝟐 − 𝟐𝒃(𝒂 + (b) 2
𝒄)𝒙 + (𝒃𝟐 +𝒄 𝟐)
= 𝟎 are equal, then (c) -2
(a) 𝟐𝒃 = 𝒂 + 𝒄 (d) -1

(b) 𝒃𝟐 = 𝒂𝒄 Ans. (d)

𝟐𝒂𝒄 63. The roots of the equation 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟑𝒙 − 𝟏𝟎 = 𝟎 are:
(c) 𝒃 =
𝒂+𝒄
(a) 2, -5
(d) 𝒃 = 𝒂𝒄
(b) -2, 5
Ans. (b)
(c) 2, 5
57. If the equation 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒃𝒙 + 𝟏 = 𝟎 does not possess real
(d) −𝟐, −𝟓
roots, then
Ans. (a)
(a) −𝟑 < 𝒃 < 𝟑
64. Which of the following quadratic equations has sum of
(b) −𝟐 < 𝒃 < 𝟐
its roots as 4 ?
(c) 𝒃 > 𝟐
(a) 𝟐𝒙𝟐 − 𝟒𝒙 + 𝟖 = 𝟎
(d) 𝒃 < −𝟐
(b) −𝒙𝟐 + 𝟒𝒙 + 𝟒 = 𝟎
Ans. (b)
𝟒
(c) √𝟐𝒙𝟐 − 𝒙+𝟏=𝟎
58. If 𝒂 and 𝒃 can take values 𝟏, 𝟐, 𝟑, 𝟒. Then the number √𝟐

of the equations of the form 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝟏 = 𝟎 having real (d) 𝟒𝒙𝟐 − 𝟒𝒙 + 𝟒 = 𝟎

roots is Ans. (b)

(a) 10 65. The equation 𝟗𝒙𝟐 − 𝟔𝒙 − 𝟐 = 𝟎 has

(b) 7 (a) no real root
(c) 6 (b) 2 equal roots
(d) 12 (c) 2 distinct roots
Ans. (b) (d) more than 2 real roots
59. The number of quadratic equations having real roots Ans. (c)
and which do not change by squaring their roots is 66. The quadratic equation 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒙 + 𝟏 = 𝟎 has ………..⁡
(a) 4 roots.
(b) 3 (a) real and equal
(c) 2 (b) irrational
(d) 1 (c) real and distinct
Ans. (c) (d) no real
60. If (𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐 )𝒙𝟐 + 𝟐(𝒂𝒄 + 𝒃𝒅)𝒙 + 𝒄𝟐 + 𝒅𝟐 = 𝟎 has no Ans. (d)
real roots, then
(a) 𝒂𝒅 = 𝒃𝒄 67. The ratio of the sum and product ………………….
(b) 𝒂𝒃 = 𝒄𝒅 (a) 𝟓: 𝟐𝟏

(c) 𝒂𝒄 = 𝒃𝒅 (b) 𝟐: 𝟕

(d) 𝒂𝒅 ≠ 𝒃𝒄 (c) 𝟐𝟏: 𝟓

Ans. (d) (d) 𝟕: 𝟐

Ans. (b)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – QUADRATIC EQUATION

68. If one root of the quadratic equation 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟒𝒙 + 𝟑 is 1 , 74 Statement-1 (𝑨) : If the equation 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃 = 𝟎 and
then the other root is 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 − 𝒂 = 𝟎 have a common roots and 𝒂 + 𝒃 ≠ 𝟎,
(a) 4 then 𝒂 − 𝒃 = 𝟏
(b) -4 Statement-2 (R): A common root of two equations satisfies
(c) -3 both the equations.
(d) 3 Ans. (a)
Ans. (d) 𝟏
75. Statement-1 (A): If the roots of the equation +
𝒙+𝒑
𝟐
69. The equation 𝒙 + 𝒙 + 𝟏 = 𝟎 has 𝟏 𝟏
= are equal in magnitude and opposite in sign, then
(a) real and distinct roots 𝒙+𝒒 𝒓

(b) no real roots 𝒑, 𝒓, 𝒒 are in A.P.

(c) real and equal roots Statement-2 (𝑹) : The sum of the roots of the equation
𝒃
(d) both negative roots 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄 = 𝟎 is .
𝒂
Ans. (b) Ans. (c)
76. Statement-1 (𝑨) : If roots of the equation (𝟐𝒌 − 𝟏)𝒙𝟐 +
𝟒𝒙 − 𝟑 = 𝟎 are reciprocal of each other, then 𝒌 = −𝟏.
ASSERTION - REASON BASED MCQs Statement-2 (𝑹) : If 𝒂 = 𝒄, then roots of 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄 = 𝟎
Each of the following questions contains STATEMENT-1 are reciprocal of each other.
(A) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason) and has following four Ans. (a)
choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), only one of which is the correct
77. Statement-1 (A): If 𝒂 and 𝒄 are of opposite signs, then
answer. Mark the correct choice.
the quadratic equation 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄 = 𝟎 has real and
(a) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is
distinct roots.
a correct explanation for Statement-1
Statement-2 (R): If discriminant 𝑫 of a quadratic equation
(b) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is
is not equal to zero, it has real and distinct roots.
not a correct explanation for Statement-1.
78. Statement-1 (𝑨) : If 𝒂𝒄 ≠ 𝟎, then at least one of the two
(c) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false.
equations 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄 = 𝟎 and 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 − 𝒄 = 𝟎 has
(d) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true.
real and distinct roots.
70. Statement-1 (A): If 𝟐 + √𝟑 is a root of a quadratic
Statement-2 (𝑹) : A quadratic equation has real and
equation with rational coefficients, then its other root is
distinct roots if its discriminant is positive.
𝟐 − √𝟑. Ans. (a)
Statement-2 (R): Surd roots of a quadratic equation with 79. Statement-1 (𝑨) : If the difference of roots of the
rational coefficients occur in conjugate pairs.
equation 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟐𝒑𝒙 + 𝒒 = 𝟎 is same as the difference of the
Ans. (a)
roots of the equation 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟐𝒓𝒙 + 𝒔 = 𝟎, then 𝒔 − 𝒒 = 𝒓𝟐 −
71. Statement-1 (A): If 𝒑, 𝒒, 𝒓 and 𝒔 are real numbers and
𝒑𝟐
𝟐
𝒑𝒓 = 𝟐(𝒒 + 𝒔), then at least one of the equations 𝒙 +
Statement-2 (𝑹) : The roots of the quadratic equation
𝒑𝒙 + 𝒒 = 𝟎 and 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒓𝒙 + 𝒔 = 𝟎 has real roots. −𝒃±√𝑫
𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄 = 𝟎 are given by 𝒙 = , where 𝑫 is the
Statement-2 (R): The sum of two real numbers is positive, 𝟐𝒂

then both the numbers are positive. discriminant.

Ans. (c) Ans. (b)

72. Statement-1 (A): If 𝒂 + 𝒃 + 𝒄 = 𝟎, then 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 80. Statement-1 (A): If 𝟓 + √𝟕 is a root of a quadratic

𝒄 = 𝟎 has real roots. equation with rational coefficients, then its other root is

Statement-2 (R): If one root of a quadratic equation is real, 𝟓 − √𝟕.

then the other root is also real. Statement-2 (R): Surd roots of a quadratic equation with
Ans. (a) rational coefficients occur in
73. Statement-1 (A): If 𝒂 − 𝒃 + 𝒄 = 𝟎, then 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + conjugate pairs.

𝒄 = 𝟎 has real roots. Ans. (a)

Statement-2 (R): Roots of 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒙 + 𝟏 = 𝟎 and not real.

Ans. (b)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – CIRCLE

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM PREPARATION

STUDY MATERIAL

Telegram: [Link]

Instagram: [Link]

Facebook page: [Link]

106075477485686/

Facebook group:
[Link]

WhatsApp Channel :-
[Link]

NEHA DHIMAN (KV TEACHER)

SSC CGL TWO TIMES MAINS CLEARED
NVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED
KVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED IN FIRST ATTEMPT

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM STUDY MATERIAL CIRCLE

IMPORTANT PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – CIRCLE

1. The length of the tangent 𝑨𝑷, from an external point 𝑨 Ans. (c)
is 24 cm . If the distance of the point 𝑨 from the centre 𝑶 7. In Fig., 𝑷𝑸 is a tangent to the circle centred at 𝑶. If
of the circle is 25 cm , then the diameter of the circle is ∠𝑨𝑶𝑩 = 𝟗𝟓∘ , then the measure of ∠𝑨𝑩𝑸 will be
(a) 15 cm
(b) 14 cm
(c) 7 cm
(d) 12 cm
Ans. (b)
2. If PA and 𝑷𝑩 are two tangents to a circle with centre 𝑶 𝟏∘
(a) 𝟒𝟕
𝟐
such that ∠𝑨𝑶𝑩 = 𝟏𝟏𝟎∘ , then ∠APB is equal to - 𝟏∘
∘
(b) 𝟒𝟐
(a) 𝟔𝟎 𝟐
∘
(c) 𝟖𝟓
(b) 𝟕𝟎∘
(d) 𝟗𝟓∘
(c) 𝟖𝟎∘
Ans. (a)
(d) 𝟗𝟎∘
8. In Fig., 𝑷𝑸 is a tangent to the circle with centre 𝑶. If
Ans. (b)
∠𝑶𝑷𝑸 = 𝒙, ∠𝑷𝑶𝑸 = 𝒚, then 𝒙 + 𝒚 is
3. If tangents 𝑷𝑨 and 𝑷𝑩 from a point 𝑷 to a circle with
centre 𝑶 are inclined to each other at an angle of 𝟖𝟎∘ , then
∠𝑷𝑶𝑨 is equal to
(a) 𝟓𝟎∘
(b) 𝟔𝟎∘
(c) 𝟕𝟎∘
(d) 𝟖𝟎∘
(a) 𝟒𝟓∘
Ans. (a)
(b) 𝟗𝟎∘
4. If two tangents inclined at an angle of 𝟔𝟎∘ are drawn to
(c) 𝟔𝟎∘
a circle of radius 3 cm , then length of each tangent is
(d) 𝟏𝟖𝟎∘
equal to
𝟑√𝟑
Ans. (b)
(a) 𝐜𝐦
𝟐 9. In Fig., TA is a tangent to the circle with centre 𝑶 suth
(b) 6 cm that 𝑶𝑻 = 𝟒 𝐜𝐦, ∠𝐎𝐓𝐀 = 𝟑𝟎∘ , then length of TA is
(c) 3 cm
(d) 𝟑√𝟑 𝐜𝐦
Ans. (d)
5. From a point 𝑷 which is at a distance 13 cm from the
centre 𝑶 of a circle of radius 5 cm , the pair of tangents 𝑷𝑸
and 𝑷𝑹 to the circle are drawn. Then the area of the (a) 𝟐√𝟑 𝐜𝐦
quadrilateral 𝑷𝑸𝑶𝑹 is (b) 2 cm
(a) 𝟔𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐 (c) 𝟐√𝟐 𝐜𝐦
𝟐
(b) 𝟔𝟓 𝐜𝐦 (d) √𝟑 𝐜𝐦
(c) 𝟑𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐 Ans. (b)
𝟐
(d) 𝟑𝟐. 𝟓 𝐜𝐦 10. In Fig., 𝑨𝑩 is a tangent to the circle centred at 𝑶. If
Ans, (a) 𝑶𝑨 = 𝟔 𝐜𝐦 and ∠𝑶𝑨𝑩 = 𝟑𝟎∘ then the radius of the circle
6. The pair of tangents 𝑨𝑷 and 𝑨𝑸 drawn from an external is
point to a circle with centre 𝑶 are perpendicular to each
other and length of each tangent is 5 cm . The radius of the
circle is
(a) 10 cm (a) 3 cm
(b) 7.5 cm
(b) 𝟑√𝟑 𝐜𝐦
(c) 5 cm
(c) 2 cm
(d) 2.5 cm
(d) √𝟑 𝐜𝐦

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – CIRCLE

11. In Fig, if ∠𝑨𝑶𝑩 = 𝟏𝟐𝟓∘ , then ∠𝑪𝑶𝑫 is equal to (c) 9 cm

(d) 18 cm
Ans. (b)
15. In Fig., 𝑶 is the centre of circle and PT is a tangent at
𝑻. If 𝑷𝑪 = 𝟑 𝐜𝐦, 𝑷𝑻 = 𝟔 𝐜𝐦, then the radius of the circle
is

(a) 𝟒𝟓∘
(b) 𝟒𝟓∘
(c) 𝟓𝟓∘
𝟏
(d) 𝟔𝟐 𝟐∘
𝟐

Ans. (c)
(a) 9 cm
12. In Fig. 8.22, if 𝑷𝑸𝑹 is the tangent to a circle at 𝑸 whose
(b) 6 cm
centre is 𝑶, 𝑨𝑩 is a chord parallel to 𝑷𝑹 and ∠𝑩𝑸𝑹 = 𝟕𝟎∘ ,
(c) 4.5 cm
then ∠𝑨𝑸𝑩 is equal to
(d) 3 cm
Ans. (c)
16. In Fig. 8.26, PT is a tangent to the circle at 𝑷 and 𝑸𝑹 is
a diameter of the circle, if ∠𝑹𝑷𝑻 = 𝟓𝟎∘ , then ∠𝑸𝑹𝑷 =

(a) 𝟐𝟎∘
(b) 𝟒𝟎∘
(c) 𝟑𝟓∘
(d) 𝟒𝟓∘
Ans. (b)
(a) 𝟓𝟎∘
13. In Fig. 8.23, if tangents 𝑷𝑨 and 𝑷𝑩 are drawn to a
(b) 𝟗𝟎∘
circle such that ∠𝑨𝑷𝑩 = 𝟑𝟎∘ and chord 𝑨𝑪 is drawn
(c) 𝟔𝟎∘
parallel to the tangent 𝑷𝑩, then ∠𝑨𝑩𝑪 =
(d) 𝟒𝟎∘
Ans. (d)
17. If radii of two concentric circles are 4 cm and 5 cm ,
then the length of each chord of one circle which is tangent
to the other circle is
(a) 3 cm
(a) 𝟔𝟎∘ (b) 6 cm
∘
(b) 𝟗𝟎 (c) 9 cm
(c) 𝟑𝟎∘ (d) 1 cm
(d) none of these Ans. (b)
Ans. (c) 18. At one end 𝑨 of a diameter 𝑨𝑩 of a circle of radius 5
14. In Fig. , PT is a tangent to the circle at a point 𝑻 and cm , tangent 𝑿𝑨𝒀 is drawn to the circle. The length of the
𝑷𝑨𝑩 is a secant to the circle. If 𝑷𝑨 = 𝟗 𝐜𝐦 and 𝑨𝑩 = chord CD parallel to XY and at a distance 8 cm from A is
𝟕 𝐜𝐦, then 𝑷𝑻 (a) 4 cm
(b) 5 cm
(c) 6 cm
(d) 8 cm
Ans. (d)

(a) 16 cm
(b) 12 cm

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – CIRCLE

19. In Fig., if PT is a tangent to the circle with centre 𝑶 (a) 3.5 cm

and ∠𝑻𝑷𝑶 = 𝟐𝟓∘ , then the measure of 𝒙 is (b) 7 cm
(c) 6.5 cm
(d) 5 cm
Ans. (c)
23. A tangent 𝑷𝑸 at a point 𝑷 of a circle of radius 5 cm
meets a line through the centre 𝑶 at a point 𝑸 such that
∘
(a) 𝟏𝟐𝟎 𝑶𝑸 = 𝟏𝟐 𝐜𝐦. Length 𝑷𝑸 is
(b) 𝟏𝟐𝟓∘ (a) 12 cm
∘
(c) 𝟏𝟏𝟎 (b) 13 cm
∘
(d) 𝟏𝟏𝟓 (c) 8.5 cm
Ans. (d) (d) √𝟏𝟏𝟗 𝐜𝐦
20. In Fig., PA and PB are tangents from external point 𝑷 Ans. (d)
to a circle with centre 𝑪 and 𝑸 is only point on the circle. 24. From a point 𝑸, the length of the tangent to a circle is
Then the measure of ∠𝑨𝑸𝑩 is 24 cm and the distance of 𝑸 from the centre is 25 cm . The
radius of the circle is
(a) 7 cm
(b) 12 cm
(c) 15 cm
(d) 24.5 cm

𝟏∘
Ans. (a)
(a) 𝟔𝟐
𝟐 25. The length of the tangent from a point 𝑨 at a circle, of
(b) 𝟏𝟐𝟓∘ radius 3 cm , is 4 cm . The distance of 𝑨 from the centre of
∘
(c) 𝟓𝟓 the circle is
∘
(d) 𝟗𝟎 (a) √𝟕 𝐜𝐦
Ans. (a) (b) 7 cm
21. In Fig., 𝑨𝑪 and 𝑨𝑩 are tangents to a circle centred at (c) 5 cm
𝑶. If ∠𝑪𝑶𝑫 = 𝟏𝟐𝟎∘ , then ∠𝑩𝑨𝑶 is equal to (d) 25 cm
Ans. (c)
26. How many parallel tangents can a circle have?
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) infinite
(d) none of these
Ans. (c)
∘
(a) 𝟑𝟎 27. If the angle between the radii of a circle is 𝟏𝟎𝟎∘ , then
∘
(b) 𝟔𝟎 the angle between the tangents at the end of these two radii
(c) 𝟒𝟓∘ is
∘
(d) 𝟗𝟎 (a) 𝟓𝟎∘
Ans. (a) (b) 𝟔𝟎∘
22. In Fig., 𝑨𝑩 = 𝑩𝑪 = 𝟏𝟎 𝐜𝐦. If 𝑨𝑪 = 𝟕 𝐜𝐦, then the (c) 𝟖𝟎∘
length of 𝑩𝑷 is (d) 𝟗𝟎∘
Ans. (c)
28. 𝑷𝑸 is a tangent to a circle with centre 𝑶 at the point 𝑷.
If △ 𝑶𝑷𝑸 is an isosceles triangle, then ∠𝑶𝑸𝑷 is equal to
(a) 𝟑𝟎∘
(b) 𝟒𝟓∘
(c) 𝟔𝟎∘
(d) 𝟗𝟎∘

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – CIRCLE

Ans. (b) (b) 𝟓𝟎∘

29. Two equal circles touch each other externally at 𝑪 and (c) 𝟕𝟎∘
𝑨𝑩 is a common tangent to the circles. Then, ∠𝑨𝑪𝑩 = (d) 𝟒𝟎∘
(a) 𝟔𝟎∘ Ans. (b)
(b) 𝟒𝟓∘ 36. The maximum number of common tangents that can
∘
(c) 𝟑𝟎 be drawn to two circles intersecting at two distinct points
(d) 𝟗𝟎∘ is
Ans. (d) (a) 1
30. 𝑨𝑩𝑪 is a right angled triangle, right angled at 𝑩 such (b) 2
that 𝑩𝑪 = 𝟔 𝐜𝐦 and 𝑨𝑩 = 𝟖 𝐜𝐦. A circle with centre 𝑶 is (c) 3
inscribed in △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪. The radius of the circle is (d) 4
(a) 1 cm Ans. (b)
(b) 2 cm 37. If two perpendicular tangents 𝑷𝑨 and 𝑷𝑩 are drawn
(c) 3 cm from an external point to a circle of radius 4 cm , then the
(d) 4 cm length of each tangent is
Ans. (b) (a) 3 cm
31. 𝑷𝑸 is a tangent drawn from a point 𝑷 to a circle with (b) 4 cm
centre 𝑶 and 𝑸𝑶𝑹 is a diameter of the circle such that (c) 5 cm
∠𝑷𝑶𝑹 = 𝟏𝟐𝟎∘ , then ∠𝑶𝑷𝑸 is (d) 6 cm

(a) 𝟔𝟎∘ Ans. (b)

(b) 𝟒𝟓∘ 38. In Fig., equal circles with centres 𝑶 and 𝑶′ touch each

(c) 𝟑𝟎∘ other at 𝑷. 𝑶𝑶′ is produced to meet circle 𝑪(𝑶′ , 𝒓) at 𝑨. 𝑨𝑻

(d) 𝟗𝟎∘ is a tangent to the circle 𝑪(𝑶, 𝒓). If 𝑶′ 𝑸 is perpendicular to

𝑨𝑸
Ans. (c) 𝑨𝑻, then =
𝑨𝑻
32. If four sides of a quadrilateral 𝑨𝑩𝑪𝑫 are tangential to
a circle, then
(a) 𝑨𝑪 + 𝑨𝑫 = 𝑩𝑫 + 𝑪𝑫
(b) 𝑨𝑩 + 𝑪𝑫 = 𝑩𝑪 + 𝑨𝑫
(c) 𝑨𝑩 + 𝑪𝑫 = 𝑨𝑪 + 𝑩𝑪
𝟐
(d) 𝑨𝑪 + 𝑨𝑫 = 𝑩𝑪 + 𝑫𝑩 (a)
𝟑
Ans. (b) 𝟏
(b)
𝟐
33. The length of the tangent drawn from a point 8 cm 𝟏
(c)
away from the centre of a circle of radius 6 cm is 𝟒
𝟏
(a) √𝟕 𝐜𝐦 (d)
𝟑

(b) 𝟐√𝟕 𝐜𝐦 Ans. (d)

(c) 10 cm 39. If from a point 𝑨 which is at a distance of 13 cm from
(d) 5 cm the centre 𝑶 of a circle of radius 5 cm , the pair of tangent
Ans. (b) 𝑨𝑩 and 𝑨𝑪 to the circle are drawn, then the area of
34. 𝑨𝑩 and 𝑪𝑫 are two common tangents to circles which quadrilateral 𝑨𝑩𝑶𝑪 is
touch each other at 𝑪. If 𝑫 lies on 𝑨𝑩 such that 𝑪𝑫 = (a) 𝟔𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐
𝟒 𝐜𝐦, then 𝑨𝑩 is equal to (b) 𝟏𝟐𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐
(a) 4 cm (c) 𝟓𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐
(b) 6 cm (d) 𝟖𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐
(c) 8 cm Ans. (a)
(d) 12 cm 40. If 𝑷𝑨 and 𝑷𝑩 are tangents to the circle with centre 𝑶
Ans. (c) such that ∠𝑨𝑷𝑩 = 𝟓𝟎∘ , then ∠𝑶𝑨𝑩 is equal to
35. If angle between two radii of a circle is 𝟏𝟑𝟎∘ , the angle (a) 𝟐𝟓∘
between the tangents at the ends of radii is (b) 𝟑𝟎∘
∘
(a) 𝟗𝟎 (c) 𝟒𝟎∘

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – CIRCLE

(d) 𝟓𝟎∘ 45. In Fig. if 𝑷𝑹 is tangent to the circle at 𝑷 and 𝑸 is the

Ans. (a) centre of the circle, then ∠𝑷𝑶𝑸 =
41. In Fig., 𝑨𝑩 is a diameter and 𝑨𝑪 is a chord of a circle
such that ∠𝑩𝑨𝑪 = 𝟑𝟎∘ . If 𝑫𝑪 is a tangent, then △ 𝑩𝑪𝑫 is

(a) 𝟏𝟏𝟎∘
(b) 𝟏𝟎𝟎∘
(a) equilateral (c) 𝟏𝟐𝟎∘
(b) right angled (d) 𝟗𝟎∘
(c) isosceles Ans. (c)
(d) acute angled 46. In Fig., if quadrilateral 𝑷𝑸𝑹𝑺 circumscribes a circle,
Ans. (c) then 𝑷𝑫 + 𝑸𝑩 =
42. In Fig., if 𝑨𝑩 = 𝟏𝟐 𝐜𝐦, 𝑩𝑪 = 𝟖 𝐜𝐦 and 𝑨𝑪 = 𝟏𝟎 𝐜𝐦,
then 𝑨𝑫 =

(a) 𝑷𝑸
(b) 𝑸𝑹
(a) 5 cm (c) 𝑷𝑹
(b) 4 cm (d) PS
(c) 6 cm Ans. (a)
(d) 7 cm 47. In Fig., two equal circles touch each other at 𝑻, if 𝑸𝑷 =
Ans. (d)
𝟒. 𝟓 𝐜𝐦, then 𝑸𝑹 =
43. In Fig., if 𝑨𝑷 = 𝑷𝑩, then

(a) 9 cm
(a) 𝑨𝑪 = 𝑨𝑩
(b) 18 cm
(b) 𝑨𝑪 = 𝑩𝑪
(c) 15 cm
(c) 𝑨𝑸 = 𝑸𝑪
(d) 13.5 cm
(d) 𝑨𝑩 = 𝑩𝑪
Ans. (a)
Ans. (b)
48. In Fig., 𝑨𝑷𝑩 is a tangent to a circle with centre 𝑶 at
44. In Fig., if 𝑨𝑷 = 𝟏𝟎 𝐜𝐦, then 𝑩𝑷 =
point 𝑷. If ∠𝑸𝑷𝑩 = 𝟓𝟎∘ , then the measure of ∠𝑷𝑶𝑸 is

(a) 𝟏𝟎𝟎∘
(a) √𝟗𝟏 𝐜𝐦
(b) 𝟏𝟐𝟎∘
(b) √𝟏𝟐𝟕 𝐜𝐦
(c) 𝟏𝟒𝟎∘
(c) √𝟏𝟏𝟗 𝐜𝐦
(d) 𝟏𝟓𝟎∘
(d) √𝟏𝟎𝟗 𝐜𝐦
Ans. (a)
Ans. (b)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – CIRCLE

49. In Fig., if a circle touches all four sides of a 52. In Fig., two concentric circles of radii 3 cm and 5 cm
quadrilateral 𝑷𝑸𝑹𝑺, whose sides are 𝑷𝑸 = 𝟔. 𝟓 𝐜𝐦, 𝑸𝑹 = are given. Then length of chord 𝑩𝑪 which touches the
𝟕. 𝟑 𝐜𝐦 and 𝑷𝑺 = 𝟒. 𝟐 𝐜𝐦. Then 𝑹𝑺 = inner circle at 𝑷 is equal to

(a) 4 cm
(a) 4.7 cm
(b) 6 cm
(b) 5.3 cm
(c) 8 cm
(c) 5 cm
(d) 10 cm
(d) 7.3 cm
Ans. (c)
Ans. (c)
53. In Fig., there are two concentric circles with centre
50. In Fig., 𝑷𝑹 =
𝑶. 𝑷𝑹 and 𝑷𝑸𝑺 are tangents to the inner circle from point
lying on the outer circle. If 𝑷𝑹 = 𝟕. 𝟓 𝐜𝐦, then 𝑷𝑺 is equal
to

(a) 20 cm
(b) 26 cm
(c) 24 cm
(d) 28 cm (a) 10 cm
Ans. (b) (b) 12 cm
51. Two circles of same radii 𝒓 and centres 𝑶 and 𝑶′ touch (c) 15 cm
each other at 𝑷 as shown in Fig. If 𝑶𝑶′ is produced to meet (d) 18 cm
′
the circle 𝑪(𝑶 , 𝒓) at 𝑨 and 𝑨𝑻 is a tangent to the circle Ans. (c)
𝑪(𝑶, 𝒓) such that 𝑶′ 𝑸 ⊥ 𝑨𝑻. Then 𝑨𝑶: 𝑨𝑶′ = 54. In Fig., if 𝑨𝑩 = 𝟖 𝐜𝐦 and 𝑷𝑬 = 𝟑 𝐜𝐦, then 𝑨𝑬 =

(a) 11 cm
(a) 𝟑/𝟐 (b) 7 cm
(b) 2 (c) 5 cm
(c) 3 (d) 3 cm
(d) ¼ Ans. (c)
Ans. (c) 55. In Fig., 𝑷𝑸 and 𝑷𝑹 are tangents drawn from 𝑷 to a
circle with centre 𝑶. If ∠𝑶𝑷𝑸 = 𝟑𝟓∘ , then

(a) 𝒂 = 𝟑𝟎∘ , 𝒃 = 𝟔𝟎∘

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – CIRCLE

(b) 𝒂 = 𝟑𝟓∘ , 𝒃 = 𝟓𝟓∘ 59. In Fig., 𝑫𝑬 and 𝑫𝑭 are tangents from an external point
(c) 𝒂 = 𝟒𝟎∘ , 𝒃 = 𝟓𝟎∘ 𝑫 to a circle with centre 𝑨. If 3. 𝑫𝑬 = 𝟓 𝐜𝐦 and 𝑫𝑬 ⊥ 𝑫𝑭,
∘ ∘
(d) 𝒂 = 𝟒𝟓 , 𝒃 = 𝟒𝟓 then the radius of the circle is
Ans. (b)
56. In Fig., if 𝑻𝑷 and 𝑻𝑸 are tangent drawn from an
external point T to a circle with centre O such that
∠𝑻𝑸𝑷 = 𝟔𝟎∘ , then ∠𝑶𝑷𝑸 =

(a) 3 cm
(b) 5 cm
(c) 4 cm
∘
(a) 𝟐𝟓 (d) 6 cm
(b) 𝟑𝟎∘ Ans. (b)
∘
(c) 𝟒𝟎 60. In Fig., a circle with centre 𝑶 is inscribed in a
(d) 𝟔𝟎∘ quadrilateral 𝑨𝑩𝑪𝑫 such that, it touches sides 𝑩𝑪, 𝑨𝑩, 𝑨𝑫
Ans. (b) and 𝑪𝑫 at points 𝑷, 𝑸, 𝑹 and 𝑺 respectively. If 𝑨𝑩 =
57. In Fig, the sides 𝑨𝑩, 𝑩𝑪 and 𝑪𝑨 of triangle ABC, touch 𝟐𝟗 𝐜𝐦, 𝑨𝑫 = 𝟐𝟑 𝐜𝐦, ∠𝑩 = 𝟗𝟎∘ and 𝑫𝑺 = 𝟓 𝐜𝐦, then the
a circle at P, Q and R respectively . If 𝑷𝑨 = 𝟒 𝐜𝐦, 𝑩𝑷 = radius of the circle (𝐢𝐧 𝐜𝐦) is
𝟑 𝐜𝐦 and 𝑨𝑪 = 𝟏𝟏 𝐜𝐦 then length of BC is

(a) 11
(a) 11 cm
(b) 18
(b) 10 cm
(c) 6
(c) 14 cm
(d) 15
(d) 15 cm
Ans. (a)
Ans. (b)
61. In a right triangle 𝑨𝑩𝑪, right angled at 𝑩, 𝑩𝑪 = 𝟏𝟐 𝐜𝐦
58. In Fig., a circle touches the side 𝑫𝑭 of △ 𝑬𝑫𝑭 at 𝑯 and
and 𝑨𝑩 = 𝟓 𝐜𝐦. The radius of the circle
touches ED and EF produced at 𝑲 and 𝑴 respectively. If
(a) 4
𝑬𝑲 = 𝟗 𝐜𝐦, then the perimeter of △ 𝑬𝑫𝑭 is
(b) 3
(c) 2
(d) 1
Ans. (c)
62. Two circles touch each other externally at 𝑷. 𝑨𝑩 is a
common tangent to the circle touching them at 𝑨 and 𝑩.
The value of ∠𝑨𝑷𝑩 is
(a) 𝟑𝟎∘
(a) 18 cm (b) 𝟒𝟓∘
(b) 13.5 cm (c) 𝟔𝟎∘
(c) 12 cm (d) 𝟗𝟎∘
(d) 9 cm Ans. (d)
Ans. (a)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – CIRCLE

63. In Fig, 𝑷𝑸 and 𝑷𝑹 are two tangents to a circle with (c) 𝟑𝑨𝑫 = 𝑨𝑩 + 𝑩𝑪 + 𝑪𝑨
centre 𝑶. If ∠𝑸𝑷𝑹 = 𝟒𝟔∘ , then ∠𝑸𝑶𝑹 equals (d) 𝟒𝑨𝑫 = 𝑨𝑩 + 𝑩𝑪 + 𝑪𝑨
Ans. (b)
67. In Fig., 𝑹𝑸 is a tangent to the circle with centre 𝑶. If
𝑺𝑸 = 𝟔 𝐜𝐦 and 𝑸𝑹 = 𝟒 𝐜𝐦, then 𝐎𝐑 =

(a) 𝟔𝟕∘
(b) 𝟏𝟑𝟒∘
(c) 𝟒𝟒∘
(d) 𝟒𝟔∘ (a) 8 cm
Ans. (b) (b) 3 cm
64. In Fig., 𝑸𝑹 is a common tangent to the given circles (c) 2.5 cm
touching externally at the point 𝑻. The tangent at 𝑻 meets (d) 5 cm
𝑸𝑹 at 𝑷. If 𝑷𝑻 = 𝟑. 𝟖 𝐜𝐦, then the length of 𝑸𝑹( in cm) is Ans. (d)
68. In Fig., the perimeter of △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 is

(a) 3.8
(b) 7.6
(c) 5.7
(d) 1.9 (a) 30 cm
Ans. (b) (b) 60 cm
65. In Fig. , a quadrilateral 𝑨𝑩𝑪𝑫 is drawn to (c) 45 cm
circumscribe a circle such that its sides 𝑨𝑩, 𝑩𝑪, 𝑪𝑫 and (d) 15 cm
𝑨𝑫 touch the circle at 𝑷, 𝑸, 𝑹 and 𝑺 respectively. If 𝑨𝑩 = Ans. (a)
𝒙 𝐜𝐦, 𝑩𝑪 = 𝟕 𝐜𝐦, 𝑪𝑹 = 𝟑 𝐜𝐦 and 𝑨𝑺 = 𝟓 𝐜𝐦, then 𝒙 = 69. In Fig., 𝑨𝑷 is a tangent to the circle with centre 𝑶 such
that 𝑶𝑷 = 𝟒 𝐜𝐦 and ∠𝑶𝑷𝑨 = 𝟑𝟎∘ . Then, 𝑨𝑷 =

(a) 10
(b) 9
(a) 𝟐√𝟐 𝐜𝐦
(c) 8
(b) 2 cm
(d) 7
(c) 𝟐√𝟑 𝐜𝐦
Ans. (b)
(d) 𝟑√𝟐 𝐜𝐦
66. In Fig., if 𝑨𝑫, 𝑨𝑬 and 𝑩𝑪 are tangents to the circle at
Ans. (c)
𝑫, 𝑬 and 𝑭 respectively. Then,
70. 𝑨𝑷 and 𝑨𝑸 are tangents drawn from a point 𝑨 to a
circle with centre 𝑶 and radius 9 cm . If 𝑶𝑨 = 𝟏𝟓 𝐜𝐦, then
𝑨𝑷 + 𝑨𝑸 =
(a) 12 cm
(b) 18 cm

(a) 𝑨𝑫 = 𝑨𝑩 + 𝑩𝑪 + 𝑪𝑨 (c) 24 cm

(b) 𝟐𝑨𝑫 = 𝑨𝑩 + 𝑩𝑪 + 𝑪𝑨 (d) 36 cm

Ans. (c)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – CIRCLE

71. At one end of a diameter 𝑷𝑸 of a circle of radius 5 cm , 75. In Fig , if 𝑨𝑸 = 𝟒 𝐜𝐦, 𝑸𝑹 = 𝟕 𝐜𝐦, 𝑫𝑺 = 𝟑 𝐜𝐦, then
tangent 𝑿𝑷𝒀 is drawn to the circle. The length of chord 𝒙=
𝑨𝑩 parallel to 𝑿𝒀 and at a distance of 8 cm from 𝑷 is
(a) 5 cm
(b) 6 cm
(c) 7 cm
(d) 8 cm
Ans. (d)
72. If 𝑷𝑻 is tangent drawn from a point 𝑷 to a circle
(a) 6 cm
touching it at 𝑻 and 𝑶 is the centre of the circle, then
(b) 8 cm
∠𝑶𝑷𝑻 + ∠𝑷𝑶𝑻 =
(c) 11 cm
(a) 𝟑𝟎∘
(d) 10 cm
(b) 𝟔𝟎∘
Ans. (a)
(c) 𝟗𝟎∘
76. In Fig., quadrilateral 𝑨𝑩𝑪𝑫 is circumscribed, touching
(d) 𝟏𝟖𝟎∘
the circle at 𝑷, 𝑸, 𝑹 and 𝑺 such that ∠𝑫𝑨𝑩 = 𝟗𝟎∘ . If 𝑪𝑹 =
Ans. (c)
𝟐𝟑 𝐜𝐦, 𝑪𝑩 = 𝟑𝟗 𝐜𝐦 and the radius of the circle is 14 cm ,
73. In Fig., if quadrilateral 𝑷𝑸𝑹𝑺 circumscribes a circle,
then 𝑨𝑩 =
then

(a) 16 cm
(a) 𝒙 = 𝟗𝟓∘ , 𝒚 = 𝟗𝟓∘
(b) 39 cm
(b) 𝒙 = 𝟏𝟎𝟎∘ , 𝒚 = 𝟗𝟎∘
(c) 37 cm
(c) 𝒙 = 𝟏𝟎𝟎∘ , 𝒚 = 𝟖𝟓∘
(d) 30 cm
(d) 𝒙 = 𝟖𝟓∘ , 𝒚 = 𝟗𝟎∘
Ans. (d)
Ans. (c)
77. Two circles touch each other externally at 𝑷. If 𝑨𝑩 is a
74. In Fig. , perimeter of quadrilateral 𝑨𝑩𝑪𝑫 is
common tangent to the circles touching them at 𝑨 and 𝑩.
Then, ∠𝑨𝑷𝑩 =
(a) 𝟑𝟎∘
(b) 𝟒𝟓∘
(c) 𝟔𝟎∘
(d) 𝟗𝟎∘
Ans. (d)
(a) 28 cm
78. In Fig, if 𝑶𝑪 = 𝟗 𝐜𝐦 and 𝑶𝑩 = 𝟏𝟓 𝐜𝐦, then 𝑩𝑪 +
(b) 34 cm
𝑩𝑫 =
(c) 48 cm
(d) 36 cm
Ans. (b)

(a) 18 cm
(b) 12 cm
(c) 24 cm
(d) 36 cm
Ans. (c)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – CIRCLE

79. In Fig., AB and CD are two chords of a circle (c) 𝟏𝟎𝟔∘

intersecting at P. Choose the correct statement from the (d) 𝟖𝟔∘
following: Ans. (a)
83. A chord of a circle of radius 10 cm subtends a right
angle at its centre. The length of the chord is
(a) 𝟓√𝟐 𝐜𝐦
(b) 𝟏𝟎√𝟐 𝐜𝐦
(c) 𝟓/√𝟐 𝐜𝐦
(a) △ 𝑨𝑫𝑷 ∼△ 𝑪𝑩𝑨 (b) (d) 5 cm
(b) △ 𝑨𝑫𝑷 ∼△ 𝑩𝑷𝑪 Ans. (b)
(c) △ 𝑨𝑫𝑷 ∼△ 𝑩𝑪𝑷
(d) △ 𝑨𝑫𝑷 ∼△ 𝑪𝑩𝑷
Ans. (d)
80. In Fig., tangents 𝑷𝑨 and 𝑷𝑩 to the circle centred at 𝑶, ASSERTION -REASON BASED MCQs
from point 𝑷 are perpendicular to each other. If 𝑷𝑨 = Each of the following four choices (a), (b), (c) and (d),
𝟓 𝐜𝐦, then length of 𝑨𝑩 is equal to ONT-1 (Assertion) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason) (d), only
one of which is the correct answer. Mark the
(a) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is
a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(b) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is
not a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(c) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false.
(a) 5 cm
(d) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true.
(b) 𝟓√𝟐 𝐜𝐦
(c) 𝟐√𝟓 𝐜𝐦 84. Statement-1 (A): The length of the tangent drawn from
(d) 10 cm a point at a distance of 13 cm from the centre of a circle of
Ans. (b) radius 5 cm is 10 cm.
81. In Fig. , 𝑨𝑻 is tangent to a circle centred at 𝑶. If Statement-2 (R): A tangent to a circle is perpendicular to
∘
∠𝑪𝑨𝑻 = 𝟒𝟎 , then ∠𝑪𝑩𝑨 is equal to the radius through the point of contact
Ans. (d)
85. Statement-1 (A): A tangent to a circle is perpendicular
to the radius through the point of contact.
Statement-2 (R): The lengths of tangents drawn from an
external point to a circle are equal.
Ans. (b)
(a) 𝟕𝟎∘ 86. Statement-1 (A): In Fig., 𝑷𝑨 and 𝑷𝑩 are tangents
∘
(b) 𝟓𝟎 drawn from an external point 𝑷 to a circle with centre 𝑶.
∘
(c) 𝟔𝟓 If ∠𝑨𝑷𝑩 = 𝟖𝟎∘ , then ∠𝑨𝑶𝑩 = 𝟏𝟎𝟎∘ .
∘
(d) 𝟒𝟎
Ans. (d)
82. In Fig, 𝑨𝑩 and 𝑨𝑪 are tangents to the circle. If
∠𝑨𝑩𝑪 = 𝟒𝟐∘ , then the measure of ∠𝑩𝑨𝑪 is

Statement-2 (R): The angle between two tangents drawn

from an external point to a circle is supplementary to the

(a) 𝟗𝟔∘ angle subtended by the line segments joining the points of
contact at the centre.
(b) 𝟒𝟐∘

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – CIRCLE

Ans. (a) Statement-2 (𝑹) : A tangent to a circle is perpendicular to

87. Statement-1 (A): If 𝑷𝑨 and 𝑷𝑩 are tangents drawn the radius through the point of contact.
from an external point 𝑷 to a circle with centre 𝑶, then the Ans. (d)
quadrilateral 𝑨𝑶𝑩𝑷 is cyclic. 93. Statement- 𝟏(𝑨) : In Fig., 𝑶 is the centre of a circle and
Statement-2 (R): The angle between two tangents drawn 𝑷𝑸 is a chord. If the tangent 𝑷𝑹 Statement-2 (R): at P
from an external point to a circle is supplementary to the makes an angle of 𝟓𝟎∘ with 𝑷𝑸, then ∠𝑷𝑶𝑸 = 𝟏𝟎𝟎∘ .
angle subtended by the line segments joining the points of
contact at the centre.
Ans. (a)
88. Statement-1 (A): In Fig., 𝑷𝑨 and 𝑷𝑩 are tangents
drawn from an external point 𝑷 to a circle with centre 𝑶
such that ∠𝑨𝑷𝑩 = 𝟒𝟎∘ . If 𝑪 is a point on the circle, then
∠𝑨𝑪𝑩 = 𝟕𝟎∘ . Statement-2 (𝑹) : A tangent to a circle is perpendicular to
the radius through the point of contact.

Statement-2 (𝐑) : The lengths of tangents drawn from 𝑷 to

the circle are equal.
Ans. (b)
89. Statement-1 (A): The tangents drawn at the end points
of a diameter of a circle are parallel.
Statement-2 (R): Diameter of a circle is the longest chord.
Ans. (b)

90. Statement-1 (A): The Length of the tangent PT drawn

from an external point 𝑷 to a circle is 24 cm . If the
distance between the point 𝑷 and the centre 𝑶 of the circle
is 25 cm , then the length of diameter of the circle is 14 cm .
Statement-2 (R): A tangent to a circle is perpendicular to
the radius through the point of contact.
Ans. (a)
91. Statement-1 (A): The base of an isosceles triangle is
bisected at the point of contact of its incircle.
Statement-2 (𝑹) : The lengths of two tangents drawn from
an external point to a circle are equal.
Ans. (a)
92. Statement-1 (𝑨) : In Fig., if 𝑨𝑻 is tangent to the circle,
with centre 𝑶, at point 𝑨 such that 𝑶𝑻 = 𝟒 𝐜𝐦, and
∠𝑶𝑻𝑨 = 𝟑𝟎∘ , then 𝑨𝑻 = 𝟒√𝟑 𝐜𝐦.

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – COORDINATE GEOMETRY

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM PREPARATION

STUDY MATERIAL

Telegram: [Link]

Instagram: [Link]

Facebook page: [Link]

106075477485686/

Facebook group:
[Link]

WhatsApp Channel :-
[Link]

NEHA DHIMAN (KV TEACHER)

SSC CGL TWO TIMES MAINS CLEARED
NVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED
KVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED IN FIRST ATTEMPT

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM STUDY MATERIAL COORDINATE

GEOMETRY IMPORTANT PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – COORDINATE GEOMETRY

(b) −𝟐𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜𝜶
1. The measure of the angle between the lines 𝒙 = 𝟐, 𝒚 =
(c) 𝟐𝐬𝐞 𝐜 𝜶
−𝟑 and the coordinates of the point of intersection of these
(d) −𝟐𝐬𝐞 𝐜 𝜶
lines are respectively
Ans. (b)
(a) 𝟏𝟖𝟎∘ , (𝟐, −𝟑)
8. The line segment joining the points 𝑨(𝟓, 𝟑) and
(b) 𝟗𝟎∘ , (𝟐, −𝟑)
𝑩(−𝟑, 𝟏𝟏) is divided by the point 𝑪(𝟑, 𝟓) in the ratio
(c) 𝟗𝟎∘ , (−𝟑, 𝟐)
(a) 𝟏: 𝟑
(d) 𝟗𝟎∘ , (𝟐, 𝟑)
(b) 𝟑: 𝟏
Ans. (b)
(c) 𝟐: 𝟑
2. The distance between the point 𝑷(𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝟐𝟏∘ , 𝟎) and
(d) 𝟑: 𝟐Ans. (a)
𝑸(𝟎, −𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝟔𝟗∘ ) is
9. If 𝟗𝟎∘ < 𝜽 < 𝟏𝟖𝟎∘, then the distance between the points
(a) 1
𝑷(𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽, 𝟐) and 𝑸(𝟎, 𝟑) is
(b) 2
(a) 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜𝜽
(c) √𝟐
(b) −𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜𝜽
(d) √𝟑 (c) 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽
Ans. (a) (d) −𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽
3. The point 𝑨 is on positive 𝒚-axis at a distance 4 units Ans. (c)
from the origin. If the coordinates of 𝑩 are (−𝟑, 𝟎) the 10. The coordinates of the fourth vertex of the rectangle
length of 𝑨𝑩 is formed by the points 𝐎(𝟎, 𝟎), 𝑨(𝟐, 𝟎) and 𝑩(𝟎, 𝟑) are
(a) 7 units (a) (𝟑, 𝟎)
(b) 5 units (b) (𝟎, 𝟐)
(c) 49 units (c) (𝟐, 𝟑)
(d) 25 units (d) (𝟑, 𝟐)
Ans. (b) Ans. (c)
4. The ratio in which the line segment joining the points 11. The perimeter of the triangle with vertices (𝟎, 𝟒), (𝟎, 𝟎)
𝑨(−𝟐, −𝟑) and 𝑩(𝟑, 𝟕) is divided by 𝒚-axis is
and (𝟑, 𝟎) is
(a) 𝟐: 𝟑 (a) 20
(b) 𝟏: 𝟑 (b) 12
(c) 𝟏: 𝟐 (c) 6
(d) 𝟑: 𝟏 (d) 16
Ans. (a) Ans. (b)
12. If the vertices of a rhombus 𝑷𝑸𝑹𝑺 taken in order are
5. The ratio in which the line segment joining points 𝑷(𝟑, 𝟒), 𝑸(−𝟐, 𝟑) and 𝑹 (−𝟑, −𝟐), then the coordinates of
𝑨(𝟑, −𝟒) and 𝑩(−𝟐, 𝟕) is divident by x-axis by – its fourth vertex 𝑺 are
(a) 𝟑: 𝟐 (a) (−𝟐, −𝟏)
(b) 𝟐: 𝟑 (b) (−𝟐, −𝟑)
(c) 𝟒: 𝟕 (c) (𝟐, −𝟏)
(d) 𝟕: 𝟒 (d) (𝟏, 𝟐)
Ans. (c) Ans. (c)
6. The distance between the points 𝑷(𝟐, 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜶) and 𝑸(𝟑, 𝟎) 13. If 𝑨(𝟔, 𝟏), 𝑩(𝟖, 𝟐), 𝑪(𝟗, 𝟒), and 𝑫(𝒙, 𝟑) are the vertices
is of a parallelogram 𝑨𝑩𝑪𝑫, then the value of 𝒙 is
(a) 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜶 (a) 4
(b) 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡𝜶 (b) 7
(c) |𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜶| (c) 6
(d) |𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡𝜶| (d) 5
Ans. (c) Ans. (b)
7. If 𝟏𝟖𝟎∘ < 𝜶 < 𝟑𝟔𝟎∘, then the distance between the point
𝑨(−𝟏, 𝟑 + 𝟐𝐜𝐨 𝐭 𝜶) and 𝑩(𝟏, 𝟑) is
(a) 𝟐𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜𝜶

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – COORDINATE GEOMETRY

14. If 𝑨(𝟓, 𝒑), 𝑩(𝟏, 𝟓), 𝑪(𝟐, 𝟏) and 𝑫(𝟔, 𝟐) taken in order 20. If 𝑫(𝟏, 𝟐), 𝑬(𝟒, −𝟑), 𝑭(−𝟐, 𝟒) are mid-points of the
are the vertices of a square, then p = sides 𝑩𝑪, 𝑪𝑨, 𝑨𝑩 respectively of △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 then the
(a) 7 coordinates of the centroid of △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 are
(b) 3 (a) (𝟏, 𝟎)
(c) 6 (b) (𝟏, 𝟐)
(d) 8 (c) (𝟏, 𝟏)
Ans. (c) (d) (𝟐, 𝟐)
15. The coordinates of the vertex 𝑨 of a rectangle 𝑨𝑩𝑪𝑫 Ans. (c)
whose three vertices are given as 𝑩(𝟎, 𝟎), 𝑪(𝟑, 𝟎) and
𝑫(𝟎, 𝟒) are: 21. In a △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪, 𝑨𝑩 = 𝟔, 𝑩𝑪 = 𝟓, 𝑪𝑨 = 𝟒 and 𝑨𝑫 bisects
(a) (𝟒, 𝟎) angle 𝑨. If 𝑫 lies on 𝑩𝑪, then 𝑩𝑫 =
(b) (𝟎, 𝟑) (a) 3
(c) (−𝟑, 𝟒) (b)
𝟑𝟏
𝟏𝟎
(d) (𝟒, 𝟑) 𝟗
(c)
𝟐
Ans. (c)
𝟐𝟗
16. The perpendicular bisector of the line segment joining (d)
𝟏𝟎

the points 𝑨(𝟐, 𝟑) and 𝑩(𝟓, 𝟔) cuts the y-axis at Ans. (a)
(a) (𝟖, 𝟎)
(b) (𝟎, 𝟖) 22. If the area of the triangle formed by the points
𝟐 𝟏
(c) (𝟎, −𝟖) 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎), 𝑨(𝒂𝒙 , 𝟎) and 𝑩(𝟎, 𝒂𝟔𝒙 ) is square units, then
𝟐𝒂𝟓
(d) (𝟎, 𝟕)
𝒙=
Ans. (b)
(a) 1,5
17. If origin is the centroid of a triangle whose vertices are
(b) −𝟏, 𝟓
𝑨(𝒂, 𝒃), 𝑩(𝒃, 𝒄) and 𝑪(𝒄, 𝒂), then the value of 𝒂𝟑 + 𝒃𝟑 + 𝒄𝟑
(c) 𝟏, −𝟓
is
(d) −𝟏, −𝟓
(a) 𝟑𝒃𝒄
Ans. (d)
(b) 𝟑𝒂𝒃
23. If points 𝑨(𝒂𝟐 , 𝟎), 𝑩(𝟎, 𝒃𝟐 ) and 𝑪(𝟏, 𝟏) are collinear,
(c) 3 ca
then
(d) 𝟑𝒂𝒃𝒄 𝟏 𝟏
(a) + =𝟏
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐
Ans. (d)
𝟏 𝟏
18. If the points (𝒕, 𝟐𝒕), (−𝟐, 𝟔) and (𝟑, 𝟏) are collinear, (b) + = 𝟏
𝒂 𝒃

then t = (c) 𝒂 + 𝒃𝟐 = 𝟏
𝟐

(a) 𝟑/𝟒 𝟏 𝟏
(d) + =𝟐
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐
(b) 𝟒/𝟑
Ans. (a)
(c) 3
24. If points 𝑨(𝒙, 𝟐𝒙), 𝑩(𝟑𝒙, 𝟑𝒙) and 𝑪(𝟑, 𝟏) are collinear,
(d) 4
then a non-zero value of 𝒙 is
Ans. (b)
(a) 𝟏/𝟑
19. If 𝜶, 𝜷, 𝜸 are real roots of the equation 𝒙𝟑 − 𝟑𝒑𝒙𝟐 +
(b) −𝟏/𝟑
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
𝟑𝒒𝒙 − 𝟏 = 𝟎 and 𝑨 (𝜶, ) , 𝑩 (𝜷, ), 𝑪 (𝜸, ) are vertices of (c) 𝟐/𝟑
𝜶 𝜷 𝜸

△ 𝑨𝑩𝑪, then the coordinates of the centroid of △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 are (d) −𝟐/𝟑
(a) (−𝒑, 𝒒) Ans. (b)
(b) (𝒑, −𝒒) 25. 𝑨𝑫 is a median of △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 with vertices
(c) (𝒑, 𝒒) 𝑨(𝟓, −𝟔), 𝑩(𝟔, 𝟒) and 𝑪(𝟎, 𝟎). Length 𝑨𝑫 is equal
(d) (−𝒑, −𝒒) (a) √𝟔𝟖 units
Ans. (c) (b) 𝟐√𝟏𝟓 units
(c) √𝟏𝟎𝟏 units
(d) 10 units
Ans. (a)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – COORDINATE GEOMETRY

26.⁡The centre of a circle is at (𝟐, 𝟎). If one end of a 33. A circle drawn with origin as the centre passes through
diameter⁡is at (𝟔, 𝟎), then the other end is at (𝟏𝟑/𝟐, 𝟎). The point which does not lie in the interior of
(a) (𝟎, 𝟎) the circle is
(b) (𝟒, 𝟎) (a) (−𝟑/𝟒, 𝟏)
(c) (−𝟐, 𝟎) (b) (𝟐, 𝟕/𝟑)
(d) (−𝟔, 𝟎) (c) (𝟓, −𝟏/𝟐)
Ans. (c) (d) (−𝟔, 𝟓/𝟐)
27. The distance of the point 𝑷(𝟐, 𝟑) from the 𝒙-axis is Ans. (d)
(a) 2 34. If the distance between the points (𝟒, 𝒑) and (𝟏, 𝟎) is 5 ,
(b) 3 then the value of 𝒑 is
(c) 1 (a) 4 only
(d) 5 (b) ±𝟒
Ans. (b) (c) -4 , only
28. 𝑨𝑶𝑩𝑪 is a rectangle whose three vertices are (d) 0
𝑨(𝟎, 𝟑), 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎) and 𝑩(𝟓, 𝟎). The length of its diagonal is Ans. (b)
(a) 5 35. The points 𝑨(𝟗, 𝟎), 𝑩(𝟗, 𝟔), 𝑪(−𝟗, 𝟔) and 𝑫(−𝟗, 𝟎) are
(b) 3 the vertices of 𝒂
(c) √𝟑𝟒 (a) square
(d) 4 (b) rectangle
Ans. (c) (c) rhombus
29. The points (−𝟒, 𝟎), (𝟒, 𝟎) and (𝟎, 𝟑) are the vertices of (d) trapezium
(a) right triangle Ans. (b)
(b) isosceles triangle 36. If the distance between the points (𝟐, −𝟐) and (−𝟏, 𝒙)
(c) equilateral triangle is 5 , then the sum of the values of 𝒙 is
(d) scaline triangle (a) 4
Ans. (b) (b) -4
30. The point which lies on the perpendicular bisector of (c) 8
the line segment joining the points 𝑨(−𝟐, −𝟓) and 𝑩(𝟐, 𝟓) (d) -8
is Ans. (b)
(a) (𝟎, 𝟎) 37. The distance between the points (𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽, 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽) and
(b) (𝟎, 𝟐) (𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 − 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽) is
(c) (𝟐, 𝟎) (a) √𝟑
(d) (−𝟐, 𝟎) (b) √𝟐
Ans. (a) (c) 2
31. Two fourth vertex 𝑫 of a parallelogram 𝑨𝑩𝑪𝑫 whose (d) 1
three vertices are 𝑨(−𝟐, 𝟑), 𝑩(𝟔, 𝟕) and 𝑪 (𝟖, 𝟑) is Ans. (b)
(a) (𝟎, 𝟏) 38. The distance between the points (𝒂𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝟐𝟓∘ , 𝟎) and
(b) (𝟎, −𝟏) (𝟎, 𝒂𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝟔𝟓∘ ) is
(c) (−𝟏, 𝟎) (a) 𝒂
(d) (𝟏, 𝟎) (b) 𝟐𝒂
Ans. (b) (c) 𝟑𝒂
32. The coordinates of the point which is equidistant from (d) none of these
the vertices 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎), 𝑨(𝟐𝒙, 𝟎) and 𝑩(𝟎, 𝟐𝒚) of triangle 𝑶𝑨𝑩 Ans. (a)
are 39. If 𝒙 is a positive integer such that the distance between
(a) (𝒙, 𝒚) points 𝑷(𝒙, 𝟐) and 𝑸(𝟑, −𝟔) is 10 units then 𝒙 =
(b) (𝒚, 𝒙) (a) 3
(c) (𝒙/𝟐, 𝒚/𝟐) (b) -3
(d) (𝒚/𝟐, 𝒙/𝟐) (c) 9
Ans. (a) (d) -9

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – COORDINATE GEOMETRY

Ans. (c) (c) 𝟑: 𝟏

40. The distance between the points (𝒂𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽 + 𝒃𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽, 𝟎) (d) 𝟐: 𝟑
and (𝟎, 𝒂𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 − 𝒃𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽) is Ans. (c)
(a) 𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐 47. If points (𝒕, 𝟐𝒕), (−𝟐, 𝟔) and (𝟑, 𝟏) are collinear, then
(b) 𝒂 + 𝒃 𝒕=
𝟐 𝟐 𝟑
(c) 𝒂 − 𝒃 (a)
𝟒
(d) √𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐 𝟒
(b)
𝟑
Ans. (d)
𝟓
(c)
41. If the distance between the points (𝟒, 𝒑) and (𝟏, 𝟎) is 5 , 𝟑
𝟑
then 𝒑 = (d)
𝟓
(a) ±𝟒 Ans. (b)
(b) 4 48. If the points 𝑨(𝟑, 𝟏), 𝑩(𝟓, 𝒑) and 𝑪(𝟕, −𝟓) are
(c) -4 collinear, then
(d) 0 (a) -2
Ans. (a) (b) 2
42. A line segement is of length 10 units. If the coordinates (c) -1
of its one end are (𝟐, −𝟑) and the abscissa of the other end (d) 1
is 10 , then its ordinate is Ans. (a)
(a) 9,6 49. If (𝒙, 𝟐), (−𝟑, −𝟒) and (𝟕, −𝟓) are collinear, then 𝒙 =
(b) 𝟑, −𝟗 (a) 60
(c) −𝟑, 𝟗 (b) 63
(d) 𝟗, −𝟔 (c) -63
Ans. (b) (d) -60
43. The perimeter of the triangle formed by the points Ans. (c)
(𝟎, 𝟎), (𝟏, 𝟎) and (𝟎, 𝟏) is 50. The ratio in which (𝟒, 𝟓) divides the join of (𝟐, 𝟑) and
(a) 𝟏 ± √𝟐 (𝟕, 𝟖) is
(b) √𝟐 + 𝟏 (a) −𝟐: 𝟑
(c) 3 (b) −𝟑: 𝟐

(d) 𝟐 + √𝟐 (c) 𝟑: 𝟐

Ans. (d) (d) 𝟐: 𝟑

44. If 𝑨(𝟐, 𝟐), 𝑩(−𝟒, −𝟒) and 𝑪(𝟓, −𝟖) are the vertices of a Ans. (d)

triangle, then the length of the median through vertex 𝑪 is 51. The ratio in which the 𝒙-axis divides the segment

(a) √𝟔𝟓 joining 𝑨(𝟑, 𝟔) and 𝑩(−𝟏𝟐, −𝟑) is

(a) 𝟐: 𝟏
(b) √𝟏𝟏𝟕
(b) 𝟏: 𝟐
(c) √𝟖𝟓
(c) −𝟐: 𝟏
(d) √𝟏𝟏𝟑
(d) 𝟏: −𝟐
Ans. (c)
Ans. (a)
45. If 𝑨(𝒙, 𝟐), 𝑩(−𝟑, −𝟒) and 𝑪(𝟕, −𝟓) are collinear, then
52. If points (𝟏, 𝟐), (−𝟓, 𝟔) and (𝒂, −𝟐) are collinear, then
the value of 𝒙 is
𝒂=
(a) -63
(a) -3
(b) 63
(b) 7
(c) 60
(c) 2
(d) -60
(d) -2
Ans. (a)
Ans. (b)
46. The line segment joining points (−𝟑, −𝟒), and (𝟏, −𝟐)
53. The distance of the point (−𝟔, 𝟖) from the 𝒙-axis is
is divided by 𝒚-axis in the ratio
(a) 6 units
(a) 𝟏: 𝟑
(b) -6 units
(b) 𝟐: 𝟑

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – COORDINATE GEOMETRY

(c) 8 units (c) 𝟐, −𝟒

(d) 10 units (d) 2,4
Ans. (c) Ans. (c)
54. The distance of the point (𝟒, 𝟕) from the 𝒚-axis is 61. The area of the triangle formed by (𝒂, 𝒃 + 𝒄), (𝒃, 𝒄 + 𝒂)
(a) 4 and (𝒄, 𝒂 + 𝒃) is
(b) 7 (a) 𝒂 + 𝒃 + 𝒄
(c) 11 (b) 𝒂𝒃𝒄
(d) √𝟔𝟓 (c) (𝒂 + 𝒃 + 𝒄)𝟐
Ans. (a) (d) 0
55. The coordinates of the point 𝑷 dividing the line Ans. (d)
segment joining the points 𝑨(𝟏, 𝟑) and 𝑩(𝟒, 𝟔) in the ratio 62. If the area of the triangle formed by the points
𝟐: 𝟏 are (𝒙, 𝟐𝒙), (−𝟐, 𝟔) and (𝟑, 𝟏) is 5 square units, then 𝒙 =
(a) (𝟐, 𝟒) (a) 𝟐/𝟑
(b) (𝟑, 𝟓) (b) 𝟑/𝟓
(c) (𝟒, 𝟐) (c) 3
(d) (𝟓, 𝟑) (d) 5
Ans. (b) Ans. (a)
𝟏
56. The point on the 𝒙-axis which is equidistant from 63. If points (𝒂, 𝟎), (𝟎, 𝒃) and (𝟏, 𝟏) are collinear, then +
𝒂
points (−𝟏, 𝟎) and (𝟓, 𝟎) is 𝟏
=
𝒃
(a) (𝟎, 𝟐)
(a) 1
(b) (𝟐, 𝟎)
(b) 2
(c) (𝟑, 𝟎)
(c) 0
(d) (𝟎, 𝟑)
(d) -1
Ans. (b)
Ans. (a)
57. If three points (𝟎, 𝟎), (𝟑, √𝟑) and (𝟑, 𝝀) form an
64. If the centroid of a triangle is (𝟏, 𝟒) and two of its
equilateral triangle, then 𝝀 =
vertices are (𝟒, −𝟑) and (−𝟗, 𝟕), then the area of the
(a) 2
triangle is
(b) -3
(a) 183 sq. units
(c) -4 𝟏𝟖𝟑
(b) [Link]
(d) none of these 𝟐

Ans. (d) (c) 366 sq. units

𝟏𝟖𝟑
58. If the points (𝒌, 𝟐𝒌), (𝟑𝒌, 𝟑𝒌) and (𝟑, 𝟏) are collinear, (d) sq. units
𝟒

then 𝒌 Ans. (b)

(a) 𝟏/𝟑 65. If the centroid of the triangle formed by (𝟕, 𝒙), (𝒚, −𝟔)
(b) −𝟏/𝟑 and (𝟗, 𝟏𝟎) is at (𝟔, 𝟑), then (𝒙, 𝒚) =
(c) 𝟐/𝟑 (a) (𝟒, 𝟓)
(d) −𝟐/𝟑 (b) (𝟓, 𝟒)
Ans. (b) (c) (−𝟓, −𝟐)
59. The coordinates of the point on 𝒙-axis which are (d) (𝟓, 𝟐)
equidistant from the points (−𝟑, 𝟒) and (𝟐, 𝟓) are Ans. (d)
(a) (𝟐𝟎, 𝟎) 66. If 𝑷 is a point on 𝒙-axis such that its distance from the
(b) (−𝟐𝟑, 𝟎) origin is 3 units, then the coordinates of a point 𝑸 on 𝑶𝒀
(c) (𝟒/𝟓, 𝟎) such that 𝑶𝑷 = 𝑶𝑸, are
(d) none of these (a) (𝟎, 𝟑)
Ans. (d) (b) (𝟑, 𝟎)
60. If 𝑨(𝟓, 𝟑), 𝑩(𝟏𝟏, −𝟓) and 𝑷(𝟏𝟐, 𝒚) are the vertices of a (c) (𝟎, 𝟎)
right triangle right angled at 𝑷, then 𝒚 = (d) (𝟎, −𝟑)
(a) −𝟐, 𝟒 Ans. (a)
(b) −𝟐, 𝟒

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – COORDINATE GEOMETRY

67. If the point 𝑷(𝒙, 𝒚) is equidistant from 𝑨(𝟓, 𝟏) and (c) (𝟔, 𝟕)
𝑩(−𝟏, 𝟓), then (d) (−𝟔, −𝟕)
(a) 𝟓𝒙 = 𝒚 Ans. (a)
(b) 𝒙 = 𝟓𝒚 74. In Fig. , the area of △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 (in square units) is
(c) 𝟑𝒙 = 𝟐𝒚
(d) 𝟐𝒙 = 𝟑𝒚
Ans. (d)
68. If the centroid of the triangle formed by the points
(𝟑, −𝟓), (−𝟕, 𝟒), (𝟏𝟎, −𝒌) is at the point (𝒌, −𝟏), then 𝒌 =
(a) 3
(b) 1
(c) 2
(d) 4
(a) 15
Ans. (c)
(b) 10
69. If (−𝟐, 𝟏) is the centroid of the triangle having its
(c) 7.5
vertices at (𝒙, 𝟐), (𝟏𝟎, −𝟐), (−𝟖, 𝒚), then 𝒙, 𝒚 satisfy the
(d) 2.5
relation
Ans. (c)
(a) 𝟑𝒙 + 𝟖𝒚 = 𝟎
75. If 𝑨(𝟒, 𝟗), 𝑩(𝟐, 𝟑) and 𝑪(𝟔, 𝟓) are the vertices of △
(b) 𝟑𝒙 − 𝟖𝒚 = 𝟎
𝑨𝑩𝑪, then the length of median through 𝑪 is
(c) 𝟖𝒙 + 𝟑𝒚 = 𝟎
(a) 5 units
(d) 𝟖𝒙 = 𝟑𝒚
(b) √𝟏𝟎 units
Ans. (a)
(c) 25 units
70. The coordinates of the fourth vertex of the rectangle
(d) 10 units
formed by the points (𝟎, 𝟎), (𝟐, 𝟎), (𝟎, 𝟑) are
Ans. (b)
(a) (𝟑, 𝟎)
76. If 𝑷(𝟐, 𝟒), 𝑸(𝟎, 𝟑), 𝑹(𝟑, 𝟔) and 𝑺(𝟓, 𝒚) are the vertices
(b) (𝟎, 𝟐)
of a parallelogram 𝑷𝑸𝑹𝑺, then the value of 𝒚 is
(c) (𝟐, 𝟑)
(a) 7
(d) (𝟑, 𝟐)
(b) 5
Ans. (c)
(c) -7
71. The ratio in which the line segment joining 𝑷(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 )
(d) -8
and 𝑸(𝒙𝟐 , 𝒚𝟐 ) is divided by 𝒙-axis is
Ans. (a)
(a) 𝒚𝟏 : 𝒚𝟐
77. The perimeter of a triangle with vertices (𝟎, 𝟒) and
(b) −𝒚𝟏 : 𝒚𝟐
(𝟎, 𝟎) and (𝟑, 𝟎) is
(c) 𝒙𝟏 : 𝒙𝟐
(a) 𝟕 + √𝟓
(d) −𝒙𝟏 : 𝒙𝟐
(b) 5
Ans. (b)
(c) 10
72. The ratio in which the line segment joining points
(d) 12
𝑨(𝒂𝟏 , 𝒃𝟏 ) and 𝑩(𝒂𝟐 , 𝒃𝟐 ) is divided by 𝒚-axis is
Ans. (d)
(a) −𝒂𝟏 : 𝒂𝟐
78. If the point 𝑷(𝟐, 𝟏) lies on the line joining points
(b) 𝒂𝟏 : 𝒂𝟐
𝑨(𝟒, 𝟐) and 𝑩(𝟖, 𝟒), then
(c) 𝒃𝟏 : 𝒃𝟐 𝟏
(a) 𝑨𝑷 = 𝑨𝑩
(d) −𝒃𝟏 : 𝒃𝟐 𝟑

Ans. (a) (b) 𝑨𝑷 = 𝑩𝑷

𝟏
73. If the coordinates of one end of a diameter of a circle (c) 𝑷𝑩 = 𝑨𝑩
𝟑
are (𝟐, 𝟑) and the coordinates of its centre are (−𝟐, 𝟓), (d) 𝑨𝑷 = 𝑨𝑩
𝟏
𝟐
then the coordinates of the other end of the diameter are
Ans. (d)
(a) (−𝟔, 𝟕)
(b) (𝟔, −𝟕)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – COORDINATE GEOMETRY

79. If the point (𝒌, 𝟎) divides the line segment joining the (b) -3 or 9
points 𝑨(𝟐, −𝟐) and 𝑩(−𝟕, 𝟒) is the ratio 𝟏: 𝟐, then the (c) 6 or 27
value of 𝒌 is (d) -6 or -27
(a) 1 Ans. (a)
(b) 2 86. If the line segment joining the points (𝟑, −𝟒), and
(c) -2 𝟓
(𝟏, 𝟐) is trisected at a points P (a, -2) and 𝑸 ( , 𝒃). Then,
𝟑
(d) -1 𝟖 𝟐
(a) 𝒂 = , 𝒃 =
𝟑 𝟑
Ans. (a)
𝟕
80. A line intersects the 𝒚-axis and 𝒙-axis at 𝑷 and 𝑸, (b) 𝒂 = , 𝒃 = 𝟎
𝟑
𝟏
respectively. If (𝟐, −𝟓) is the mid-point of 𝑷𝑸, then the (c) 𝒂 = , 𝒃 = 𝟏
𝟑
coordinates of 𝑷 and 𝑸 are, respectively 𝟐 𝟏
(d) 𝒂 = , 𝒃 =
𝟑 𝟑
(a) (𝟎, −𝟓) and (𝟐, 𝟎)
Ans. (b)
(b) (𝟎, 𝟏𝟎) and (−𝟒, 𝟎)
87.
(c) (𝟎, 𝟒) and (−𝟏𝟎, 𝟎)
The distance between the points (𝟎, 𝟐√𝟓) and (−𝟐√𝟓, 𝟎) is
(d) (𝟎, −𝟏𝟎) and (𝟒, 𝟎)
Ans. (d) (a) 𝟐√𝟏𝟎 units

81. If the point (𝒙, 𝟒) lies on a circle whose centre is at the (b) 𝟒√𝟏𝟎 units
origin and radius is 5 , then 𝒙 = (c) 𝟐√𝟐𝟎 units
(a) ±𝟓 (d) 0
(b) ±𝟑 Ans. (a)
(c) 0 88. The distance of the point (−𝟏, 𝟕) from 𝒙-axis is
(d) ±𝟒 (a) -1
Ans. (b) (b) 7
82. If points 𝑨(𝟓, 𝒑), 𝑩(𝟏, 𝟓), 𝑪(𝟐, 𝟏) and 𝑫(𝟔, 𝟐) form a (c) 6
square 𝑨𝑩𝑪𝑫, then 𝒑 = (d) √𝟓𝟎
(a) 7 Ans. (b)
(b) 3 89. The distance of the point (−𝟔, 𝟖) from origin is
(c) 6 (a) 6
(d) 8 (b) -6
Ans. c) (c) 8
83. The coordinates of the circumcentre of the triangle (d) 10
formed by the points O(0, 0), A(a, 0) and B(0, b) are Ans. (d)
(a) (a, b) 𝟏𝟏
90. The distance between the points 𝑷 (− , 𝟓) and
𝟑
(b) (a/2, b/2) 𝟐
𝑸 (− , 𝟓) is
(c) (b/2, a/2) 𝟑

(d) (b, a) (a) 6 units

Ans. (b) (b) 4 units

84. The coordinates of a point on x-axis which lies on the (c) 2 units

perpendicular bisector of the line segment joining the (d) 3 units

points (7, 6) and (-3, 4) are Ans. (d)

(a) (0, 2) 91. Point (𝒙, 𝒚) is at a distance of 5 units from the origin.

(b) (3, 0) How many such points lie in the third quadrant?

(c) (0, 3) (a) 0

(d) (2, 0) (b) 1

Ans. (b) (c) 2

85. The length of a line segment joining A(2, -3) and B is 10 (d) infinitely many

units. If the abscissa of B is 10 units, then its ordinates can Ans. (d)

be
(a) 3 or -9

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – COORDINATE GEOMETRY

92. Find the ratio in which the line segment joining (𝟐, −𝟑) ASSERTION-REASON BASED MCQs
and (𝟓, 𝟔) is divided by 𝒙-axis. Each of the following questions contains STATEMENT-1
(a) 𝟏: 𝟐 (A) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason) and has following four
(b) 𝟐: 𝟏 choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), only one of which is the correct
(c) 𝟐: 𝟓 answer. Mark the correct choice.
(d) 𝟓: 𝟐 (a) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is
Ans. (a) a correct explanation for Statement-1.
93. If the distance between the points (𝟑, −𝟓) and (𝒙, −𝟓) (b) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is
is 15 units, then the values of 𝒙 are not a correct explanation for Statement-1.

(a) 𝟏𝟐, −𝟏𝟖 (c) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false.

(b) −𝟏𝟐, 𝟏𝟖 (d) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true.

(c) 18,5 97. Statement-1 (A): If 𝒂 + 𝒃 + 𝒄 = 𝟎, then the centroid of

(d) −𝟗, −𝟏𝟐 the triangle whose vertices are 𝑷(𝒂, 𝒃), 𝑸(𝒃, 𝒄) and 𝑹(𝒄, 𝒂)

Ans. (b) is at the origin.

94. Point 𝑷 divides the line segment joining the points Statement-2 (R): The coordinates of the centroid of the

𝑨(𝟒, −𝟓) and 𝑩(𝟏, 𝟐) in the ratio 𝟓: 𝟐. Coordinates of 𝑷 triangle whose vertices are
𝒙𝟏 +𝒙𝟐 +𝒙𝟑 𝒚𝟏 +𝒚𝟐 +𝒚𝟑
are 𝑨(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ), 𝑩(𝒙𝟐 , 𝒚𝟐 ) and 𝑪(𝒙𝟑 , 𝒚𝟑 ) are ( , )
𝟑 𝟑
𝟓 𝟑
(a) ( , − ) Ans. (a)
𝟐 𝟐
𝟏𝟏 98. Statement-1 (A): If origin is the centroid of triangle
(b) ( , 𝟎)
𝟕
whose vertices are 𝑷(𝒂, 𝒃), 𝑸(𝒃, 𝒄) and 𝑹(𝒄, 𝒂), then 𝒂𝟑 +
𝟏𝟑
(c) ( , 𝟎) 𝒃𝟑 + 𝒄𝟑 = 𝟑𝒂𝒃𝒄.
𝟕
𝟏𝟑
(d) (𝟎, ) Statement-2 (R): If 𝒂 + 𝒃 + 𝒄 = 𝟎, then 𝒂𝟑 + 𝒃𝟑 + 𝒄𝟑 =
𝟕

Ans. (c) 𝟑𝒂𝒃𝒄.

95. 𝑿𝑶𝒀𝒁 is a rectangle with vertices Ans. (a)

𝑿(−𝟑, 𝟎), 𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎), 𝒀(𝟎, 𝟒) and 𝒁(𝒙, 𝒚). The length of each 99. Statement-1 (A): If the coordinates of the mid-points of

diagonal is sides 𝑨𝑩 and 𝑨𝑪 of △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 are 𝑫(𝟑, 𝟓), and 𝑬(−𝟑, −𝟑)

(a) 5 units respectively, then 𝑩𝑪 = 𝟐𝟎 units.

Statement-2 (R): The line segment joining the mid-points
(b) √𝟓 units
of two sides of a triangle is parallel to the third side.
(c) 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 units
Ans. (b)
(d) 𝟒 units
100. Statement-1 (A): A triangle with vertices at
Ans. (a)
(𝟒, 𝟎), (−𝟏, −𝟏), and (𝟑, 𝟓) is isosceles right angled
96. If origin is the mid-point of the line segment joining the
triangle.
points 𝑷(𝒂, 𝒃) and 𝑸(𝟑, 𝟑), then the value of (𝒂 + 𝒃) is
Statement-2 (R): If 𝑨𝑩𝑪 is an isosceles triangle, then it is
(a) 0
right angled.
(b) 3
Ans. (c)
(c) 6
101. Statement-1 (A): If 𝒂 ≠ 𝟎, 𝒃 ≠ 𝟎, then the points
(d) -6
𝑶(𝟎, 𝟎), 𝑨(𝒂, 𝒂𝟐 ), 𝑩(𝒃, 𝒃𝟐 ) are non-collinear.
Ans. (d)
Statement-2 (R): If points 𝑷, 𝑸 and 𝑹 are collinear, then
𝑷𝑸 + 𝑸𝑹 = 𝑷𝑹.
Ans. (c)
102. Statement-1 (A): Point 𝑷(𝟎, 𝟐) is the point of
intersection of 𝒚-axis with the line 𝟑𝒙 + 𝟐𝒚 = 𝟒.
Statement-2 (R): The distance of the point 𝑷(𝟎, 𝟐) from 𝒙-
axis is 2 units.
Ans. (b)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – COORDINATE GEOMETRY

103. Statement-1 (A); Mid-point of a line segment divides

the line segment in the ratio 𝟏: 𝟏.
Statement-2 (𝑹) : The ratio in which the point (−𝟑, 𝒌)
divides the line segment joining the points (−𝟓, 𝟒) and
(−𝟐, 𝟑) is 𝟏: 𝟐.
Ans. (c)
104. Statement-1 (A): The point which divides the line
segment joining the points 𝑨(𝟏, 𝟐) and 𝑩(−𝟏, 𝟏) internally
𝟏 𝟓
in the ratio 𝟏: 𝟐 is (− , ).
𝟑 𝟑

Statement-2 (R): The coordinates of the point which

divides the line segment joining the points 𝑨(𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 ) and
𝒎𝟏 𝒙𝟐 +𝒎𝟐 𝒙𝟏 𝒎𝟏 𝒚𝟐 +𝒎𝟐 𝒚𝟏
𝑩(𝒙𝟐 , 𝒚𝟐 ) in the ratio 𝒎𝟏 : 𝒎𝟐 are ( , ).
𝒎𝟏 +𝒎𝟐 𝒎𝟏 +𝒎𝟐

Ans. (d)
105. Statement-1 (A): The distance of the point (−𝟑, 𝟓)
from the 𝒙 axis is 3 units.
Statement-2 (R): Abscissa of a point gives the distance of
the point from the 𝒚-axis.
Ans. (d)

106. Statement-1 (A): If the centroid of the triangle having

ifs vertices at 𝑨(𝟏, 𝒂), 𝑩(𝟐, 𝒃) and 𝑪(𝒄𝟐 − 𝟑) lies on 𝒙-axis,
then 𝒂 + 𝒃 = 𝟑.
Statement-2 (R): On 𝒚-axis, 𝒙-coordinale of every point is
zero.
Ans. (b)
107. Statement-1 (𝑨) : If 𝒄 is a variable, then the centroids
of the triangles having vertices at 𝑷(𝟏, 𝒂), 𝑸(𝒄, 𝒃), and
𝑹(𝒄𝟐 , 𝟏) will never lie on 𝒚-axis.
Statement-2 (R): If 𝒙-coordinate of a point is not zero, it
does not lie on 𝒚-axis.
Ans. (a)
108. Statement-1 (A): The point 𝑨(𝟑, 𝟒), 𝑩(𝟐, 𝟕), 𝑪(𝟒, 𝟒)
and 𝑫(𝟑, 𝟓) are such that one of them lies inside the
triangle formed by the remaining three points.
Statement-2 (R): Centroid of a triangle always lies inside
the triangle.
Ans. (a)
109. Statement-1 (𝑨) : If the points 𝑨(𝟒, 𝟑) and 𝑩(𝒙, 𝟓) lie
on a circle with centre 𝑶(𝟐, 𝟑), then the value of 𝒙 is 2 .
Statement-2 (𝑹) : Centre of the circle is the mid-point of
aach chord of the circle.
Ans. (c)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – HEIGHT AND DISTANCE

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM PREPARATION

STUDY MATERIAL

Telegram: [Link]

Instagram: [Link]

Facebook page: [Link]

106075477485686/

Facebook group:
[Link]

WhatsApp Channel :-
[Link]

NEHA DHIMAN (KV TEACHER)

SSC CGL TWO TIMES MAINS CLEARED
NVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED
KVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED IN FIRST ATTEMPT

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM STUDY MATERIAL

HEIGHT AND DISTANCE IMPORTANT PRACTICE
QUESTIONS

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – HEIGHT AND DISTANCE

1. The measure of the angle of elevation of the top of the (c) √𝟐𝒙
𝒙
tower 𝟕𝟓√𝟑 𝐦 high from a point at a distance of 75 m (d)
𝟐
from the foot of the tower in a horizontal plane is Ans. (b)
(a) 𝟑𝟎∘ 7. If the height of a flagstaff is twice the height of the tower
(b) 𝟔𝟎∘ on which it is fixed and the angle of elevation of the top of
(c) 𝟗𝟎∘ the tower as seen from a point on the ground is 𝟑𝟎∘ , then
(d) 𝟒𝟓∘ the angle of elevation of the top of the flag staff as seen
Ans. (b) from the same point is
2. At some time of the day, if the length of the shadow of a (a) 𝟒𝟓∘
vertical pole is equal to its height, the angle of elevation of (b) 𝟑𝟎∘
Sun's altitude is (c) 𝟔𝟎∘
(d) 𝟕𝟓∘ (d) 𝟗𝟎∘
∘
(a) 𝟒𝟓 Ans. (c)
(b) 𝟔𝟎∘ 8. Two friends Rohit and Mohit are standing on the
∘
(c) 𝟑𝟎 opposite sides of a tower of height 60 metres. If their
Ans. (a) angles of depression seen from the top of the tower are 𝟑𝟎∘
3. If the angle of elevation of the top of a tower from a and 𝟒𝟓∘ respectively, then the distance between the two
point on the ground, 100 m away from the foot of the to friends is
𝟑𝟎∘ , then the height of the tower is -
(a) 𝟔𝟎(√𝟑 − 𝟏)𝐦
(a) 100 m
(b) 𝟔𝟎(√𝟑 + 𝟏)𝐦
(b) 𝟏𝟎𝟎√𝟑 𝐦
(c) 𝟑𝟎(√𝟑 − 𝟏)𝐦
𝟏𝟎𝟎
(c) 𝐦
√𝟑 (d) 𝟑𝟎(√𝟑 + 𝟏)𝐦
(d) 𝟕𝟓√𝟑 𝐦 Ans. (b)
Ans. (c) 9. A man is climbing a ladder which is inclined to the wall
∘
4. When the Sun's elevation is 𝟑𝟎 , the shadow of a tower at an angle of 𝟑𝟎∘ . If he ascends at the rate of 𝟐 𝐦/𝐬𝐞𝐜,
is 30 m long, if the Sun's elevation is 𝟔𝟎∘ , then the length of then he approaches the wall at the rate of
the shadow is (a) 2 m/sec
(a) 35 m (b) 2.5 m/sec
(b) 20 m (c) 1 m/sec
(c) 10 m (d) 1.5 m/sec
(d) 15 m Ans. (c)
Ans. (c) 10. The length of shadow of a tower on the plane ground is
5. If the angles of elevation of the top of a tower from two √𝟑 times the height of the tower. The angle of elevation of
points at a distance of 4 m and 16 m from the base of a sun is
tower and in the same line are complementary, then the (a) 𝟒𝟓∘
height of the tower is (b) 𝟑𝟎∘
(a) 20 m (c) 𝟔𝟎∘
(b) 12 m (d) 𝟗𝟎∘
(c) 8 m Ans. (b)
(d) 16 m 11. The distance of the car, standing on the ground , from
Ans. (c) the top of a 75 m tower , is 𝟑𝟎∘ , The distance of the car
6. A man on the top of a cliff ' 𝒙 ' metres high observes that from the base of the tower (in metres) is
the angles of elevation of the top of a tower is equal to the
(a) 𝟐𝟓√𝟑
angle of depression of the foot of the tower. The height of
(b) 𝟓𝟎√𝟑
the tower in metres is
(c) 𝟕𝟓√𝟑
(a) 𝟐√𝟐𝒙
(d) 150
(b) 𝟐𝒙
Ans. (c)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – HEIGHT AND DISTANCE

12. A ladder 15 m long just reaches the top of a vertical Ans. (a)
wall. If the ladder makes an angle 𝟔𝟎∘ with the wall, then 18. If the angle of elevation of a tower from a distance of
the height of the wall is 100 metres from its foot is 𝟔𝟎∘ , then the height of the tower
(a) 𝟏𝟓√𝟑 𝐦 is

(b)
𝟏𝟓√𝟑
𝐦 (a) 𝟏𝟎𝟎√𝟑 𝐦
𝟐
𝟏𝟎𝟎
𝟏𝟓 (b) 𝐦
(c) 𝐦 √𝟑
𝟐
(c) 𝟓𝟎√𝟑 𝐦
(d) 15 m
𝟐𝟎𝟎
Ans. (c) (d) 𝐦
√𝟑

[Link] angle of depression of a car parked on the road Ans. (a)

∘
from the top of a 150 m high tower is 𝟑𝟎 . The distance of 19. If the altitude of the sun is at 𝟔𝟎∘ , then the height of the
the car from the tower (in metres) is vertical tower that will cast a shadow of length 30 m is
(a) 𝟓𝟎√𝟑 (a) 𝟑𝟎√𝟑 𝐦
(b) 𝟏𝟓𝟎√𝟑 (b) 15 m
𝟑𝟎
(c) 𝟏𝟓𝟎√𝟐 (c) 𝐦
√𝟑
(d) 75
(d) 𝟏𝟓√𝟐 𝐦
Ans. (b)
Ans. (a)
14. If a pole 6 m high casts a shadow 𝟐√𝟑 𝐦 long on the 20. If the angles of elevation of a tower from two points
ground, then sun's elevation is distant 𝒂 and 𝒃(𝒂 > 𝒃) from its foot and in the same
∘
(a) 𝟔𝟎 straight line from it are 𝟑𝟎∘ and 𝟔𝟎∘ , then the height of the
∘
(b) 𝟒𝟓 tower is
(c) 𝟑𝟎∘
(a) √𝒂 + 𝒃
(d) 𝟗𝟎∘
(b) √𝒂𝒃
Ans. (c)
(c) √𝒂 − 𝒃
15. The angle of elevation of the top of a tower at a point
𝒂
on the ground 50 m away from the foot of the tower is 𝟒𝟓∘ . (d) √
𝒃

Then the height of the tower (in metres) is Ans. (b)

(a) 𝟓𝟎√𝟑 21. If the angles of elevation of the top of a tower from two
(b) 50 points distant 𝒂 and 𝒃 from the base and in the same
𝟓𝟎
(c) straight line with it are complementary, then the height of
√𝟐
𝟓𝟎 the tower is
(d)
√𝟑
(a) 𝒂𝒃
Ans. (b)
(b) √𝒂𝒃
16. A ladder makes an angle of 𝟔𝟎∘ with the ground when 𝒂
(c)
placed against a wall. If the foot of the ladder is 2 m away 𝒃

from the wall, then the length of the ladder (in metres) is 𝒂
(d) √
𝒃
𝟒
(a)
√𝟑 Ans. (b)
(b) 𝟒√𝟑 22. From a light house the angles of depression of two
(c) 𝟐√𝟐 ships on opposite sides of the light house are observed to be
(d) 4 𝟑𝟎∘ and 𝟒𝟓∘ . If the height of the light house is 𝒉 metres,
Ans. (d) the distance between the ships is
17. The ratio of the length of a rod and its shadow is 𝟏: √𝟑. (a) (√𝟑 + 𝟏)𝒉 𝐦
The angle of elevation of the sun is (b) (√𝟑 − 𝟏)𝒉 𝐦
∘
(a) 𝟑𝟎 (c) √𝟑𝒉 𝐦
(b) 𝟒𝟓∘ 𝟏
(d) 𝟏 + (𝟏 + )𝒉 𝐦
√𝟑
(c) 𝟔𝟎∘
Ans. (a)
(d) 𝟗𝟎∘

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – HEIGHT AND DISTANCE

23. The angle of elevation of the top of a tower standing on (c) 𝟏𝟎𝟎(√𝟑 − 𝟏)𝐦
a horizontal plane from a point 𝑨 is 𝜶. After walking a (d)
𝟏𝟎𝟎
𝐦
√𝟑
distance 𝒅 towards the foot of the tower the angle of
Ans. (c)
elevation is found to be 𝜷. The height of the tower is
29. Two persons are a metres apart and the height of one is
𝒅
(a) double that of the other. If from the middle point of the
𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜶+𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜷
𝒅 line joining their feet, an observer finds the angular
(b)
𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜶−𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜷
𝒅
elevation of their tops to be complementary, then the
(c)
𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜷−𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜶 height of the shorter post is
𝒅 𝒂
(d) (a)
𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜷+𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜶 𝟒
𝒂
Ans. (b) (b)
√𝟐
24. The tops of two poles of height 20 m and 14 m are
(c) 𝒂√𝟐
connected by a wire. If the wire makes an angle of 𝟑𝟎∘ 𝒂
(d)
𝟐√𝟐
with horizontal, then the length of the wire is
Ans. (d)
(a) 12 m
30. The angle of elevation of a cloud from a point 𝒉 metre
(b) 10 m
above a lake is 𝜽. The angle of depression of its reflection
(c) 8 m
in the lake is 𝟒𝟓∘ . The height of the cloud is
(d) 6 m
(a) 𝒉𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡(𝟒𝟓∘ + 𝜽)
Ans. (a)
(b) 𝒉𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡(𝟒𝟓∘ − 𝜽)
25. From the top of a cliff 25 m high the angle of elevation
of a tower is found to be equal to the angle of depression of (c) 𝒉𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡(𝟒𝟓∘ − 𝜽)

the foot of the tower. The height of the tower is (d) 𝒉𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡(𝟒𝟓∘ + 𝜽)

(a) 25 m Ans. (a)

(b) 50 m 31. A tower subtends an angle of 𝟑𝟎∘ at a point on the

(c) 75 m same level as its foot. At a second point 𝒉 metres above the

(d) 100 m first, the depression of the foot of the tower is 𝟔𝟎∘ . The

Ans. (b) height of the tower is

𝒉
26. The angles of depression of two ships from the top of a (a) 𝒎
𝟐
light house are 𝟒𝟓∘ and 𝟑𝟎∘ towards east. If the ships are (b) √𝟑𝒉 𝐦
100 m apart, the height of the light house is 𝒉
(c) 𝐦
𝟓𝟎 𝟑
(a) 𝐦 𝒉
√𝟑+𝟏
(d) 𝐦
𝟓𝟎 √𝟑
(b) 𝐦
√𝟑−𝟏 Ans. (c)
(c) 𝟓𝟎(√𝟑 − 𝟏)𝐦 32. It is found that on walking 𝒙 meters towards a chimney
(d) 𝟓𝟎(√𝟑 + 𝟏)𝐦 in a horizontal line through its base, the elevation of its top
Ans. (d) changes from 𝟑𝟎∘ to 𝟔𝟎∘ . The height of the chimney is
27. If the angle of elevation of a cloud from a point 200 m (a) 𝟑√𝟐𝒙
∘
above a lake is 𝟑𝟎 and the angle of depression of its (b) 𝟐√𝟑𝒙
reflection in the lake is 𝟔𝟎∘ , then the height of the cloud √𝟑
(c) 𝒙
𝟐
above the lake, is
𝟐
(a) 200 m (d) 𝒙
√𝟑

(b) 500 m Ans. (c)

(c) 30 m 33. The length of the shadow of a tower standing on level
(d) 400 m ground is found to be 𝟐𝒙 metres longer when the sun's
Ans. (d) elevation is 𝟑𝟎∘ than when it was 𝟒𝟓∘ . The height of the
28. The height of a tower is 100 m . When the angle of tower in metres is
∘ ∘
elevation of the sun changes from 𝟑𝟎 to 𝟒𝟓 , the shadow (a) (√𝟑 + 𝟏)𝒙
of the tower becomes 𝒙 metres less. The value of 𝒙 is (b) (√𝟑 − 𝟏)𝒙
(a) 100 m
(b) 𝟏𝟎𝟎√𝟑 𝐦

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – HEIGHT AND DISTANCE

(c) 𝟐√𝟑𝒙 ASSERTION-REASON BASED MCQs

(d) 𝟑√𝟐𝒙 Each of the following examples contains STATEMENT-1

Ans. (a) (Assertion) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason) and has

34. Two poles are ' 𝒂 ' metres apart and the height of one following four choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), only one of

is double of the other. If from the middle point of the line which is the correct answer. Mark the correct choice.

joining their feet an observer finds the angular elevations (a) Statement-1 and Statement-2 are True; Statement-2 is

of their tops to be complementary, then the height of the a correct explanation for Statement-1.

smaller is (b) Statement-1 and Statement-2 are True; Statement-2 is

not a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(a) √𝟐𝒂 metres
𝒂 (c) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False.
(b) metres
𝟐√𝟐
(d) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True.
𝒂
(c) metres
√𝟐

(d) 𝟐𝒂 metres 38. Statement-1 (A): If the angles of elevation of the top of
Ans. (b) a tower from the points at distances of 9 m and 16 m from
35. The tops of two poles of height 16 m and 10 m are the base of a tower in the same line are complementary,
connected by a wire of length l metres. If the wire makes then the height of the tower is 12 m .
∘
an angle of 𝟑𝟎 with the horizontal , then l= Statement-2 (R): If the angle of elevation of 𝒂 tower from
(a) 26 two points at distances of 𝒂 and 𝒃 from its foot and in the
(b) 16 same straight line with it are complementary, then the
(c) 12 height of the tower is √𝒂𝒃.
(d) 10 Ans. (a)
Ans. (c) 𝟏
39. Statement-1 (A): If the shadow of a vertical pole is of
√𝟑
36. If a 1.5 m tall girl stands at a distance of 3 m from a
its height, then the altitude of the sun is 𝟔𝟎∘
lamp-post and casts a shadow of length 4.5 m on the
Statement-2 (R): If the sun's altitude is 𝟒𝟓∘ , then the
ground, then the height of the lamp-post is
shadow of a vertical pole is same as its height.
(a) 1.5 m
Ans. (b)
(b) 2 m
(c) 2.5 m
(d) 2.8 m
Ans. (c)
37. A car is moving away from the base of a 30 m high
tower. The angle of elevation of the top of the tower from
the car at an instant, when the car is 𝟏𝟎√𝟑 𝐦 away from
the base of the tower, is
(a) 𝟑𝟎∘
(b) 𝟒𝟓∘
(c) 𝟗𝟎∘
(d) 𝟔𝟎∘
Ans. (d)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM PREPARATION

STUDY MATERIAL

Telegram: [Link]

Instagram: [Link]

Facebook page: [Link]

106075477485686/

Facebook group:
[Link]

WhatsApp Channel :-
[Link]

NEHA DHIMAN (KV TEACHER)

SSC CGL TWO TIMES MAINS CLEARED
NVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED
KVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED IN FIRST ATTEMPT

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM STUDY MATERIAL PAIR OF LINEAR

EQUATIONS IMPORTANT PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS

(c) two solutions

1. If a pair of equations is consistent, then the lines
(d) infinitely many solutions
representing them are
Ans. (a)
(a) parallel
8. If the system of equations 𝟐𝒙 + 𝟑𝒚 = 𝟕 and 𝟐𝒂𝒙 + (𝒂 +
(b) always coincident
𝒃)𝒚 = 𝟖 has infinitely many solutions,
(c) intersecting or coincident
then
(d) always intersecting
(a) 𝒂 = 𝟐𝒃
Ans. (c)
(b) 𝒂 + 𝟐𝒃 = 𝟎
2. A pair of equations 𝒂𝒙 + 𝟐𝒚 = 𝟗 and 𝟑𝒙 + 𝒃𝒚 = 𝟏𝟖
(c) 𝒃 = 𝟐𝒂
represent parallel lines, where 𝒂, 𝒃 are integers, if
(d) 𝟐𝒂 + 𝒃 = 𝟎
(a) 𝒂 = 𝒃
Ans. (c)
(b) 𝟑𝒂 = 𝟐𝒃
9. The pair of equations 𝒙 = 𝟒 and 𝒚 = −𝟑 graphically
(c) 𝟐𝒂 = 𝟑𝒃
represent lines which are
(d) 𝒂𝒃 = 𝟔
(a) coincident
Ans. (d)
(b) parallel
3. If the pair of equations 𝟑𝒙 − 𝒚 + 𝟖 = 𝟎 and 𝟔𝒙 − 𝒓𝒚 +
(c) intersecting at (𝟒, −𝟑)
𝟏𝟔 = 𝟎 represent coincident lines, then the value of 𝒓 is
(d) intersecting at (−𝟑, 𝟒)
𝟏
(a) − Ans. (c)
𝟐
𝟏 10. One equation of a pair of dependent linear equations is
(b)
𝟐
−𝟓𝒙 + 𝟕𝒚 − 𝟐 = 𝟎, the second equation can be
(c) 2
(a) 𝟏𝟎𝒙 + 𝟏𝟒𝒚 + 𝟒 = 𝟎
(d) -2
Ans. (c) (b) −𝟏𝟎𝒙 − 𝟏𝟒𝒚 + 𝟒 = 𝟎

4. The pair of equations 𝒙 = 𝒂 and 𝒚 = 𝒃 graphically (c) −𝟏𝟎𝒙 + 𝟏𝟒𝒚 + 𝟒 = 𝟎

represents lines which are: (d) 𝟏𝟎𝒙 − 𝟏𝟒𝒚 = −𝟒

(a) parallel Ans. (d)

(b) intersecting at (𝒃, 𝒂) 11. If the pair of linear equations (𝟑𝒌 + 𝟏)𝒙 + 𝟑𝒚 − 𝟓 = 𝟎

(c) coincident and 𝟐𝒙 − 𝟑𝒚 + 𝟓 = 𝟎 have infinite number of solutions,

(d) intersecting at (𝒂, 𝒃) then the value of 𝒌 is

Ans. (d) (a) 1

𝒙 𝒚 (b) 0
5. The area of the triangle formed by the line + = 𝟏
𝒂 𝒃
(c) 2
with the coordinate axes is
(d) -1
(a) 𝒂𝒃
Ans. (d)
𝟏
(b) 𝒂𝒃 𝟐 𝟑 𝟓 𝟒
𝟐
12. If + = 𝟏𝟑 and − = −𝟐, then 𝒙 + 𝒚 equals
𝟏 𝒙 𝒚 𝒙 𝒚
(c) 𝒂𝒃 𝟏
𝟒
(a)
𝟔
(d) 𝟐𝒂𝒃
𝟏
Ans. (b) (b) −
𝟔
𝟓
6. The value of 𝒌 for which the system of linear equations (c)
𝟔
𝒙 + 𝟐𝒚 = 𝟑, 𝟓𝒙 + 𝒌𝒚 + 𝟕 = 𝟎 is inconsistent is 𝟓
(d) −
𝟏𝟒 𝟔
(a) −
𝟑 Ans. (c)
𝟐
(b)
𝟓
13. If 𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒚 = 𝒂𝟐 − 𝒃𝟐 and 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒂𝒚 = 𝟎, then the value
(c) 5 of 𝒙 + 𝒚 is
(d) 10 (a) 𝒂𝟐 − 𝒃𝟐
Ans. (d) (b) 𝒂 + 𝒃
7. The system of equations 𝒙 = 𝟎, 𝒚 = 𝟑 has (c) 𝒂 − 𝒃
(a) a unique solution (d) 𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐
(b) no solution Ans. (c)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS

14. The value of 𝒌 for which the system of equations 𝒌𝒙 + 20. The following pair of lines are non-intersecting. Which
𝒚 = 𝒌𝟐 and 𝒙 + 𝒌𝒚 = 𝟏 has infinitely many solutions, is of the following statements is true?
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) 3
(d) 4
Ans. (a)
15. If the pair of linear equations 𝟐𝒙 − 𝟑𝒚 = 𝟎 and 𝒌𝒙 +
𝟔𝒚 = 𝟎 has non-zero solutions, then the value of 𝒌 is 𝒂𝟏 𝒃𝟏 𝒄𝟏
(a) = =
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐 𝒄𝟐
(a) -12 𝒂𝟏 𝒃𝟏 𝒄𝟏
(b) = ≠
(b) 4 𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐 𝒄𝟐
𝒂𝟏 𝒃𝟏 𝒄𝟏
(c) -4 (c) ≠ =
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐 𝒄𝟐
(d) 12 𝒂𝟏 𝒃𝟏 𝒄𝟏
(d) ≠ ≠
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐 𝒄𝟐
Ans. (c)
16. The point of intersection of the line represented by Ans. (b)
21. Two lines are given to be parallel. The equation of one
𝟑𝒙 − 𝒚 = 𝟑 and 𝒚-axis is givent by
of these lines is 𝟓𝒙 − 𝟑𝒚 = 𝟐. The equation of second line
(a) (𝟎, −𝟑)
can be
(b) (𝟎, 𝟑)
(a) −𝟏𝟓𝒙 − 𝟗𝒚 = 𝟓
(c) (𝟐, 𝟎)
(b) 𝟏𝟓𝒙 + 𝟗𝒚 = 𝟓
(d) (−𝟐, 𝟎)
(c) 𝟗𝒙 − 𝟏𝟓𝒚 = 𝟔
Ans. (a)
(d) −𝟏𝟓𝒙 + 𝟗𝒚 = 𝟓
17. 3 chairs and 1 table cost ₹𝟗𝟎𝟎; where as 5 chairs and 3
Ans. (d)
tables cost ₹𝟐, 𝟏𝟎𝟎. If the cost of 1 chair is ₹𝒙 and 1 table is
₹𝒚, then the situation can be represented algebraically as
22. The value of 𝒌 for which the system of equations 𝒌𝒙 −
(a) 𝟑𝒙 + 𝒚 = 𝟗𝟎𝟎, 𝟑𝒙 + 𝟓𝒚 = 𝟐𝟏𝟎𝟎
𝒚 = 𝟐 and, 𝟔𝒙 − 𝟐𝒚 = 𝟑 has a unique solution, is
(b) 𝒙 + 𝟑𝒚 = 𝟗𝟎𝟎, 𝟑𝒙 + 𝟓𝒚 = 𝟐𝟏𝟎𝟎
(a) = 𝟑
(c) 𝟑𝒙 + 𝒚 = 𝟗𝟎𝟎, 𝟓𝒙 + 𝟑𝒚 = 𝟐𝟏𝟎𝟎
(b) ≠ 𝟑
(d) 𝒙 + 𝟑𝒚 = 𝟗𝟎𝟎, 𝟓𝒙 + 𝟑𝒚 = 𝟐𝟏𝟎𝟎
(c) ≠ 𝟎
Ans. (c)
(d) = 𝟎
18. The value of 𝒌 for which the pair of equations 𝒌𝒙 =
Ans. (b)
𝒚 + 𝟐 and 𝟔𝒙 = 𝟐𝒚 + 𝟑 has infinitely many solutions, is
23. The value of 𝒌 for which the system of equations 𝟐𝒙 +
(a) 𝒌 = 𝟑
𝟑𝒚 = 𝟓 and, 𝟒𝒙 + 𝒌𝒚 = 𝟏𝟎 has infinite number of
(b) does not exist
solutions, is
(c) 𝒌 = −𝟑
(a) 1
(d) 𝒌 = 𝟒
(b) 3
Ans. (b)
(c) 6
19. The pair of linear equations 𝟐𝒙 = 𝟓𝒚 + 𝟔 and 𝟏𝟓𝒚 =
(d) 0
𝟔𝒙 − 𝟏𝟖 represents two lines which are:
Ans. (c)
(a) intersecting
24. The value of 𝒌 for which the system of equations 𝒙 +
(b) parallel
𝟐𝒚 − 𝟑 = 𝟎 and 𝟓𝒙 + 𝒌𝒚 + 𝟕 = 𝟎 her solution, is
(c) coincident
(a) 10
(d) either intersecting or parallel
(b) 6
Ans. (c)
(c) 𝟑
(d) 𝟏
Ans. (a)
25. The value of 𝒌 for which the system of equations 𝟑𝒙 +
𝟓𝒚 = 𝟎 and 𝒌𝒙 + 𝟏𝟎𝒚 = 𝟎 has a non-zero solution, is

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS

(a) 0 Ans. (c)

(b) 2 32. The pair of linear equatins 𝒚 = 𝟎 and 𝒚 = −𝟓 has
(c) 6 (a) one solution
(d) 8 (b) two solutions
Ans. (c) (c) infinitely many solutions
26. The value of 𝒌 for which the system of equations (d) no solution
𝒙 + 𝟐𝒚 = 𝟓 Ans. (d)
has no solution is
𝟑𝒙 + 𝒌𝒚 + 𝟏𝟓 = 𝟎 33. 8 chairs and 5 tables cost ₹𝟏𝟎, 𝟓𝟎𝟎, while 5 chairs and
(a) 6 3 tables cost ₹𝟔, 𝟒𝟓𝟎. The cost of each chair will be
(b) -6
(c) 𝟑/𝟐
(d) none of these (a) ₹ 750
Ans. (a) (b) ₹ 600
27. If a pair of linear equations in two variables is (c) ₹ 850
consistent, then the lines represented by two equations are (d) ₹𝟗𝟎𝟎
(a) intersecting Ans. (a)
(b) parallel
(c) always coincident 34. If 𝑨𝑩𝑪𝑫 is a rectangle shown in Fig , then
(d) intersecting or coincident
Ans. (d)
28. If the system of equations 𝟐𝒙 + 𝟑𝒚 = 𝟓, 𝟒𝒙 + 𝒌𝒚 = 𝟏𝟎
has infinitely many solutions, then 𝒌 =
(a) 1
𝟏
(b)
𝟐

(c) 3
(d) 6 (a) 𝒙 = 𝟏𝟎, 𝒚 = 𝟐
Ans. (d) (b) 𝒙 = 𝟏𝟐, 𝒚 = 𝟖
29. If the system of equations 𝒌𝒙 − 𝟓𝒚 = 𝟐, 𝟔𝒙 + 𝟐𝒚 = 𝟕 (c) 𝒙 = 𝟐, 𝒚 = 𝟏𝟎
has no solution, then 𝒌 = (d) 𝒙 = 𝟐𝟎, 𝒚 = 𝟎
(a) -10 Ans. (a)
(b) -5 35. The pair of linear equations 𝟑𝒙 + 𝟓𝒚 = 𝟑 and 𝟔𝒙 +
(c) -6 𝒌𝒚 = 𝟖 do not have a solution, if 𝒌
(d) -15 (a) = 𝟓
Ans. (d) (b) = 𝟏𝟎
30. If 𝒙 = 𝒂, 𝒚 = 𝒃 is the solution of the systems of (c) ≠ 𝟏𝟎
equations 𝒙 − 𝒚 = 𝟐 and 𝒙 + 𝒚 = 𝟒, then the values of (d) ≠ 𝟓
𝒂 and 𝒃 are, respectively 𝒂 and 𝒃 are, respectively Ans. (b)
(a) 3 and 1 36. If the sum of the ages of a father and his son in years is
(b) 3 and 5 65 and twice the difference of their ages in years is 50 ,
(c) 5 and 3 then the age of father is
(d) - 1 and – 3 (a) 40 years
Ans. (a) (b) 45 years
31. For what value of 𝒌, do the equations 𝟑𝒙 − 𝒚 + 𝟖 = 𝟎 (c) 55 years
and 𝟔𝒙 − 𝒌𝒚 + 𝟏𝟔 = 𝟎 represent coincident lines? (d) 65 years.
𝟏 Ans. (b)
(a)
𝟐
𝟏 37. If the system of equations 𝟐𝒙 + 𝟑𝒚 = 𝟕 and, (𝒂 +
(b) −
𝟐
𝒃)𝒙 + (𝟐𝒂 − 𝒃)𝒚 = 𝟐𝟏 has infinitely many
(c) 2
solutions, then
(d) -2
(a) 𝒂 = 𝟏, 𝒃 = 𝟓

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS

(b) 𝒂 = 𝟓, 𝒃 = 𝟏 Ans. (b)

(c) 𝒂 = −𝟏, 𝒃 = 𝟓 44. The area of the triangle formed by the lines 𝒙 = 𝟑, 𝒚 =
(d) 𝒂 = 𝟓, 𝒃 = −𝟏 𝟒 and 𝒙 = 𝒚 is
Ans. (b) (a) 𝟏/𝟐 sq. unit
38. If the system of equations 𝟑𝒙 + 𝒚 = 𝟏 and, (𝟐𝒌 − (b) 1 sq. unit
𝟏)𝒙 + (𝒌 − 𝟏)𝒚 = 𝟐𝒌 + 𝟏 is inconsistent, then 𝒌 = (c) 2 sq. unit
(a) 1 (d) None of these
(b) 0 Ans. (a)
(c) -1 45. The sum of the digits of a two digit number is 9 . If 27
(d) 2 is added to it, the digits of the number get reversed. The
Ans. (d) number is
39. If 𝒂𝒎 ≠ 𝒃𝒍, then the system of equations 𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒚 = 𝒄 (a) 25
and, 𝒊𝒙 + 𝒎𝒚 = 𝒏 (b) 72
(a) has a unique solution (c) 63
(b) has no solution (d) 36
(c) has infinitely many solutions Ans. (d)
(d) may or may not have a solution. 46. Aruna has only ₹𝟏 and ₹𝟐 coins with her. If the total
Ans. (a) number of coins that she has is 50 and the amount of
40. If the system of equations money with her is ₹ 75 , then the number of ₹𝟏 and ₹𝟐
𝟐𝒙 + 𝟑𝒚 = 𝟕 coins are, respectively
𝟐𝒂𝒙 + (𝒂 + 𝒃)𝒚 = 𝟐𝟖 (a) 35 and 15
has infinitely many solutions, then (b) 35 and 20
(a) 𝒂 = 𝟐𝒃 (c) 15 and 35
(b) 𝒃 = 𝟐𝒂 (d) 25 and 25
(c) 𝒂 + 𝟐𝒃 = 𝟎 Ans. (d)
(d) 𝟐𝒂 + 𝒃 = 𝟎 47. If 𝒙 = 𝒂, 𝒚 = 𝒃 is the solution of the pair of linear
Ans. (b) equations 𝟑𝟕𝒙 + 𝟒𝟑𝒚 = 𝟏𝟐𝟑, 𝟒𝟑𝒙 + 𝟑𝟕𝒚 = 𝟏𝟏𝟕, then 𝒂𝟑 +
41. If 𝟐𝒙 − 𝟑𝒚 = 𝟕 and (𝒂 + 𝒃)𝒙 − (𝒂 + 𝒃 − 𝟑)𝒚 = 𝟒𝒂 + 𝒃 𝒃𝟑 is equal to
represent coincident lines, then 𝒂 and 𝒃 satisfy the (a) -7
equation (b) 7
(a) 𝒂 + 𝟓𝒃 = 𝟎 (c) 9
(b) 𝟓𝒂 + 𝒃 = 𝟎 (d) -9
(c) 𝒂 − 𝟓𝒃 = 𝟎 Ans. (c)
(d) 𝟓𝒂 − 𝒃 = 𝟎 48. The value of 𝒌 for which the lines 𝟓𝒙 + 𝟕𝒚 = 𝟑 and
Ans. (c) 𝟏𝟓𝒙 + 𝟐𝟏𝒚 = 𝒌 coincide is
𝒙 𝒚
42. The area of the triangle formed by the line + = 𝟏 (a) 9
𝒂 𝒃

with the coordinate axes is (b) 5

(a) 𝒂𝒃 (c) 7
(b) 𝟐𝒂𝒃 (d) 18
𝟏 Ans. (a)
(c) 𝒂𝒃
𝟐
49. One equation of a pair of dependent linear equations is
𝟏
(d) 𝒂𝒃
𝟒 −𝟓𝒙 + 𝟕𝒚 = 𝟐. The second equation is
Ans. (c) (a) 𝟏𝟎𝒙 + 𝟏𝟒𝒚 + 𝟒 = 𝟎
43. The area of the triangle formed by the lines 𝒚 = 𝒙, 𝒙 = (b) −𝟏𝟎𝒙 − 𝟏𝟒𝒚 + 𝟒 = 𝟎
𝟔 and 𝒚 = 𝟎 is (c) −𝟏𝟎𝒙 + 𝟏𝟒𝒚 + 𝟒 = 𝟎𝒅
(a) 36 sq. units (d) 𝟏𝟎𝒙 − 𝟏𝟒𝒚 = −𝟒
(b) 18 sq. units Ans. (d)
(c) 9 sq. units
(d) 72 sq. units

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS

50. If 𝟐𝟏𝟕𝒙 + 𝟏𝟑𝟏𝒚 = 𝟗𝟏𝟑 and 𝟏𝟑𝟏𝒙 + 𝟐𝟏𝟕𝒚 = 𝟖𝟐𝟕, then 54. In Fig. , graphs of two linear equations are shown. The
𝒙 + 𝒚 is equal to pair of these linear equations is
(a) 5
(b) 6
(c) 7
(d) 8
Ans. (a)
51. The number of solutions of 𝟑𝒙+𝒚 = 𝟐𝟒𝟑 and 𝟐𝟒𝟑𝒙−𝒚 =
𝟑 is
(a) 0 (a) consistent with unique solution
(b) 1 (b) consistent with infinitely many solutions
(c) 2 (c) inconsistent
(d) infinite (d) inconsistent but can be made consistent by extending
Ans. (b) these lines
52. The area of the triangle formed by the lines 𝟐𝒙 + 𝟑𝒚 = Ans. (a)
𝟏𝟐, 𝒙 − 𝒚 − 𝟏 = 𝟎 and 𝒙 = 𝟎 55. Which out of the following type of straight lines will be
(as shown in Fig.) , is represented by the system of equations 𝟑𝒙 + 𝟒𝒚 = 𝟓 and
𝟔𝒙 + 𝟖𝒚 = 𝟕?
(a) Parallel
(b) Intersecting
(c) Coincident
(d) Perpendicular to each other
Ans. (a)
56. The pair of linear equations 𝒙 + 𝟐𝒚 + 𝟓 = 𝟎 and
−𝟑𝒙 = 𝟔𝒚 − 𝟏 has
(a) unique solution
(b) exactly two solutions
(a) 7 sq. units (c) infinitely many solutions
(b) 7.5 sq. units (d) no solution
(c) 6.5 sq. units Ans. (d)
(d) 6 sq. units 𝟐𝒙 − 𝟑𝒚 = 𝟓
57. The system of equations given by
Ans. (b) 𝟔𝒙 + 𝟗𝒚 = 𝟏𝟓

53. Figure , is the graph representing two linear equations (a) has unique solution

by lines 𝑨𝑩 and 𝑪𝑫 respectively. The area of the triangle (b) has no solution

formed by these two lines and the line 𝒙 = 𝟎 is (c) has infinitely many solutions
(d) may have infinitely many solutions or no solution
Ans. (a)

(a) 3 sq. units

(b) 4 sq. units
(c) 6 sq. units
(d) 8 sq. units
Ans. (a)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – PAIR OF LINEAR EQUATIONS

ASSERTION-REASON BASED MCQS STATEMENT-2 63. Statement-1 (A): The system of linear equations 𝟐𝒙 +
(Reason) Each of the following questions contains 𝟗
𝟑𝒚 = 𝟕 and 𝒌𝒙 + 𝒚 = 𝟏𝟐 have no solution, if k=3.
𝟐
STATEMENT-1 (Assertion) and STATE answer. Mark
the and has following four choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), only Statement-2 (R): The system of linear equations 𝒂𝟏 𝒙 +
one of which is tor forment-1. correct choice. 𝒃𝟏 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟏 = 𝟎 and 𝒂𝟐 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟐 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟐 = 𝟎 have no solution, if
(a) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is 𝒂𝟏 𝒃𝟏
= .
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐
a correct explanation for Statement-1.
Ans. (c)
(b) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is
64. Statement-1 (A): The system of equations 𝟐𝒙 + 𝒚 + 𝟗 =
not a correct explanation for Statement-1.
𝟎 and 𝒙 + 𝟑𝒚 + 𝟕 = 𝟎
(c) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false.
is consistent having unique solution.
(d) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true.
Statement-2 (R): The system of equations 𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒚 + 𝒄 =
𝟎 and 𝒑𝒙 + 𝒒𝒚 + 𝒓 = 𝟎
58. Statement-1 (A): The system of linear equations 𝟑𝒙 +
is always consistent with unique solution, if 𝒂𝒒 ≠ 𝒃𝒑.
𝟓𝒚 − 𝟒 = 𝟎 and 𝟏𝟓𝒙 + 𝟐𝟓𝒚 − 𝟐𝟓 = 𝟎 is inconsistent.
Ans. (a)
Statement-2 (𝐑) : The pair of linear equations 𝒂𝟏 𝒙 +
65. Statement-1 (A): The area of the trapezium formed by
𝒃𝟏 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟏 = 𝟎 and 𝒂𝟐 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟐 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟐 = 𝟎 represents parallel
𝟗
𝒂𝟏 𝒃𝟏 𝒄𝟏 the lines 𝟑𝒙 + 𝟒𝒚 − 𝟏𝟐 = 𝟎 and 𝟑𝒙 + 𝟒𝒚 = 𝟔 is square
lines, if = ≠ . 𝟐
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐 𝒄𝟐
units.
Ans. (a)
Statement-2 (R): The system of equations 𝒂𝟏 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟏 𝒚 +
59. Statement-1 (A): The area of the rectangle formed by
𝒂𝟏 𝒃𝟏
𝒄𝟏 = 𝟎 and 𝒂𝟐 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟐 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟐 = 𝟎 is inconsistent, if = =
the lines representing 𝒙 = 𝟖, 𝒚 = 𝟔 with the coordinate 𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐
𝒄𝟏
axes is 24 sq. units. .
𝒄𝟐
Statement-2 (R): The system of equations 𝒙 = 𝟖, 𝒚 = 𝟔 is Ans. (c)
consistent with a unique solution.
Ans. (d)
60. Statement-1 (A): If a pair of linear equations represent
coincident lines, then the equations are consistent and have
a unique solution.
Statement-2 (R): A pair of linear equations 𝒂𝟏 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟏 𝒚 +
𝒄𝟏 = 𝟎 and 𝒂𝟐 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟐 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟐 = 𝟎 represents coincident lines
𝒂𝟏 𝒃𝟏 𝒄𝟏
iff = = .
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐 𝒄𝟐

Ans. (d)
61. Statement-1 (A): If the system of equations 𝟑𝒙 + 𝟔𝒚 =
𝟏𝟎 and 𝟐𝒙 − 𝒌𝒚 + 𝟓 = 𝟎 is inconsistent, then 𝒌 = −𝟒.
Statement-2 (R): The system of equations 𝒂𝟏 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟏 𝒚 +
𝒂𝟏 𝒃𝟏
𝒄𝟏 = 𝟎 and 𝒂𝟐 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟐 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟐 = 𝟎 is inconsistent iff = =
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐
𝒄𝟏
.
𝒄𝟐

Ans. (c)
62. Statement-1 (A): The system of linear equations 𝟗𝒙 +
𝟑𝒚 + 𝟏𝟐 = 𝟎 and 𝟏𝟖𝒙 + 𝟔𝒚 + 𝟐𝟒 = 𝟎 have infinitely many
solutions.
Statement-2 (𝑹) : The system of linear equations 𝒂𝟏 𝒙 +
𝒃𝟏 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟏 = 𝟎 and 𝒂𝟏 𝒙 + 𝒃𝟐 𝒚 + 𝒄𝟏 = 𝟎 have infinitely
𝒂𝟏 𝒃𝟏 𝒄𝟏
many solutions, if = = .Ans. (a)
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐 𝒄𝟐

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – POLYNOMIAL

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM PREPARATION

STUDY MATERIAL

Telegram: [Link]

Instagram: [Link]

Facebook page: [Link]

106075477485686/

Facebook group:
[Link]

WhatsApp Channel :-
[Link]

NEHA DHIMAN (KV TEACHER)

SSC CGL TWO TIMES MAINS CLEARED
NVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED
KVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED IN FIRST ATTEMPT

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM STUDY MATERIAL POLYNOMIAL

IMPORTANT PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – POLYNOMIAL

1. Which of the following is a polynomial? 7. If the product of the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial
𝟑 𝟐
(a) 𝟐𝒙𝟐 + − 𝟓 𝟑𝒙𝟐 + 𝟓𝒙 + 𝒌 is − , then the value of 𝒌 is
𝒙 𝟑
𝟐 (a) -3
(b) −𝟑𝒙 + √𝟐𝒙 + 𝟒
(c) √𝟐𝒙𝟑 + √𝟑𝒙𝟐 + √𝟓𝒙 − 𝟑 (b) -2
𝟓 𝟏 (c) 2
(d) + 𝟐𝒙𝟐 − 𝟑𝒙 +
𝒙𝟑 𝟕
(d) 3
Ans. (c)
Ans. (b)
2. If one zero of the quadratic polynomial 𝒌𝒙𝟐 + 𝟑𝒙 + 𝒌 is
8. If one zero of the polynomial 𝟔𝒙𝟐 + 𝟑𝟕𝒙 − (𝒌 − 𝟐) is
2 , then the value of 𝒌 is
reciprocal of the other, then what is the value of 𝒌 ?
𝟓
(a) (a) -4
𝟔
𝟓
(b) − (b) -6
𝟔
𝟔 (c) 6
(c)
𝟓
(d) 4
𝟔
(d) − Ans. (a)
𝟓

Ans. (d) 9. The zeroes of the polynomial 𝒑(𝒙) = 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟒𝒙 + 𝟑 are

3. The graph of a polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) is shown in Fig. The given by
number of zeroes of 𝒇(𝒙) is (a) 1,3
(b) −𝟏, 𝟑
(c) 𝟏, −𝟑
(d) −𝟏, −𝟑
Ans. (d)
10. The zeroes of a polynomial 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒑𝒙 + 𝒒 are twice the
(a) 3 zeroes of the polynomial 𝟒𝒙𝟐 − 𝟓𝒙 − 𝟔 The value of 𝒑 is
(b) 2 𝟓
(a) −
𝟐
(c) 1
𝟓
(d) 4 (b)
𝟐

Ans. (a) (c) -5

4. The maximum number of zeroes a cubic polynomial can (d) 10
have, is Ans. (a)
(a) 1 11. If 𝜶 and 𝜷 are the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial
(b) 4 𝒑(𝒙) = 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒂𝒙 − 𝒃, then the value of 𝜶𝟐 + 𝜷𝟐 is
(c) 2 (a) 𝒂𝟐 − 𝟐𝒃
(d) 3 (b) 𝒂𝟐 + 𝟐𝒃
Ans. (d) (c) 𝒃𝟐 − 𝟐𝒂
5. The number of polynomials having -2 and 5 as zeroes is (d) 𝒃𝟐 + 𝟐𝒂
(a) 1 Ans. (b)
(b) 2 12. If 𝜶 and 𝜷 are the zeros of the polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) =
(c) 3 𝒑𝒙𝟐 − 𝟐𝒙 + 𝟑𝒑 and 𝜶 + 𝜷 = 𝜶𝜷, then the value of 𝒑 is
(d) infinitely many 𝟐
(a) −
𝟑
Ans. (d)
𝟐
(b)
6. If the sum of the zeroes of the polynomial 𝒑(𝒙) = 𝟐𝒙𝟐 − 𝟑
𝟏
𝒌√𝟐𝒙 + 𝟏 is √𝟐, then the value of 𝒌 is (c)
𝟑
𝟏
(a) √𝟐 (d) −
𝟑
(b) 2 Ans. (b)
(c) 𝟐√𝟐 13. If (𝒂 − 𝟐)𝒙𝟐 + 𝟑𝒙 − 𝟓 is a quadratic polynomial, then
(d) 𝟏/𝟐 (a) a can take any real value
Ans. (b) (b) a can take any non-zero value
(c) 𝒂 ≠ 𝟐
(d) 𝒂 = 𝟐

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – POLYNOMIAL

Ans. (c) 19. Figure, shows the graph of the polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) =
14. The quadratic polynomial whose zeroes are reciprocal 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄. Which of the following options is correct?
of the zeroes of quadratic polynomial 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄, 𝒂 ≠
𝟎, 𝒄 ≠ 𝟎, are given by
(a) 𝒌(𝒄𝒙𝟐 + 𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃)
(b) 𝒌(𝒄𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒂)
(c) 𝒌(𝒄𝒙𝟐 − 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒂)
(d) 𝒌(𝒄𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 − 𝒂)
where 𝒌 is a non-zero real number.
Ans. (b) (a) 𝒂 < 𝟎, 𝒃 > 𝟎 and 𝒄 > 𝟎

15. If zeroes of the quadratic polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) = (b) 𝒂 > 𝟎, 𝒃 < 𝟎 and 𝒄 > 𝟎

(𝒌𝟐 + 𝟒)𝒙𝟐 + 𝟕𝒙 + 𝟒𝒌 are reciprocal of each other, then (c) 𝒂 < 𝟎, 𝒃 < 𝟎 and 𝒄 < 𝟎

the value (s) of k is (are) (d) 𝒂 > 𝟎, 𝒃 > 𝟎 and 𝒄 > 𝟎

(a) 1 Ans.(b)

(b) -1 20. If zeros of the polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝒙𝟑 − 𝟑𝒑𝒙𝟐 + 𝒒𝒙 − 𝒓

(c) 2 are in A.P., then
(d) -2 (a) 𝟐𝒑𝟑 = 𝒑𝒒 − 𝒓
Ans. (c) (b) 𝟐𝒑𝟑 = 𝒑𝒒 + 𝒓
𝟏
16. The zeroes of the polynomial 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒙 − 𝟐 are (c) 𝒑𝟑 = 𝒑𝒒 − 𝒓
𝟔
(d) none of these
(a) −𝟑, 𝟒
𝟑 𝟒 Ans. (a)
(b) − ,
𝟐 𝟑
21. If the product of two zeros of the polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) =
𝟒 𝟑
(c) − , 𝟐𝒙𝟑 + 𝟔𝒙𝟐 − 𝟒𝒙 + 𝟗 is 3 , then its third zero is
𝟑 𝟐
𝟒 𝟑 𝟑
(d) − , − (a)
𝟑 𝟐 𝟐

Ans. (b) 𝟑
(b) −
𝟐
17. If 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄 has no real zeroes and 𝒂 + 𝒃 + 𝟗
(c)
𝟐
𝒄 < 𝟎, then
𝟗
(a) 𝒄 = 𝟎 (d) −
𝟐

(b) 𝒄 > 𝟎 Ans. (b)

(c) 𝒄 < 𝟎 22. If two zeros of the polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝒙𝟑 + 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟓𝒙 − 𝟓
(d) c can be positive or negative are √𝟓 and −√𝟓, then its third zero is
Ans. (c) (a) 1
18. Figure shows the graph of the polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) = (b) -1
𝟐
𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄. Which of the following options is correct. (c) 2
(d) -2
Ans. (b)
23. If 𝜶, 𝜷, 𝜸 are the zeroes of the polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝒂𝒙𝟑 +
𝒃𝒙𝟐 + 𝒄𝒙 + 𝒅, then 𝜶𝟐 + 𝜷𝟐 + 𝜸𝟐 =
𝒃𝟐 −𝒂𝒄
(a)
𝒂𝟐
𝒃𝟐 −𝟐𝒂𝒄
(a) 𝒂 < 𝟎, 𝒃 < 𝟎 and 𝒄 > 𝟎 (b)
𝒂

(b) 𝒂 < 𝟎, 𝒃 < 𝟎 and 𝒄 < 𝟎 𝒃𝟐 +𝟐𝒂𝒄

(c)
𝒃𝟐
(c) 𝒂 < 𝟎, 𝒃 > 𝟎 and 𝒄 > 𝟎
𝒃𝟐 −𝟐𝒂𝒄
(d) 𝒂 < 𝟎, 𝒃 > 𝟎 and 𝒄 < 𝟎 (d)
𝒂𝟐

Ans. (a) Ans. (d)

24. If 𝜶, 𝜷, 𝜸 are the zeroes of the polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝒙𝟑 −
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
𝒑𝒙𝟐 + 𝒒𝒙 − 𝐫, then + + is equal to
𝜶𝜷 𝜷𝜸 𝜸𝜶
𝒓
(a)
𝒑

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – POLYNOMIAL
𝒑
(b) Ans. (a)
𝒓
𝒑 31. If 𝜶, 𝜷, 𝜸 are the zeros of the polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝒂𝒙𝟑 −
(c) −
𝒓
𝒑 𝟓𝒙 + 𝟗 such that 𝜶𝟑 + 𝜷𝟑 + 𝜸𝟑 = 𝟐𝟕, then the value of 𝒂 is
(d) −
𝒑 (a) -3
Ans. (b) (b) 3
25. If two zeroes of the cubic polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝒂𝒙𝟑 + (c) 1
𝟐
𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄𝒙 + 𝒅 are each equal to zero, then third zero is (d) -1
𝒅
(a) − Ans. (d)
𝒂

(b)
𝒄 32. The zeros of the quadratic polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝒙𝟐 +
𝒂
𝒃
𝟗𝟗𝒙 + 𝟏𝟐𝟕 are
(c) −
𝒂 (a) both positive
𝒃
(d) (b) both negative
𝒂

Ans.(c) (c) one positive and one negative

𝟑 𝟐 (d) both equal
26. If one of the zeroes of the cubic polynomial 𝒙 + 𝒂𝒙 +
𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄 is -1 , then the product of other two zeroes is Ans. (b)
(a) 𝒃 − 𝒂 + 𝟏 33. What should be added to the polynomial ⋅ 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟓𝒙 + 𝟒,
(b) 𝒃 − 𝒂 − 𝟏 so that 3 is the zero of the resulting polynomial?
(c) 𝒂 − 𝒃 + 𝟏 (a) 1

(d) 𝒂 − 𝒃 − 𝟏 (b) 2

Ans.(a) (c) 4

27. Given that one of the zeroes of the cubic polynomial (d) 5

𝒂𝒙𝟑 + 𝒃𝒙𝟐 + 𝒄𝒙 + 𝒅 is zero, the product of Ans. (b)

other two zeroes is 34. Which of the following is not the graph of a quadratic
𝒄 polynomial?
(a) −
𝒂
𝒄
(b)
𝒂

(c) 0
𝒃
(d) −
𝒂

Ans. (b)
28. If the polymoniial 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝒂𝒙𝟑 + 𝒃𝒙 − 𝒄 is divisible by
the polynomial 𝒈(𝒙) = 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄 and c≠0 then ab =
(a) 1
𝟏
(b)
𝒄

(c) -1 Ans. (d)

(d) −
𝟏 35. If one of the zeros of a quadratic polynomial of the
𝒄
form 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃 is the negative of the other, then it
Ans. (a)
(a) has no linear term and constant term is negative.
29. In example 29, the value of 𝒄 is
(b) has no linear term and the constant term is positive.
(a) 𝒃
(c) can have a linear term but the constant term is
(b) 𝟐𝒃
negative.
(c) 𝟐𝒃𝟐
(d) can have a linear term but the constant term is positive.
(d) −𝟐𝒃
Ans. (a)
Ans. (c)
36. If one zero of the quadratic polynomial 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟑𝒙 + 𝒌 is
30. If 𝜶, 𝜷 are the zeros of the polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝒙𝟐 −
2 , then the value of 𝒌 is
𝒑(𝒙 + 𝟏) − 𝒄 such that (𝜶 + 𝟏)(𝜷 + 𝟏) = 𝟎, then 𝒄 =
(a) 10
(a) 1
(b) -10
(b) 0
(c) 5
(c) -1
(d) -5
(d) 2
Ans. (b)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – POLYNOMIAL

37. A quadratic polynomial, the sum of whose zeroes is 0 𝟗

(c)
𝟐
and one zero is 3 , is 𝟗
(d) −
𝟐 𝟐
(a) 𝒙 − 𝟗
Ans. (b)
(b) 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟗
44. If one root of the polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝟓𝒙𝟐 + 𝟏𝟑𝒙 + 𝒌 is
(c) 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟑
reciprocal of the other, then the value 𝒌 is
(d) 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟑
(a) 0
Ans. (a)
(b) 5
38. A quadratic polynomial, the sum of whose zeros is -5
𝟏
and their product is 6 , is (c)
𝟔
𝟐 (d) 6
(a) 𝒙 + 𝟓𝒙 + 𝟔
(b) 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟓𝒙 + 𝟔 Ans. (b)

(c) 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟓𝒙 − 𝟔 45. If two zeros of 𝒙𝟑 + 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟓𝒙 − 𝟓 are √𝟓 and −√𝟓, then

(d) −𝒙𝟐 + 𝟓𝒙 + 𝟔 its third zero is

Ans. (a) (a) 1

39. The product of the zeros of the polynomial 𝒙𝟑 + 𝟒𝒙𝟐 + (b) -1

𝒙 − 𝟔 is (c) 2

(a) -4 (d) -2

(b) 4 Ans. (b)

(c) 6 46. The product of the zeros of 𝒙𝟑 + 𝟒𝒙𝟐 + 𝒙 − 𝟔 is

(d) -6 (a) -4

Ans. (c) (b) 4

40. If one zero of the polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) = (𝒌𝟐 + 𝟒)𝒙𝟐 + (c) 6

𝟏𝟑𝒙 + 𝟒𝒌 is reciprocal of the other, then 𝒌 = (d) -6

(a) 2 Ans. (c)

(b) -2 47. If two zeroes of the polynomial 𝒙𝟑 + 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟗𝒙 − 𝟗 are 3

(c) 1 and -3 , then its third zero is

(d) -1 (a) -1

Ans. (a) (b) 1

41. If 𝜶, 𝜷 are the zeros of the polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒙 − (c) -9

𝟏 𝟏 (d) 9
𝟏, then + =
𝜶 𝜷
Ans. (a)
(a) 1
48. If √𝟓 and −√𝟓, are two zeroes of the polynomial 𝒙𝟑 +
(b) -1
𝟑𝒙𝟐 − 𝟓𝒙 − 𝟏𝟓, then its third zero is
(c) 0
(a) 3
(d) none of these
(b) -3
Ans. (a)
(c) 5
42. If 𝜶, 𝜷 are the zeros of the polynomial 𝒑(𝒙) = 𝟓𝒙𝟐 +
(d) -5
𝟏 𝟏
𝟑𝒙 − 𝟕, then + is equal to
𝜶 𝜷 Ans. (b)
𝟑
(a) − 49. If the sum of the zeros of the polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝟐𝒙𝟑 −
𝟕
𝟑 𝟑𝒌𝒙𝟐 + 𝟒𝒙 − 𝟓 is 6 , then the value of 𝒌 is
(b)
𝟓
(a) 2
𝟑
(c)
𝟕 (b) 4
𝟓
(d) − (c) -2
𝟕

Ans. (c) (d) -4

43. If the product of two zeros of the polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) = Ans. (b)

𝟐𝒙𝟑 + 𝟔𝒙𝟐 − 𝟒𝒙 + 𝟗 is 3 , then its third zero is 50. If the product of zeros of the polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝒂𝒙𝟑 −
𝟑 𝟔𝒙𝟐 + 𝟏𝟏𝒙 − 𝟔 is 4 , then 𝒂 =
(a)
𝟐 𝟑
𝟑 (a)
𝟐
(b) −
𝟐

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – POLYNOMIAL
𝟑 Ans. (b)
(b) −
𝟐
𝟐 57. If 𝜶 and 𝜷 are the zeroes of the polynomial 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟔𝒙 +
(c)
𝟑
𝒌 and 𝟑𝜶 + 𝟐𝜷 − 𝟐𝟎, then the value of 𝒌 is
𝟐
(d) − (a) -8
𝟑

Ans. (a) (b) 16

51. The number of polynomials having zeros -3 and 5 is (c) -16
(a) 1 (d) 8
(b) 2 Ans. (c)
(c) 3 58. What should be added to the polynomial 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟓𝒙 + 𝟒,
(d) more than 3 so that 3 is the zero of the resulting polynomial?
Ans. (d) (a) 1
52. If one of the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial 𝟐
(b)
𝟐
(𝒌 − 𝟏)𝒙𝟐 + 𝒌𝒙 + 𝟏 is -3 , then the value of 𝒌 is
(c) 4
𝟒
(a) (d) 5
𝟑
𝟒
(b) − Ans. (b)
𝟑
𝟐 59. What should be subtracted to the polynomial 𝒙𝟐 −
(c)
𝟑
𝟏𝟔𝒙 + 𝟑𝟎, so that 15 is the tero of the resulting
𝟐
(d) −
𝟑 polynomial?
Ans. (a) (a) 30
𝟐
53. The zeroes of the quadratic polynomial 𝒙 + 𝟗𝟗𝒙 + (b) 14
𝟏𝟐𝟕 are (c) 15
(a) both positive (d) 16
(c) both equal Ans. (c)
(b) both negative 60. If 𝒙 + 𝟐 is a factor of 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒂𝒙 + 𝟐𝒃 and 𝒂 + 𝒃 = 𝟒,
(d) one positive and one negative then
Ans. (b) (a) 𝒂 = 𝟏, 𝒃 = 𝟑
𝟐
54. If 𝜶, 𝜷 are the zeros of the polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝒂𝒙 + (b) 𝒂 = 𝟑, 𝒃 = 𝟏
𝟏 𝟏
𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄, then + = (c) 𝒂 = −𝟏, 𝒃 = 𝟓
𝜶𝟐 𝜷𝟐

𝒃𝟐 −𝟐𝒂𝒄
(d) 𝒕 = 𝟓, 𝒃 = −𝟏
(a)
𝒂𝟐 Ans. (b)
𝒃𝟐 −𝟐𝒂𝒄
(b)
𝒄𝟐
61. The polynomial which when divided by −𝒙𝟐 + 𝒙 − 𝟏
𝒃𝟐 +𝟐𝒂𝒄 gives a quotient 𝒙 − 𝟐 and remainder 3 , is
(c)
𝒂𝟐
(a) 𝒙𝟑 − 𝟑𝒙𝟐 + 𝟑𝒙 − 𝟓
𝒃𝟐 +𝟐𝒂𝒄
(d) (b) −𝒙𝟑 − 𝟑𝒙𝟐 − 𝟑𝒙 − 𝟓
𝒄𝟐

Ans. (b) (c) −𝒙𝟑 + 𝟑𝒙𝟐 − 𝟑𝒙 + 𝟓

55. If 𝜶 and 𝜷 are the zeros of the polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝒙𝟐 + (d) 𝒙𝟑 − 𝟑𝒙𝟐 − 𝟑𝒙 + 𝟓
𝟏 𝟏
𝒑𝒙 + 𝒒, then a polynomial having and is its zeros is Ans. (c)
𝜶 𝜷

(a) 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒒𝒙 + 𝒑 62. If the zeroes of the quadratic polynomial 𝒙𝟐 + (𝒂 +

𝟏)𝒙 + 𝒃 are 2 and -3 , then
(b) 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒑𝒙 + 𝒒
(a) 𝒂 = −𝟕, 𝒃 = −𝟏
(c) 𝒒𝒙𝟐 + 𝒑𝒙 + 𝟏
(b) 𝒂 = 𝟓, 𝒃 = −𝟏
(d) 𝒑𝒙𝟐 + 𝒒𝒙 + 𝟏
(c) 𝒂 = 𝟐, 𝒃 = −𝟔
Ans. (c)
(d) 𝒂 = 𝟎, 𝒃 = −𝟔
56. If 𝜶, 𝜷 are the zeros of polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒑(𝒙 +
Ans. (d)
𝟏) − 𝒄, then (𝜶 + 𝟏)(𝜷 + 𝟏) =
63. If two of the zeros of the cubic polynomial 𝒂𝒙𝟑 + 𝒃𝒙𝟐 +
(a) 𝒄 − 𝟏
𝒄𝒙 + 𝒅 are each equal to zero, then the third zero is
(b) 𝟏 − 𝒄
−𝒅
(c) 𝒄 (a)
𝒂
𝒄
(d) 𝟏 + 𝒄 (b)
𝒂

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – POLYNOMIAL
−𝒃 Ans. (d)
(c)
𝒂
𝒃 70. If 𝜶, 𝜷, 𝜸 are the zeros of the polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝒂𝒙𝟑 +
(d)
𝒂 𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
𝒃𝒙𝟐 + 𝒄𝒙 + 𝒅, then + + =
𝜶 𝜷 𝜸
Ans. (c)
𝒃
64. If 𝜶 and 𝜷 are the zeroes of the polynomial 𝒂𝒙𝟐 − 𝟓𝒙 + (a) −
𝒅

𝒄 and 𝜶 + 𝜷 = 𝜶𝜷 = 𝟏𝟎, then 𝒄

(b)
𝒅
𝟏
(a) 𝒂 = 𝟓, 𝒄 = (c) −
𝒄
𝟐
𝒅
𝟓 𝒄
(b) 𝒂 = 𝟏, 𝒄 = (d) −
𝟐 𝒂
𝟓
(c) 𝒂 = , 𝒄 = 𝟏 Ans. (c)
𝟐
𝟏 71. If the sum of two zeroes of the polynomial 𝒙𝟑 − 𝟐𝒙𝟐 +
(d) 𝒂 = , 𝒄 = 𝟓
𝟐
𝒒𝒙 − 𝒓 is zero, then
Ans. (d)
(a) 𝒒 = 𝟐𝒓
65. If 𝜶, 𝜷 and 𝜸 are the zeroes of the polynomial 𝒙𝟑 −
(b) 𝒓 = 𝟐𝒒
𝒙𝟐 − 𝟏𝟎𝒙 − 𝟖, then 𝜶𝜷 + 𝜷𝜸 + 𝜸𝜶 + 𝜶𝜷𝜸 is equal to
(c) 𝒒 = 𝒓
(a) -2
(d) 𝒓 = 𝟒𝒒
(b) 2
Ans. (b)
(c) 18
72. If the polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝟐𝒙𝟑 − 𝒌𝒙𝟐 + 𝟓𝒙 + 𝟗 is exactly
(d) -18
divisible by 𝒙 + 𝟐, then 𝒌 =
Ans. (a)
𝟏𝟕
66. If two zeroes of the polynomial 𝒙𝟑 + 𝟕𝒙𝟐 − 𝟐𝒙 − 𝟏𝟒 are (a)
𝟒
𝟏𝟕
√𝟐 and −√𝟐, then the third zero is (b) −
𝟒
(a) 7 𝟏𝟓
(c) −
𝟒
(b) -7 𝟏𝟓
(d)
(c) -14 𝟒

(d) 14 Ans. (b)

Ans. (b) 73. If 𝒂 − 𝒃, 𝒂 and 𝒂 + 𝒃 are zeroes of the polynomial 𝒙𝟑 −

67. If zeros of the polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝒙𝟑 − 𝟑𝒑𝒙𝟐 + 𝒒𝒙 − 𝒓 𝟑𝒙𝟐 + 𝒙 + 𝟏, then the value of 𝒂 + 𝒃 is

are in A.P., then (a) √𝟐 − 𝟏

(a) 𝟐𝒑𝟑 = 𝒑𝒒 − 𝒓 (b) √𝟐
𝟑
(b) 𝟐𝒑 = 𝒑𝒒 + 𝒓 (c) −√𝟐 − 𝟏
(c) 𝒑𝟑 = 𝒑𝒒 − 𝒓 (d) 𝟏 ± √𝟐
(d) none of these Ans. (d)
Ans. (a) 74. The zeros of the quadratic polynomial 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒂𝒙 +
68. If 𝜶 and 𝜷 are the zeroes of the polynomial 𝒙𝟐 − (𝒌 + 𝒂, 𝒂 ≠ 𝟎,
𝜶𝜷
𝟔)𝒙 + 𝟐(𝟐𝒌 − 𝟏) such that 𝜶 + 𝜷 = , then the value of 𝒌 (a) cannot both be positive
𝟐

is (b) cannot both be negative

(a) 6 (c) are always unequal

(b) 2 (d) are always equal

(c) 14 Ans. (a)

(d) 7 75. If the zeros of the quadratic polynomial 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 +

Ans. (d) 𝒄, 𝒄 ≠ 𝟎 are equal, then

69. If the zeroes of the polynomial 𝒙𝟑 − 𝟏𝟐𝒙𝟐 + 𝟒𝟒𝒙 + 𝒄 (a) 𝒄 and 𝒂 have opposite signs

are in A.P., then the value of 𝒄 is (b) 𝒄 and 𝒃 have opposite signs
(a) 44 (c) 𝒄 and 𝒂 have the same sign
(b) 48 (d) 𝒄 and 𝒃 have the same sign
(c) -44 Ans. (c)
𝟏
(d) -48 76. If 2 and are zeros of 𝒑𝒙𝟐 + 𝟓𝒙 + 𝒓, then
𝟐

(a) 𝒑 = 𝒓 = 𝟐

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – POLYNOMIAL

(b) 𝒑 = 𝒓 = −𝟐 ASSERTION-REASON BASED MCOs

(c) 𝒑 = 𝟐, 𝒓 = −𝟐 Each of the following questions contains STATEMENT-1
(d) 𝒑 = −𝟐, 𝒓 = 𝟐 (A) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason) and has following four
Ans. (b) choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), only one of which is the correct
77. If 𝜶 and 𝜷 are the zeroes of the polynomial 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟏, answer. Mark the correct choice.
then the value of (𝜶 + 𝜷) is (a) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is
(a) 2 a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(b) 1 (b) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is
(c) -1 not a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(d) 0 (c) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false.
Ans. (d) (d) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true.
78. The graph of 𝒚 = 𝒑(𝒙) is given, for a polynomial 𝒑(𝒙).
The number of zeroes of 𝒑(𝒙) from the graph is 82. Statement-1 (A): The polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟐𝒙 + 𝟐
has two real zeros.
Statement-2 (R): A quadratic polynomial can have at most
two real zeroes.
Ans. (d)
𝟏
83. Statement-1 (A): A quadratic polynomial having and
𝟐
𝟏 𝟐
as its zeroes is 𝟔𝒙 − 𝟓𝒙 + 𝟏.
𝟑

Statement-2 (R): Quadratic polynomials having 𝜶 and 𝜷 as

(a) 3
zeroes are given by 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝒌{𝒙𝟐 − (𝜶 + 𝜷)𝒙 + 𝜶𝜷}, where
(b) 1
𝒌 is a non-zero constant.
(c) 2
Ans. (a)
(d) 0
84. Statement-1 (A): If one root of the quadratic
Ans. (c)
polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) = (𝒌 − 𝟏)𝒙𝟐 − 𝟏𝟎𝒙 + 𝟑, 𝒌 ≠ 𝟏 is
79. Which of the following is a quadratic polynomial
𝟐 𝟐 reciprocal of the other, then 𝒌 = 𝟒.
having zeroes − and ?
𝟑 𝟑
Statement-2 (R): The product of roots of the quadratic
(a) 𝟒𝒙𝟐 − 𝟗 𝒂
polynomial 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄, 𝒂 ≠ 𝟎 is
𝟒 𝒄
(b) (𝟗𝒙𝟐 + 𝟒)
𝟗 Ans. (c)
𝟗
(c) 𝒙𝟐 + 85. Statement-1 (A): If 𝜶 and 𝜷 are zeroes of the quadratic
𝟒
𝟏𝟐 𝟏𝟐
(d) 𝟓(𝟗𝒙𝟐 − 𝟒) polynomial 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟕𝒙 + 𝟏𝟐, then + − 𝟐𝟒𝜶𝜷 = 𝟑𝟗𝟓.
𝜶 𝜷
Ans. (d)
Statement-2 (R): If 𝜶 and 𝜷 are zeroes of the quadratic
80. If 𝜶, 𝜷 are the zeroes of the polynomial 𝒑(𝒙) = 𝟒𝒙𝟐 −
polynomial 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄, then
𝟏 𝟏
𝟑𝒙 − 𝟕, then + is equal to 𝒃 𝒄
𝜶 𝜷 𝜶 + 𝜷 = − and 𝜶𝜷 = .
𝒂 𝒂
𝟕
(a) Ans. (d)
𝟑
𝟕 86. Statement-1 (A): If 𝜶, 𝜷 and 𝜸 are the zeroes of the
(b) −
𝟑
𝟑 polynomial 𝟔𝒙𝟑 + 𝟑𝒙𝟐 − 𝟓𝒙 + 𝟏, then 𝜶−𝟏 + 𝜷−𝟏 + 𝜸−𝟏 =
(c)
𝟕
𝟓.
𝟑
(d) − Statement-2 (R): If 𝜶, 𝜷, 𝜸 are the zeroes of the cubic
𝟕

Ans. (d) 𝒃
polynomial 𝒂𝒙𝟑 + 𝒃𝒙𝟐 + 𝒄𝒙 + 𝒅, then 𝜶 + 𝜷 + 𝜸 = − .
𝒂
81. If a polynomial 𝒑(𝒙) is given by 𝒑(𝒙) = 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟓𝒙 + 𝟔,
Ans. (b)
then the value of 𝒑(𝟏) + 𝒑(𝟒) is
87. Statement-1 (A): The polynomial 𝒑(𝒙) = 𝒙𝟐 + 𝟑𝒙 + 𝟑
(a) 0
has two real zeroes.
(b) 4
Statement-2 (R): A quadratic polynomial can have at most
(c) 2
two real zeroes.
(d) -4
Ans. (d)
Ans. (b)
88. Statement-1 (A): If the graph of a polynomial touches

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – POLYNOMIAL

the 𝒙-axis at only one point, then the polynomial cannot be 95. Statement- 𝟏(𝑨) : If 𝜶, 𝜷 are roots of the polynomial
a quadratic polynomial. 𝜶 𝜷
𝟐𝒙𝟐 + 𝟔𝒙 + 𝒄, 𝒄 < 𝟎, then + is less than -2 .
𝜷 𝜶
Statement-2 (R) A polynomial of degree 𝒏(𝒏 > 𝟏) can
Statement-2 (𝑹) : The sum of a negative number and its
have at most 𝒏 real zeroes.
reciprocal is always less than or equal to -2 .
Ans. (d)
Ans. (a)
[Link]-1 (A): Degree of a zero polynomial is not
defined.
Statement-2 (R): Degree of a non-zero constant polynomial
is zero.
Ans. (b)
90. Statement-1 (A): A quadratic polynomial having 𝟐 +
√𝟑 and 𝟐 − √𝟑 as its zeroes is given by 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟒𝒙 +
𝟏.
Statement-2 (𝑹) : Quadratic polynomials whose two zeroes
are 𝜶 and 𝜷 are given by 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝒌{𝒙𝟐 − 𝒙(𝜶 + 𝜷) + 𝜶𝜷},
where 𝒌 is any non-zero real number
Ans. (a)
91. Statement-1 (𝑨) : If the sum of the zeroes of the
𝟐
quadratic polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) = 𝟑𝒙𝟐 + 𝒌𝒙 + 𝟓 is − , Then
𝟑

the value of 𝒌 is 2 .
Statement-2 (𝑹) : The product of zeroes of the polynomial
𝒄
𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄 is .
𝒂

Ans. (b)
92. Statement-1 (𝑨) : If zeroes of the polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) =
𝟓𝒙𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏𝒙 − (𝒌 − 𝟑) are reciprocal of each other, then
𝒌 = −𝟐.
Statement-2 (𝑹) : The product of the zeroes of the
𝒄
polynomial 𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄 is − .
𝒂

Ans. (c)
93. Statement-1 (A): If the graph of the polynomial 𝒇(𝒙) =
𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄, 𝒂 > 𝟎 touches 𝒙-axis at its loreest point,
𝒃
then its zeroes are equal to − ,
𝟐𝒂

Statement-2 (𝑹) : If the graph of a quadratic polynomial

touches 𝒙-axis, then its zeroes are equal.
Ans. (a)
94. Statement-1 (A): If 𝜶 and 𝜷 are the zeroes of the
quadratic polynomial 𝒌𝒙𝟐 + 𝟒𝒙 + 𝟒, where 𝒌 is an integer
such that (𝜶 + 𝜷)𝟐 − 𝟐𝜶𝜷 = 𝟐𝟒, then 𝒌 = 𝟏.
Statement- 𝟐(𝑹) : If 𝜶 and 𝜷 are zeroes of the polynomial
𝒂𝒙𝟐 + 𝒃𝒙 + 𝒄, 𝒂 ≠ 𝟎, then
𝒃 𝒄
𝜶+𝜷 =− and 𝜶𝜷 =
𝒂 𝒂

Ans. (d)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – PROBABILITY

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM PREPARATION

STUDY MATERIAL

Telegram: [Link]

Instagram: [Link]

Facebook page: [Link]

106075477485686/

Facebook group:
[Link]

WhatsApp Channel :-
[Link]

NEHA DHIMAN (KV TEACHER)

SSC CGL TWO TIMES MAINS CLEARED
NVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED
KVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED IN FIRST ATTEMPT

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM STUDY MATERIAL PROBABILITY

IMPORTANT PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – PROBABILITY

is
1. A number is chosen at random from the numbers 𝟓
(a)
𝟗
−𝟓, −𝟒, −𝟑, −𝟐, −𝟏, 𝟎, 𝟏, 𝟐, 𝟑, 𝟒, 𝟓. Then, the probability
𝟒
that square of this number is less than or equal to 1 , is (b)
𝟗
𝟗 𝟏
(a) (c)
𝟏𝟏 𝟑
𝟑 𝟐
(b) (d)
𝟏𝟏 𝟗
𝟖 Ans. (d)
(c)
𝟏𝟏
𝟕 8. From the letters of the word "MOBILE", if the letter is
(d)
𝟏𝟏 selected, what is the probability that it is a vowel?
Ans. (b) 𝟏
(a)
𝟑
2. In a single throw of two dice, the probability of getting 6
𝟒
as a product of two numbers obtained is (b)
𝟕
𝟒 𝟑
(a) (c)
𝟗 𝟕
𝟐 𝟏
(b) (d)
𝟗 𝟐
𝟏 Ans. (d)
(c)
𝟗
𝟓 9. A number was chosen at random from first 300 three-
(d)
𝟗 digit natural numbers. The probability that the selected
3. A bag contains 5 red balls and 𝒏 green balls. If the number has zero at units place is
probability of drawing a green ball is three times that of a 𝟏
(a)
𝟏𝟓
red ball, then the value of 𝒏 is
𝟏
(a) 18 (b)
𝟐𝟓
𝟏
(b) 15 (c)
𝟏𝟎
(c) 10 𝟏
(d)
𝟐𝟎
(d) 20
Ans. (c)
4. The probability of getting a bad apple in a box of 400
10. A three digit number is chosen at random, the
apples is 0.035 . The total number of bad apples is
probability that it is divisible by both 2 and 3 , is
(a) 7
𝟏
(b) 14 (a)
𝟖
𝟏
(c) 21 (b)
𝟗
(d) 28 𝟏
(c)
𝟔
Ans. (b)
𝟏
5. The probability of guessing the correct answer to a (d)
𝟏𝟐
𝒂 Ans. (c)
certain question is . If the probability of not guessing the
𝒃
11. 𝒙 = ABCDEFGHIJ ... Z. A letter is selected at random
correct answer to this question is 𝟐/𝟑, then
from the letters in odd positions. The probability that it is
(a) 𝒃 = 𝟒𝒂
a vowel, is
(b) 𝒃 = 𝟑𝒂
(a) 𝟓/𝟏𝟑
(c) 𝒃 = 𝟐𝒂
(b) 𝟔/𝟏𝟑
(d) 𝒃 = 𝒂
(c) 𝟕/𝟏𝟑
Ans. (b)
(d) 𝟖/𝟏𝟑
6. A girl calculates that the probability of her winning the
Ans. (a)
first prize in a lottery is 0.06 . If 8000 tickets are sold, then
12. A three digit number is chosen at random, the
how many tickets has she bought?
probability that its hundred's digit, ten's digit and unit's
(a) 420
digit are consecutive integers in descending order, is
(b) 480
𝟏
(c) 840 (a)
𝟕𝟓

(d) 48 𝟒
(b)
𝟐𝟐𝟓
Ans. (b) 𝟐
(c)
𝟐𝟐𝟓
7. Two dice are thrown together. The probability of getting
𝟏
the difference of numbers on their upper faces equal to 2 , (d)
𝟒𝟓

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – PROBABILITY

Ans. (c) 18. If a digit is chosen at random from the digits

13. Hundred cards marked with numbers 1 to 100 are 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9, then the probability that it is odd, is
placed in a box. If a card is selected randomly from the 𝟒
(a)
𝟗
box, then the probability that the number on the card 𝟓
(b)
𝟗
selected is perfect square is
𝟏
𝟏 (c)
(a) 𝟗
𝟏𝟎𝟎
𝟐
𝟏 (d)
(b) 𝟑
𝟐𝟓
𝟏 Ans. (b)
(c)
𝟏𝟎
19. In Q. No. 18, the probability that the digit is even, is
𝟗
(d) 𝟒
𝟏𝟎 (a)
𝟗
Ans. (c) 𝟓
(b)
𝟗
14. One ticket is drawn from a bag containing 70 tickets
𝟏
numbered 1 to 70 . The probability that the drawn ticket (c)
𝟗

bears a number which is a multiple of 5 or 7 , is 𝟐

(d)
𝟑
𝟏
(a) Ans. (a)
𝟏𝟎
𝟏 20. In Q. No. 18, the probability that the digit is a multiple
(b)
𝟕𝟎
𝟔 of 3 is
(c)
𝟕𝟎 𝟏
(a)
𝟏𝟏 𝟑
(d)
𝟑𝟓 𝟐
(b)
𝟑
Ans. (d)
𝟏
15. The probability of selecting a consonant from the (c)
𝟗

leeetrs of the word 'TRIANGLE' is 𝟐

(d)
𝟗
𝟐
(a) Ans. (a)
𝟕
𝟑
(b) 21. If three coins are tossed simultaneously, then the
𝟖
𝟓 probability of getting at least two heads, is
(c)
𝟖 𝟏
(a)
𝟏 𝟒
(d)
𝟖 𝟑
(b)
𝟖
Ans. (c)
𝟏
16. Aarushi and Avni visit a particular office in the same (c)
𝟐

week (Monday to Friday). Each is equally likely to visit the 𝟏

(d)
𝟒
office on any one day as on another. The probability that
Ans. (c)
both will visit the office on two consecutive days is
22. In a single throw of a die, the probability of getting a
𝟏𝟏
(a) multiple of 3 is
𝟐𝟓
𝟖 𝟏
(b) (a)
𝟐𝟓 𝟐
𝟕 𝟏
(c) (b)
𝟐𝟓 𝟑
𝟗 𝟏
(d) (c)
𝟐𝟓 𝟔

Ans. (b) 𝟐
(d)
𝟑
17. Two dice are rolled together. The probability of getting
Ans. (b)
sum of numbers on the two dice is 2 , 3 or 5 , is
23. The probability of guessing the correct answer to a
𝟕
(a) certain test question is
𝒙
. If the probability of not guessing
𝟑𝟔
𝟏𝟐
𝟏𝟏
(b) 𝟐
𝟑𝟔 the correct answer to this question is , then 𝒙 =
𝟑
𝟓
(c) (a) 2
𝟑𝟔
𝟒 (b) 3
(d)
𝟗
(c) 4
Ans. (a)
(d) 6
Ans. (c)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – PROBABILITY

24. A bag contains three green marbles, four blue marbles, (c) 𝟏𝟓%
and two orange marbles. If a marble is picked at random, (d) 0.7
then the probability that it is not an orange marble is Ans. (b)
𝟏
(a) 30. If 𝑷(𝑬) = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟓, then 𝑷(𝐧𝐨𝐭𝑬) =
𝟒
𝟏 (a) -0.05
(b)
𝟑
(b) 0.5
𝟒
(c) (c) 0.9
𝟗
𝟕
(d) (d) 0.95
𝟗

Ans. (d) Ans. (d)

25.. A number is selected at random from the numbers 31. Which of the following cannot be the probability of
occurrence of an event?
𝟑, 𝟓, 𝟓, 𝟕, 𝟕, 𝟕, 𝟗, 𝟗, 𝟗, 𝟗.
(a) 0.2
The probability that the selected number is their average is
𝟏 (b) 0.4
(a)
𝟏𝟎
(c) 0.8
𝟑
(b) (d) 1.6
𝟏𝟎
𝟕
(c) Ans. (d)
𝟏𝟎
𝟗 32. The probability of a certain event is
(d)
𝟏𝟎
(a) 0
Ans. (b)
(b) 1
26. The probability of throwing a number greater than 2
(c) 𝟏/𝟐
with a fair dice is
(d) no existent
𝟑
(a) Ans. (b)
𝟓
𝟐
(b) 33. The probability of an impossible event is
𝟓
𝟐 (a) 0
(c)
𝟑
(b) 1
𝟏
(d) (c) 𝟏/𝟐
𝟑

Ans. (c) (d) non-existent

27. A card is accidently dropped from a pack of 52 playing Ans. (a)
cards. The probability that it is an ace is 34. Aarushi sold 100 lottery tickets in which 5 tickets carry
𝟏
(a) prizes. If Priya purchased a ticket, what is the probability
𝟒
𝟏 of Priya winning a prize?
(b)
𝟏𝟑 𝟏𝟗
𝟏
(a)
𝟐𝟎
(c)
𝟓𝟐 𝟏
𝟏𝟐
(b)
𝟐𝟓
(d)
𝟏𝟑 𝟏
(c)
Ans. (b) 𝟐𝟎
𝟏𝟕
28. A number is selected from numbers 1 to 25 . The (d)
𝟐𝟎
probability that it is prime is Ans. (c)
𝟐
(a) 35. A number is selected from first 50 natural numbers.
𝟑
𝟏 What is the probability that it is a multiple of 3 or 5 ?
(b)
𝟔 𝟏𝟑
𝟗
(a)
𝟐𝟓
(c)
𝟐𝟓 𝟐𝟏
𝟓
(b)
𝟓𝟎
(d)
𝟔 𝟏𝟐
(c)
Ans. (c) 𝟐𝟓
𝟐𝟑
29. Which of the following cannot be the probability of an (d)
𝟓𝟎

event? Ans. (d)

𝟐
(a) 36. A month is selected at random in a year. The
𝟑

(b) -1.5 probability that it is March or October, is

𝟏
(a)
𝟏𝟐

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – PROBABILITY
𝟏 42. Two different coins are tossed simultaneously. The
(b)
𝟔
𝟑 probability of getting at least one head is
(c)
𝟒 𝟏
(a)
𝟒
(d) none of these
𝟏
Ans. (b) (b)
𝟖

37. From the letters of the word "MOBILE", a letter is 𝟑

(c)
𝟒
selected. The probability that the letter is a vowel, is 𝟕
(d)
𝟏 𝟖
(a)
𝟑
Ans. (c)
𝟑
(b) 43. If two different dice are rolled together, the probability
𝟕
𝟏 of getting an even number on both dice, is
(c)
𝟔
𝟏
𝟏 (a)
(d) 𝟑𝟔
𝟐
𝟏
Ans. (d) (b)
𝟐

38. A die is thrown once. The probability of getting a 𝟏

(c)
𝟔
prime number is 𝟏
(d)
𝟐 𝟒
(a)
𝟑
Ans. (d)
𝟏
(b) 44. A number is selected at random from the numbers 1 to
𝟑
𝟏 30 . The probability that it prime number is
(c)
𝟐
𝟐
𝟏 (a)
(d) 𝟑
𝟔
𝟏
Ans. (c) (b)
𝟔

39. The probability of getting an even number, when a die 𝟏

(c)
𝟑
is thrown once is 𝟏𝟏
(d)
𝟏 𝟑𝟎
(a)
𝟐
Ans. (c)
𝟏
(b) 45. A card is drawn at random from a pack of 52 cards.
𝟑
𝟏 The probability that the drawn card is not an ace is
(c)
𝟔
𝟏
𝟓 (a)
(d) 𝟏𝟑
𝟔
𝟗
Ans. (a) (b)
𝟏𝟑

40. A box contains 90 discs, numbered from 1 to 90 . If one 𝟒

(c)
𝟏𝟑
disc is drawn at random from the box, the probability that 𝟏𝟐
(d)
𝟏𝟑
it bears a prime number less than 23 , is
𝟕 Ans. (d)
(a)
𝟗𝟎
46. Two dice are thrown together. The probability of
𝟏𝟎
(b) getting the same number on both dice is
𝟗𝟎
𝟒 𝟏
(c) (a)
𝟒𝟓 𝟐
𝟗 𝟏
(d) (b)
𝟖𝟗 𝟑

Ans. (c) 𝟏
(c)
𝟔
41. The probability that a number selected at random 𝟏
(d)
𝟏𝟐
from the numbers 𝟏, 𝟐, 𝟑, … , 𝟏𝟓 is a multiple of 4 , is
𝟒 Ans. (c)
(a)
𝟏𝟓 47. In a family of 3 children, the probability of having at
𝟐
(b) least one boy is
𝟏𝟓
𝟏 𝟕
(c) (a)
𝟓 𝟖
𝟏 𝟏
(d) (b)
𝟑 𝟖
𝟓
Ans. (c) (c)
𝟖
𝟑
(d)
𝟒

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – PROBABILITY

Ans. (a) 𝟓
(c)
𝟕
48. A bag contains cards numbered from 1 to 25. A card is
(d) none of these
drawn at random from the bag. The probability that the
Ans. (b)
number on this card is divisible by both 2 and 3 is
54. Two numbers ' 𝒂 ' and ' 𝒃 ' are selected successively
𝟏
(a) without replacement in that order from the integers 1 to 10
𝟓
𝟑 𝒂
(b) . The probability that is an integer, is
𝟐𝟓 𝒃
𝟒 𝟏𝟕
(c) (a)
𝟐𝟓 𝟒𝟓
𝟐 𝟏
(d) (b)
𝟐𝟓 𝟓
𝟏𝟕
Ans. (c) (c)
𝟗𝟎
49. A number 𝒙 is chosen at random from the numbers 𝟖
(d)
𝟒𝟓
−𝟑, −𝟐, −𝟏, 𝟎, 𝟏, 𝟐, 𝟑 the probability that |𝒙| < 𝟐 is
𝟓
Ans. (c)
(a)
𝟕 55. Two dice are rolled simultaneously. The probability
𝟐
(b) that they show different faces is
𝟕
𝟑 𝟐
(c) (a)
𝟕 𝟑
𝟏 𝟏
(d) (b)
𝟕 𝟔
𝟏
Ans. (c) (c)
𝟑
50. If a number 𝒙 is chosen from the numbers 𝟏, 𝟐, 𝟑, and a 𝟓
(d)
𝟔
number 𝒚 is selected from the numbers 𝟏, 𝟒, 𝟗. Then,
Ans. (d)
𝑷(𝒙𝒚 < 𝟗)
𝟕
(a)
𝟗 56. What is the probability that a leap year has 53
𝟓
(b) Mondays?
𝟗
𝟐 𝟐
(c) (a)
𝟑 𝟕

𝟏 𝟒
(d) (b)
𝟗 𝟕
𝟓
Ans. (b) (c)
𝟕
51. The probability that a non-leap year has 53 Sundays, is 𝟔
(d)
𝟐 𝟕
(a)
𝟕 Ans. (a)
𝟓
(b) 57. If a two digit number is chosen at random, then the
𝟕
𝟔 probability that the number chosen is a multiple of 3, is
(c)
𝟕
𝟑
𝟏 (a)
(d) 𝟏𝟎
𝟕
𝟐𝟗
(b)
Ans. (d) 𝟏𝟎𝟎
𝟏
52. In a single throw of a pair of dice, the probability of (c)
𝟑
getting the sum a perfect square is 𝟕
(d)
𝟏 𝟐𝟓
(a)
𝟏𝟖 Ans. (c)
𝟕
(b) 58. Two coins are tossed together. The probability of
𝟑𝟔
𝟏 getting at least one tail is
(c)
𝟔
𝟏
𝟐 (a)
(d) 𝟒
𝟗
𝟏
(b)
Ans. (b) 𝟐
𝟑
53. What is the probability that a non-leap year has 53 (c)
𝟒
Sundays? (d) 1
𝟔
(a) Ans. (c)
𝟕
𝟏
(b)
𝟕

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – PROBABILITY

59. Which of the following numbers cannot be the 𝟕

(c)
𝟐𝟎
probability of happening of an event? 𝟏𝟑
(d)
𝟐𝟎
(a) 0
𝟕 Ans. (c)
(b)
𝟎.𝟎𝟏
65. A card is drawn at random from a well shuffled pack
(c) 0.07
of 52 playing cards. The probability of getting a face card
𝟎.𝟎𝟕
(d) is
𝟑

Ans. (b) 𝟏
(a)
𝟐
60. The probability of happening of an event is denoted by 𝟑
(b)
𝟏𝟑
𝒑 and the probability of non-happening of the event is
𝟒
denoted by 𝒒. Relation between 𝒑 and 𝒒 is (c)
𝟏𝟑
𝟏
(a) 𝒑 + 𝒒 = 𝟏 (d)
𝟏𝟑
(b) 𝒑 = 𝟏, 𝒒 = 𝟏 Ans. (b)
(c) 𝒑 = 𝒒 − 𝟏 66. Two dice are rolled together. The probability of getting
(d) 𝒑 + 𝒒 + 𝟏 = 𝟎 the sum of two numbers to be more than 10 , is
Ans. (a) 𝟏
(a)
𝟗
61. In a group of 20 people, 5 cannot swim. If one person is
𝟏
(b)
selected at random, then the probability that he/she can 𝟔
𝟕
swim, is (c)
𝟏𝟐
𝟑
(a) 𝟏
𝟒 (d)
𝟏𝟐
𝟏
(b) Ans. (d)
𝟑

(c) 1 67. A box contains cards numbered 6 to 55. A card is

(d)
𝟏 drawn at random from the box. The probability that the
𝟒
drawn card has a number which is a perfect square, is
Ans. (a)
𝟕
(a)
62. A bag contains 100 cards numbered 1 to 100. A card is 𝟓𝟎
𝟕
drawn at random from the bag. What is the probability (b)
𝟓𝟓
that the number on the card is a perfect cube? 𝟏
(c)
𝟏 𝟏𝟎
(a) 𝟓
𝟐𝟎
(d)
𝟑 𝟒𝟗
(b)
𝟓𝟎 Ans. (c)
𝟏
(c) 68. Two dice are tossed simultaneuously. The probability
𝟐𝟓

(d)
𝟕 of getting odd numbers on both the dice is
𝟏𝟎𝟎
𝟔
(a)
Ans. (c) 𝟑𝟔
𝟑
63. Three coins are tossed simultaneously, what is the (b)
𝟑𝟔
probability of getting at most one tail? 𝟏𝟐
(c)
𝟑 𝟑𝟔
(a) 𝟗
𝟖
(d)
𝟒 𝟑𝟔
(b)
𝟖 Ans. (d)
𝟓
(c) ‾ ) = 𝒒, then the value of
69. For an event 𝑬, if 𝑷(𝑬) + 𝑷(𝑬
𝟖

(d)
𝟕 𝒒𝟐 − 𝟒 is
𝟖
(a) -3
Ans. (b)
(b) 3
64. A bag contains 5 pink, 8 blue and 7 yellow balls. One
(c) 5
ball is drawn at random from the bag. What is the
(d) -5
probability of getting neither a blue nor a pink ball?
𝟏
Ans. (a)
(a)
𝟒 70. The probability of getting a bad egg in a lot of 400 eggs
𝟐
(b) is 0.045 . The number of good eggs in the lot is
𝟓

(a) 18

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – PROBABILITY

(b) 180 Statement-2 (R): The equation 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟐𝒙 + 𝟏 = 𝟎 has two

(c) 382 roots.
(d) 220 Ans. (d)
Ans. (c) 76. Statement-1 (A): A four digit number is formed using
71. Cards numbered 7 to 40 were put in a box. A card is the digits 𝟏, 𝟐, 𝟓, 𝟔 and 8 without repetition. The
selected at random from the box. The probability that the 𝟑
probability that it is an even number is .
𝟓
selected card has a number, which is a multiple of 7 , is
Statement-2 (R): The units digit of even number is also an
𝟕
(a) even number.
𝟑𝟒
𝟕
(b) Ans. (b)
𝟑𝟓
𝟔 77. Statement-1 (A): Avni and Manvi were born in the
(c)
𝟑𝟓
year 2000. The probability that they have the same
𝟓
(d) 𝟏
𝟑𝟒 birthday is .
𝟑𝟔𝟔
Ans. (d)
Statement-2 (R): Leap year has 366 days.
Ans. (a)
78. Statement-1 (A): In a cricket match, a batsman hits a
boundary 9 times out of 45 balls he plays. The probability
ASSERTION -REASON BASED MCQs 𝟒
that in a given ball, he does hit the boundary is .
𝟓
Each of the following questions contains STATEMENT-1
Statement-2 (𝐑): 𝑷(𝑬) + 𝑷(𝐧𝐨𝐭𝑬) = 𝟏.
(Assertion) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason) and has
Ans. (a)
following four choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), only one of
79. Statement-1 (A): If the probability of occurrence of an
which is the correct answer. Mark the correct choice.
event is 0.7 , then the probability of its non-occurrence is
(a) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is
0.3.
a correct explanation for Statement-1.
Statement-2 (𝑹): For any event 𝑨, 𝑷(𝑨) + 𝑷( not 𝑨) = 𝟏.
(b) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is
not a correct explanation for Statement-1. Ans. (a)

(c) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false. 80. Statement-1 (A): All elementary events associated to a

(d) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true. random experiment have equal probabilities and their sum
is 1.
Statement-2 (R): Elementary events associated to a
72. Statement-1 (A): The probability that a leap year has
𝟐 random experiment are its outcomes and there is only one
53 Sundays is .
𝟕
outcome favourable to each elementary event.
Statement-2 (R): The probability that a non-leap year has
Ans. (a)
𝟏
53 Sundays is .
𝟕

Ans. (b) 81. Statement-1 (𝑨) : The probability of getting a doublet

73. Statement-1 (A): When a die is rolled, the probability 𝟏
in a single throw of a pair of dice is .
𝟔
of getting a number which is a multiple of 3 and 5 both is
Statement- 𝟐(𝑹) : For any event 𝑨, 𝟎 ≤ 𝑷(𝑨) ≤ 𝟏.
zero.
Ans. (b)
Statement-2 (R): The probability of an impossible event is
82. Statement-1 (A): The probability that a leap year has
zero. 𝟐
53 Sundays is .
Ans. (a) 𝟕

74. Statement-1 (A): A cubical die is rolled. The Statement-2 (R): The probability that a non-leap year has
𝟓
probability of getting a composite number is .
𝟏 53 Sundays is .
𝟕
𝟑

Statement-2 (R): In a throw of a cubical die, the Ans. (c)

𝟐 83. Statement-1 (A): The probability that the date of birth
probability of getting a prime number is .
𝟑 𝟏
of a person is in the month of January is
Ans. (c) 𝟏𝟐

75. Statement-1 (A): A number is selected from the Statement-2 (R): There are 12 months in a year.

numbers 𝟏, 𝟐, 𝟑, … , 𝟏𝟎. The probability that it is a root of Ans. (a)

𝟏
the equation 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟐𝒙 + 𝟏 = 𝟎 is .
𝟓

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – SURFACE AREA AND VOLUME

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM PREPARATION

STUDY MATERIAL

Telegram: [Link]

Instagram: [Link]

Facebook page: [Link]

106075477485686/

Facebook group:
[Link]

WhatsApp Channel :-
[Link]

NEHA DHIMAN (KV TEACHER)

SSC CGL TWO TIMES MAINS CLEARED
NVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED
KVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED IN FIRST ATTEMPT

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM STUDY MATERIAL SURFACE AREA

AND VOLUME IMPORTANT PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – SURFACE AREA AND VOLUME

7. The volume of a right circular cone whose area of the

1. If the diagonal of a cube is 17.32 cm , then its volume is
base is 𝟏𝟓𝟔 𝐜𝐦𝟐 and the vertical height is 8 cm , is
𝟑
(a) 𝟏𝟎𝟎𝟎 𝐜𝐦
(a) 𝟐𝟒𝟗𝟔 𝐜𝐦𝟑
𝟑
(b) 𝟏𝟕𝟑𝟐 𝐜𝐦
(b) 𝟏𝟐𝟒𝟖 𝐜𝐦𝟑
𝟑
(c) 𝟏𝟕𝟑. 𝟐 𝐜𝐦
(c) 𝟏𝟔𝟔𝟒 𝐜𝐦𝟑
𝟑
(d) 𝟏𝟎𝟎𝟎𝟎 𝐜𝐦
(d) 𝟒𝟏𝟔 𝐜𝐦𝟑
Ans. (a)
Ans. (d)
2. The surface area of a cube is 𝟐𝟏𝟔 𝐜𝐦𝟐 , its volume is
8. Water in a river which is 3 m deep and 40 m wide is
(a) 𝟏𝟒𝟒 𝐜𝐦𝟑 flowing at the rate of 𝟐 𝐤𝐦/𝐡𝐫. How much water will fall
(b) 𝟏𝟗𝟔 𝐜𝐦𝟑 into the sea in 2 minutes?
(c) 𝟐𝟏𝟐 𝐜𝐦𝟑 (a) 𝟖𝟎𝟎 𝐦𝟑
𝟑
(d) 𝟐𝟏𝟔 𝐜𝐦 (b) 𝟒𝟎𝟎𝟎 𝐦𝟑
Ans. (d) (c) 𝟖𝟎𝟎𝟎 𝐦𝟑
3. The edge of a cube whose volume is equal to that of a
(d) 𝟐𝟎𝟎𝟎 𝐦𝟑
cuboid of dimensions 𝟖 𝐜𝐦 × 𝟒 𝐜𝐦 × 𝟐 𝐜𝐦 is-
Ans. (c)
(a) 6 cm
9. What is the total surface area of a solid hemisphere of
(b) 4 cm
diameter ' 𝒅 '?
(c) 2 cm
(a) 𝟑𝝅𝒅𝟐
(d) 6 cm
(b) 𝟐𝝅𝒅𝟐
Ans. (b) 𝟏
(c) 𝝅𝒅𝟐
4. If three cubes of same metal whose edges are 𝟔 𝐜𝐦, 𝟖 𝐜𝐦 𝟐
𝟑
and 10 cm melted and formed into a single cube, then the (d) 𝝅𝒅𝟐
𝟒

length of the diagonal of the larger cube formed is Ans. (d)

(a) 𝟒√𝟑 𝐜𝐦 10. Curved surface area of a cylinder of height 5 cm is
(b) 𝟏𝟓√𝟑 𝐜𝐦 𝟗𝟒. 𝟐 𝐜𝐦𝟐 . Radius of the cylinder is (Take 𝝅 = 𝟑. 𝟏𝟒 )

(c) 𝟏𝟐√𝟑 𝐜𝐦 (a) 2 cm

(b) 3 cm
(d) 𝟏√𝟑 𝐜𝐦
(c) 2.9 cm
Ans. (c)
(d) 6 cm
5. Three solid cubes have a face diagonal 𝟒√𝟐 𝐜𝐦 each.
Ans. (b)
Three other solid cubes have a face diagonal of 𝟖√𝟐 𝐜𝐦
11. The curved surface area of a cone having height 24 cm
each. All the cubes are melted together to form a cube. The
and radius 7 cm , is
length of an edge of the cube formed is
(a) 𝟓𝟐𝟖 𝐜𝐦𝟐
(a) 12 cm
(b) 𝟏𝟎𝟓𝟔 𝐜𝐦𝟐
(b) 24 cm
(c) 𝟓𝟓𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐
(c) 18 cm
(d) 𝟓𝟎𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐
(d) 26 cm
Ans. (c)
Ans. (a)
12. If the perimeters of the bases of two right circular
6. The sum of the length, breadth and height of a cuboid is
cones are in the ratio 𝟑: 𝟒 and their volumes are in the
𝟔√𝟑 𝐜𝐦 and the length of its diagonal is 𝟐√𝟑 𝐜𝐦. The total
ratio 𝟗: 𝟑𝟐, then the ratio of their heights is
surface area of the cuboid is
(a) 𝟏: 𝟑
(a) 𝟒𝟖 𝐜𝐦𝟐
(b) 𝟐: 𝟏
(b) 𝟕𝟐 𝐜𝐦𝟐
(c) 𝟏: 𝟐
(c) 𝟗𝟔 𝐜𝐦𝟐
(d) 𝟏: 𝟑
(d) 𝟏𝟎𝟖 𝐜𝐦𝟐
Ans. (c)
Ans. (c)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – SURFACE AREA AND VOLUME

13. If the radii of the bases of a cylinder and a cone are in 18. If the height and base radius of a cone, each is
the ratio 𝟑: 𝟒 and their heights are in the ratio 𝟐: 𝟑, then increased by 𝟓𝟎%, then the ratio between the volume of
the ratio between the volume of cylinder to that of the cone the given cone and the new cone is
is- (a) 𝟖: 𝟐𝟕
(a) 𝟕: 𝟓 (b) 𝟐𝟕: 𝟖
(b) 𝟓: 𝟕 (c) 𝟒: 𝟗
(c) 𝟖: 𝟗 (d) 𝟐: 𝟑
(d) 𝟗: 𝟖 Ans. (a)ss
Ans. (d) 19. The diameter of a sphere is 6 cm . It is melted and
14. If a solid sphere with total surface area 𝟒𝟖 𝐜𝐦𝟐 is drawn into a wire of diameter 2 mm . The
bisected into two hemispheres, then the total surface area (a) 36 m
of any one of the hemisphere is (b) 32 m
(a) 𝟒𝟖 𝐜𝐦𝟐 (c) 38 m
(b) 𝟔𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐 (d) 34 m
(c) 𝟐𝟒 𝐜𝐦𝟐 Ans. (a)

(d) 𝟑𝟔 𝐜𝐦𝟐 20. The ratio of lateral surface area to that total surface

Ans. (d) area of a cylinder with base diameter 1.6 m and height 20

15. A solid sphere is cut into two hemispheres. The ratio of cm is

the surface areas of sphere to that of two hemisphere taken (a) 𝟏: 𝟕

together is (b) 𝟏: 𝟓

(a) 𝟏: 𝟏 (c) 𝟕: 𝟏

(b) 𝟏: 𝟒 (d) 𝟓: 𝟏

(c) 𝟐: 𝟑 Ans. (b)

(d) 𝟑: 𝟐 21. If a cone is cut into two parts by a horizontal plane

Ans. (c) passing through the mid-point of its axis, then the ratio of

16. The radius of the base and height of a cone are 4 cm the volumes of the upper part and the cone is

and 9 cm respectively. If its height is decreased and base (a) 𝟏: 𝟖

radius is increased each by 2 cm , then the ratio of the (b) 𝟏: 𝟓

volume of the new cone to that of the original cone is (c) 𝟏: 𝟕

(a) 𝟓: 𝟐 (d) 𝟏: 𝟔

(b) 𝟕: 𝟒 Ans. (a)

(c) 𝟗: 𝟐 22. A solid is hemispherical at the bottom and conical

(d) 𝟖: 𝟑 above. If the surface areas of the two parts are equal, then

Ans. (b) the ratio of its radius and height of its conical part is

17. The capacity of the cylindrical vessel with the (a) 𝟏: √𝟐

hemispherical bottom portion raised upwards as shown in (b) √𝟐: 𝟏
(c) 𝟏: √𝟑
(d) √𝟑: 𝟏
Ans. (c)
23. A solid consists of a circular cylinder surmounted by a
right circular cone. The height of the cone is 𝒉. If the total
volume of the solid is 3 times the volume of the cone, then
the height of the circular cylinder is
𝝅 𝟐
(a) (𝟑𝒉 − 𝟐𝒓)𝒓 (a) 𝟐𝒉
𝟑
𝝅 𝟐 𝟑
(b) (𝟑𝒉 + 𝟐𝒓)𝒓 (b) 𝒉
𝟑 𝟐
𝝅
(c) (𝟐𝒉 − 𝟑𝒓)𝒓𝟐 (c)
𝒉
𝟐
𝟐
𝝅 𝟐
(d) (𝟐𝒉 + 𝟑𝒓)𝒓 𝟐𝒉
𝟐 (d)
𝟑
Ans. (a)
Ans. (d)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – SURFACE AREA AND VOLUME

24. The volume of the largest right circular cone that can 30. A rectangular sheet of paper 𝟒𝟎 𝐜𝐦 × 𝟐𝟐 𝐜𝐦, is rolled
be carved out from a solid cube of edge 2 cm is to form a hollow cylinder of height 40 cm . The radius of
𝟒𝝅
(a) 𝐜𝐦𝟑 the cylinder (in cm ) is
𝟑
𝟓𝝅 (a) 3.5
(b) 𝐜𝐦𝟑
𝟑
(b) 7
𝟖𝝅
(c) 𝐜𝐦𝟑 (c) 𝟖𝟎/𝟕
𝟑
𝟐𝝅
(d) 𝐜𝐦𝟑 (d) 5
𝟑
Ans. (a)
Ans. (d)
31. The number of solid spheres, each of diameter 6 cm
25. The diameter of a sphere is 6 cm . It is melted and
that can be made by melting a solid metal cylinder of
drawn into a wire of diameter 2 mm . The length of the
height 45 cm and diameter 4 cm is
wire is
(a) 3
(a) 12 m
(b) 5
(b) 18 m
(c) 4
(c) 36 m
(d) 6
(d) 66 m
Ans. (b)
Ans. (c)
32. Volumes of two spheres are in the ratio 𝟔𝟒: 𝟐𝟕. The
26. A metallic sphere of radius 10.5 cm is melted and then
recast into small cones, each of radius 3.5 cm and height 3 ratio of their surface areas is

cm . The number of such cones is (a) 𝟑: 𝟒

(a) 63 (b) 𝟒: 𝟑

(b) 126 (c) 𝟗: 𝟏𝟔

(c) 21 (d) 𝟏𝟔: 𝟗

(d) 130 Ans. (d)

Ans. (b) 33. A right circular cylinder of radius 𝒓 and height 𝒉(𝒉 >

27. A solid is hemispherical at the bottom and conical 𝟐𝒓) just encloses a sphere of diameter

above. If the surface areas of the two parts are equal, then (a) 𝒓

the ratio of its radius and the height of its conical part is (b) 𝟐𝒓
(a) 𝟏: 𝟑 (c) 𝒉

(b) 𝟏: √𝟑 (d) 𝟐𝒉
Ans. (b)
(d) √𝟑: 𝟏
34. If two solid-hemispheres of same base radius 𝒓 are
Ans. (b)
joined together along their bases, then curved surface area
28. A solid sphere of radius 𝒓 is melted and cast into the
of this new solid is
shape of a solid cone of height 𝒓, the radius of the base of
(a) 𝟒𝝅𝒓𝟐
the cone is
(a) 𝟐𝒓 (b) 𝟔𝝅𝒓𝟐

(b) 3r (c) 𝟑𝝅𝒓𝟐

(c) 𝒓 (d) 𝟖𝝅𝒓𝟐

(d) 𝟒𝒓 Ans. (a)

Ans. (a) 35. A spherical ball of radius 𝒓 is melted to make 8 new

29. A metalic solid cone is melted to form a solid cylinder identical balls each of radius 𝒓𝟏 . Then 𝒓: 𝒓𝟏 =

of equal radius. If the height of the cylinder is 6 cm , then (a) 𝟐: 𝟏

the height of the cone was (b) 𝟏: 𝟐

(a) 10 cm (c) 𝟒: 𝟏
(b) 12 cm (d) 𝟏: 𝟒
(c) 18 cm Ans. (a)
(d) 24 cm
Ans. (c)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – SURFACE AREA AND VOLUME

36. Water flows at the rate of 10 metre per minute from a 42. The volumes of two spheres are in the ratio 𝟔𝟒: 𝟐𝟕. The
cylindrical pipe 5 mm in diameter. How long will it take to ratio of their surface areas is
fill up a conical vessel whose diameter at the base is 40 cm (a) 𝟏: 𝟐
and depth 24 cm ? (b) 𝟐: 𝟑
(a) 48 min 15 sec (c) 𝟗: 𝟏𝟔
(b) 51 min 12 sec (d) 𝟏𝟔: 𝟗
(c) 52 min 1 sec Ans. (d)
(d) 55 min 43. If three metallic spheres of radii 𝟔 𝐜𝐦, 𝟖 𝐜𝐦 and 10 cm
Ans. (b) are melted to form a single sphere, the diameter of the
37. A cylindrical vessel 32 cm high and 18 cm as the radius sphere is
of the base, is filled with sand. This bucket is emptied on (a) 12 cm
the ground and a conical heap of sand is formed. If the (b) 24 cm
height of the conical heap is 24 cm , the radius of its base is (c) 30 cm
(a) 12 cm (d) 36 cm
(b) 24 cm Ans. (b)
(c) 36 cm 44. The surface area of a sphere is same as the curved
(d) 48 cm surface area of a right circular cylinder whose height and
Ans. (c) diameter are 12 cm each. The radius of the sphere is
38. The curved surface area of a right circular cone of (a) 3 cm
height 15 cm and base diameter 16 cm is (b) 4 cm
𝟐
(a) 𝟔𝟎𝝅 𝐜𝐦 (c) 6 cm
𝟐
(b) 𝟔𝟖𝝅 𝐜𝐦 (d) 12 cm
(c) 𝟏𝟐𝟎𝝅 𝐜𝐦𝟐 Ans. (c)
𝟐
(d) 𝟏𝟑𝟔𝝅 𝐜𝐦 45. The volume of the greatest sphere that can be cut off
Ans. (d) from a cylindrical 𝐥𝐨𝐠 of wood of base radius 1 cm and
39. A right triangle with sides 𝟑 𝐜𝐦, 𝟒 𝐜𝐦 and 5 cm is height 5 cm is
𝟒
rotated about the side of 3 cm to form a cone. The volume (a) 𝝅
𝟑
of the cone so formed is 𝟏𝟎
(b) 𝝅
𝟑 𝟑
(a) 𝟏𝟐𝝅 𝐜𝐦
(c) 𝟓𝝅
(b) 𝟏𝟓𝝅 𝐜𝐦𝟑
𝟐𝟎
(d) 𝝅
(c) 𝟏𝟔𝝅 𝐜𝐦𝟑 𝟑

(d) 𝟐𝟎𝝅 𝐜𝐦𝟑 Ans. (a)

Ans. (a) 46. A cylindrical vessel of radius 4 cm contains water. A

40. The curved surface area of a cylinder is 𝟐𝟔𝟒 𝐦𝟐 and its solid sphere of radius 3 cm is lowered into the water until

volume is 𝟗𝟐𝟒 𝐦𝟑 . The ratio of its diameter to its height is it is completely immersed. The water level in the vessel will

(a) 𝟑: 𝟕 rise by
𝟐
(b) 𝟕: 𝟑 (a) 𝐜𝐦
𝟗

(c) 𝟔: 𝟕 𝟒
(b) 𝐜𝐦
𝟗
(d) 𝟕: 𝟔 𝟗
(c) 𝐜𝐦
𝟒
Ans. (b)
𝟗
41. A cylinder with base radius of 8 cm and height of 2 cm (d) 𝐜𝐦
𝟐

is melted to form a cone of height 6 cm . The radius of the Ans. (c)

cone is 47. spheres of the same size are made from melting a solid
(a) 4 cm cylinder of 16 cm diameter and 2 cm height. The diameter
(b) 5 cm of each sphere is
(c) 6 cm (a) √𝟑 𝐜𝐦
(d) 8 cm (b) 2 cm
Ans. (d) (c) 3 cm
(d) 4 cm

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – SURFACE AREA AND VOLUME

Ans. (d) Ans. (b)

48. A solid metallic spherical ball of diameter 6 cm is 54. The radii of two cylinders are in the ratio 𝟑: 𝟓. If their
melted and recast into a cone with diameter of the base as heights are in the ratio 𝟐: 𝟑, then the ratio of their curved
12 cm . The height of the cone is surface areas is
(a) 2 cm (a) 𝟐: 𝟓
(b) 3 cm (b) 𝟓: 𝟐
(c) 4 cm (c) 𝟐: 𝟑
(d) 6 cm (d) 𝟑: 𝟓
Ans. (b) Ans. (a)
49. A hollow sphere of internal and external diameters 4 55. A right circular cylinder of radius 𝒓 and height
cm and 8 cm respectively is melted into a cone of base 𝒉(𝒉 = 𝟐𝒓) just encloses a sphere of diameter
diameter 8 cm . The height of the cone is (a) 𝒉
(a) 12 cm (𝒃) r
(b) 14 cm (c) 𝟐𝒓
(c) 15 cm (d) 𝟐𝒉
(d) 18 cm Ans. (c)
Ans. (b) 56. If four times the sum of the areas of two circular faces
50. A solid piece of iron of dimensions 𝟒𝟗 × 𝟑𝟑 × 𝟐𝟒 𝐜𝐦 is of a cylinder of height 8 cm is equal to twice the curve
moulded into a sphere. The radius of the sphere is surface area, then diameter of the cylinder is
(a) 21 cm (a) 4 cm
(b) 28 cm (b) 8 cm
(c) 35 cm (c) 2 cm
(d) none of these (d) 6 cm
Ans. (a) Ans. (b)
51. The ratio of lateral surface area to the total surface 57. If the radius of the base of a right circular cylinder is
area of a cylinder with base diameter 1.6 m and height 20 halved, keeping the height the same, then the ratio of the
cm is volume of the cylinder thus obtained to the volume of
(a) 𝟏: 𝟕 original cylinder is
(b) 𝟏: 𝟓 (a) 𝟏: 𝟐
(c) 𝟕: 𝟏 (b) 𝟐: 𝟏
(d) 𝟓: 𝟏 (c) 𝟏: 𝟒
Ans. (b) (d) 𝟒: 𝟏
52. A solid consists of a circular cylinder surmounted by a Ans. (d)
right circular cone. The height of the cone is 𝒉. If the total 58. The material of a cone is converted into the shape of a
volume of the solid is 3 times the volume of the cone, then cylinder of equal radius. If height of the cylinder is 5 cm ,
the height of the cylinder is then height of the cone is
(a) 𝟐𝒉 (a) 10 cm
𝟑𝒉
(b) (b) 15 cm
𝟐
𝒉 (c) 18 cm
(c)
𝟐
(d) 24 cm
𝟐𝒉
(d)
𝟑 Ans. (b)
Ans. (d) 59. A circus tent is cylindrical to a height of 4 m and
53. The maximum volume of a cone that can be carved out conical above it. If its diameter is 105 m and its slant
of a solid hemisphere of radius 𝒓 is height is 40 m , the total area of the canvas required in 𝐦𝟐
(a) 𝟑𝝅𝒓𝟐 is
𝝅𝒓𝟑
(b) (a) 1760
𝟑
𝝅𝒓𝟐
(b) 2640
(c)
𝟑 (c) 3960
𝟑
(d) 𝟑𝝅𝒓 (d) 7920

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – SURFACE AREA AND VOLUME

Ans. (d) (b) 𝟒𝝅: 𝟏

60. The number of solid spheres, each of diameter 6 cm (c) 𝟑𝝅: 𝟏
that could be moulded to form a solid metal cylinder of (d) 𝟏: 𝟒𝝅
height 45 cm and diameter 4 cm , is Ans. (b)
(a) 3 66. If the volume of a sphere of radius 𝑹 is 16 times the
(b) 4 volume of a hemisphere of radius 𝒓, then 𝑹: 𝒓
(c) 5 (a) 𝟏: 𝟐
(d) 6 (b) 𝟐: 𝟏
Ans. (c) (c) 𝟖: 𝟏
61. A sphere of radius 6 cm is dropped into a cylindrical (d) 𝟏: 𝟖
vessel partly filled with water. The radius of the vessel is 8 Ans. (b)
cm . If the sphere is submerged completely, then the
surface of the water rises by
(a) 4.5 cm Each of the following questions contains STATEMENT-1
(b) 3 cm (Assertion) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason)
(c) 4 cm (a) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is
(d) 2 cm a correct explanation for Statement-1.
Ans. (a) (b) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is
62. If a cone is cut into two parts by a horizontal plane not a correct explanation for Statement-1.
passing through the mid-point of its axis, the ratio of the (c) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false.
volumes of the upper part and the cone is (d) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true.
(a) 𝟏: 𝟐
(b) 𝟏: 𝟒 67. Statement-1 (A): Three cubes each of volume 8 cubic
(c) 𝟏: 𝟔 centimeters are joined end to end to form a cuboid. The
(d) 𝟏: 𝟖 surface area of the resulting cuboid is 𝟐𝟖 𝐜𝐦𝟐 .
Ans. (d) Statement-2 (R): If 𝒏 cubes each of volume 𝒂𝟑 cubic units
63. The height of a cone is 30 cm . A small cone is cut off at are joined end to end to form a cuboid. Then the surface
𝟏
the top by a plane parallel to the base. If its volume be
𝟐𝟕
of area of the resulting cuboid is 𝟐(𝟐𝒏 + 𝟏)𝒂𝟐 square units.
the volume of the given cone, then the height above the Ans. (d)
base at which the section has been made, is 68. Statement-1 (A): Two cubes each of surface area
(a) 10 cm 𝟗𝟔 𝐜𝐦𝟐 are joined end to end to form a cuboid. The
(b) 15 cm volume of the resulting cuboid is 𝟏𝟐𝟖 𝐜𝐦𝟑 .
(c) 20 cm Statement-2 (R): If 𝒏 cubes each of surface area 𝑺 are
(d) 25 cm joined end to end to form a cuboid, then the volume of the
Ans. (c) 𝑺 𝟑/𝟐
resulting cuboid is 𝒏 ( ) .
𝟔
64. A solid consists of a circular cylinder with an exact
Ans. (a)
fitting right circular cone placed at the top. The height of
69. Statement-1 (A): If two solid right cylinders of the
the cone is 𝒉. If the total volume of the solid is 3 times the
same height and base radii 3 cm and 4 cm are melted and
volume of the cone, then the height of the circular cylinder
recast into a cylinder of the same height, then the radius of
is
the base of the new cylinder is 5 cm .
(a) 𝟐𝒉
Statement-2 (R): If two solid right cylinders of the same
𝟐𝒉
(b)
𝟑 height and base radii 𝒓𝟏 , 𝒓𝟐 are melted and recast into a
𝟑𝒉
(c) cylinder of the same height, then the radius of the base of
𝟐

(d) 𝟒𝒉 √𝒓𝟐 𝟐
𝟏 +𝒓𝟐
the cylinder is .
𝟐
Ans. (b)
Ans. (c)
65. The ratio of total surface area of a solid hemisphere to
the square of its radius is
(a) 𝟐𝝅: 𝟏

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – SURFACE AREA AND VOLUME

70. Statement-1 (A): If surface areas of two spheres are in 𝟒𝒓𝟐

sphere of radius 𝒓, then 𝒉 = .
𝒓𝟏 +𝒓𝟐
the ratio 𝟏𝟔: 𝟗, then their volumes are in the ratio 𝟔𝟒: 𝟐𝟕.
Ans. (c)
Statement-2 (R): If 𝑺𝟏 , 𝑺𝟐 are surface areas of two spheres
77. Statement-1 (𝑨) : If the volumes of two cubes are in the
𝑽𝟏 𝑺𝟏 𝟑/𝟐
and 𝑽𝟏 , 𝑽𝟐 are their volumes, then =( ) . ratio 𝑽𝟏 : 𝑽𝟐 , then their surface areas are in the ratio
𝑽𝟐 𝑺𝟐
𝟐/𝟑 𝟐/𝟑
Ans. (a) 𝑽𝟏 : 𝑽𝟐 .
71. Statement-1 (A): If volumes of two spheres are in the Statement-2 (R): If surface areas of two cubes are in the
ratio 𝟑𝟒𝟑: 𝟏𝟐𝟓, then their radii are in the ratio 7:5. 𝟑/𝟐
ratio 𝑺𝟏 : 𝑺𝟐 , then their volumes are in the ratio 𝑺𝟏 : 𝑺𝟐 .
𝟑/𝟐

Statement-2 (R): If radii of two spheres are in the ratio Ans. (b)
𝟐: 𝟑, their surface areas are in the ratio 4:9. 78. Statement-1 (A): If a cylinder, a cone and a hemisphere
Ans. (b) are of equal bases and have the same height, then the
72. Statement-1 (A): If a right circular cylinder of radius 𝒓 volume of the cylinder is equal to the sum of the volumes
and height 𝒉(𝒉 > 𝟐𝒓) just encloses a sphere , the diameter of cone and the hemisphere.
of sphere is 2r. Statement-2 (R): If a cylinder, a cone and a hemisphere
Statement-2 (R): The surface area of the sphere is are of equal base and have the same height, then their
𝟐𝝅𝒓(𝒉 + 𝒓). volumes are in the ratio 𝟑: 𝟏: 𝟐.
Ans. (c) Ans. (a)
73. Statement-1 (A): Total surface area of the top is the 79. Statement-1 (A): A conical vessel of base radius 5 cm
sum of the curved surface area of the hemisphere and the and height 24 cm is full of water. If the water is emptied
curved surface area of the cone. into a cylindrical vessel of internal radius 10 cm , then the
water level rises by 2 cm .
Statement-2 (R): Volumes of a cylinder and a cone of base
radius 𝒓 and height hare given by 𝑽𝟏 = 𝝅𝒓𝟐 𝒉 and 𝑽𝟐 =
𝟏
𝝅𝒓𝟐 𝒉.
𝟑

Ans. (a)s
80. Statement-1 (A): If volumes of two spheres are in the
ratio 𝟏𝟐𝟓: 𝟔𝟒, then their surface areas are in the ratio
Statement-2 (R): Top is obtained by fixing the plane
𝟐𝟓: 𝟏𝟔
surfaces of the hemisphere and cone together.
Statement-2 (𝑹) : If volumes of two spheres are 𝑽𝟏 , 𝑽𝟐 and
Ans. (b)
𝑺𝟏
74. Statement-1 (A): If the radius of the base of a right their surface areas are 𝑺𝟏 , 𝑺𝟐 respectively, then =
𝑺𝟐

circular cylinder is halved and the height is doubled, then 𝑽 𝟐/𝟑

( 𝟏) .
𝑽𝟐
the volume of the cylinder so formed is doubled.
Ans. (a)
Statement-2 (R): If the radius of the base of a right
circular cone of volume 𝑽 is halved and the height is
doubled, then the volume of the new cone so formed 2 V .
Ans. (b)
75. Statement-1 (A): Two cubes each of volume 𝟏𝟐𝟓 𝐜𝐦𝟑
are rejoined end to end to form a cuboid, the surface area
of the resulting cuboid is 𝟐𝟓𝟎 𝐜𝐦𝟐
Statement-2 (R): If 𝒏 cubes each of volume 𝒂𝟑 cubic units
are joined end to end to form a cuboid. Then, the surface
area of the resulting cuboid is 𝟐(𝟐𝒏 + 𝟏)𝒂𝟐 square units.
Ans. (a)
76. Statement-1 (A): If two metallic right circular cones of
equal height and base radii 3 cm and 4 cm are melted
recast into a solid sphere radius 5 cm , then the cones are
of height 20 cm each.
Statement-2 (R): If two right circular cones of same height
𝒉 and base radii 𝒓𝟏 , 𝒓𝟐 are melted and recast into a solid

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – STATISTICS

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM PREPARATION

STUDY MATERIAL

Telegram: [Link]

Instagram: [Link]

Facebook page: [Link]

106075477485686/

Facebook group:
[Link]

WhatsApp Channel :-
[Link]

NEHA DHIMAN (KV TEACHER)

SSC CGL TWO TIMES MAINS CLEARED
NVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED
KVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED IN FIRST ATTEMPT

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM STUDY MATERIAL STATISTICS

IMPORTANT PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – STATISTICS

7. If the mean and median of a data are 12 and 15

1. The arithmetic mean of 𝒙, 𝒙 + 𝟑, 𝒙 + 𝟔, 𝒙 + 𝟗 and 𝒙 +
respectively, then its mode is
𝟏𝟐 is (a) 13.5
(a) 𝒙 + 𝟔 (b) 21
(b) 𝒙 + 𝟓 (c) 6
(c) 𝒙 + 𝟕 (d) 14
(d) 𝒙 + 𝟖 Ans. (b)
Ans. (a) 8. While finding the mean of the grouped data by using
2. If the arithmetic mean of first n natural numbers is 15, 𝟏
‾ = 𝒂 + ∑ 𝒇𝒊 𝒅𝒊 , 𝒅𝒊 's are the diviations
the formula 𝑿
𝑵
then n is equal to
from 𝒂 of
(a) 14
(a) the mid-values of the classes
(b) 15
(b) lower limits of the classes
(c) 29
(c) upper limits of the classes
(d) 30
(d) frequencies of the class marks
Ans. (c)
Ans. (a)
3. If the arithmetic mean of 𝟐, 𝟒, 𝟔, 𝟖, 𝟑 and 7 is 5 , then the
9. The mean of the data 𝒙 + 𝒂, 𝒙 + 𝟐𝒂, (𝒙 + 𝟑𝒂), … , 𝒙 +
arithmetic mean of 𝟏𝟎𝟎𝟐, 𝟏𝟎𝟎𝟒, 𝟏𝟎𝟎𝟔, 1008,1003 and 1007
(𝟐𝒏 + 𝟏)𝒂 is
is
(a) 𝒙 + (𝒏 + 𝟏)𝒂
(a) 1005
(b) 𝒙 + (𝒏 − 𝟏)𝒂
(b) 1004
(c) 𝒙 + (𝒏 + 𝟐)𝒂
(c) 1008
(d) 𝒙 + 𝒏𝒂
(d) 1003
Ans. (a)
Ans. (a)
𝟕
4. The mean and median of the data 𝒂, 𝒃 and 𝒄 are 50 and 10. If a variable takes discrete values 𝒙 + 𝟒, 𝒙 − , 𝒙 −
𝟐
𝟓 𝟏 𝟏
35 respectively, where 𝒂 < 𝒃 < 𝒄. 𝟏 If 𝒄 − 𝒂 = 𝟓𝟓, then , 𝒙 − 𝟑, 𝒙 − 𝟐, 𝒙 + , 𝒙 − , 𝒙 + 𝟓, 𝒙 > 𝟎, then the median
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
𝒃−𝒂= of the data is
(a) 8 𝟓
(a) 𝒙 −
𝟐
(b) 7
𝟓
(c) 3 (b) 𝒙 −
𝟑
𝟓
(d) 5 (c) 𝒙 −
𝟒
Ans. (d) 𝟓
(d) 𝒙 −
𝟔
5. Which computing the mean of grouped data, it is
Ans. (c)
assumed that the frequencies are
11. If for a data, Mean : Median = 𝟗: 𝟖, then Median :
(a) centred at the lower limits of the classes
Mode =
(c) centred at the class marks of the classes
(a) 𝟖: 𝟗
(b) centred at the upper limits of the classes
(b) 𝟒: 𝟑
(d) evenly distributed over all the classes.
(c) 𝟕: 𝟔
Ans. (c)
(d) 𝟓: 𝟒
6. If the value of each observation of a statistical data
Ans. (b)
consisting of 𝒏 obseroations is increased by 3 , then the
12. If 𝒏 is an even positive integer and 𝒙 > 𝟎, 𝒙 ≠ 𝟏, then
mean of the data
(a) remains unchanged the median of the data 𝒂, 𝒂𝒙, 𝒂𝒙𝟐 , 𝒂𝒙𝟑 , … , 𝒂𝒙𝒏 is

(b) increases by 3 (a) 𝒂𝒙𝒏−𝟏

𝒏
(c) increases by 6 (b) 𝒂𝒙𝟐−𝟏
𝒏
(d) increases by 𝟑𝒏 (c) 𝒂𝒙𝟐
Ans. (b) 𝒏
(d) 𝒂𝒙𝟐+𝟏
Ans. (c)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – STATISTICS
𝒙 𝒙 𝟐𝒙 𝒙 𝟐𝒙 𝟑𝒙 19. For some data 𝒙𝟏 , 𝒙𝟐 , … , 𝒙𝒏 with respective frequencies
13. If the median of the data , 𝒙, , , , , , 𝒙 > 𝟎 is 4 ,
𝟓 𝟑 𝟑 𝟒 𝟓 𝟒
‾ ) is equal to
𝒇𝟏 , 𝒇𝟐 , … , 𝒇𝒏 , the value of ∑𝒏𝒊=𝟏 𝒇𝒊 (𝒙𝟏 − 𝑿
then 𝒙 =
‾
(a) 𝒏𝑿
(a) 5
(b) 10 (b) 1

(c) 8 (c) ∑𝒇𝐢

(d) 7 (d) 0

Ans. (b) Ans. (d)

14. If the mean of the following frequency distribution is 20. Which of the following is not a measure of central

2.6 , then the value of 𝒑 is tendency?

(a) Mean
Variate (𝑿): 1 2 3 4 5
(b) Median
Frequency (𝒇): 4 5 𝒚 1 2
(c) Mode
(d) Standard deviation
(a) 3
Ans. (d)
(b) 8
21. The algebraic sum of the deviations of a frequency
(c) 13
distribution from its mean is
(d) 24
(a) always positive
Ans. (b)
(b) always negative
15. If the difference of mode and median of a data is 24 ,
(c) 0
then the difference of median and mean is
(d) a non-zero number
(a) 12
Ans. (c)
(b) 24
22. The arithmetic mean of 𝟏, 𝟐, 𝟑, … , 𝒏 is
(c) 8
𝒏+𝟏
(d) 36 (a)
𝟐
𝒏−𝟏
Ans. (a) (b)
𝟐
16. If the sum of 15 observations of 𝒂 data is (𝟒𝟑𝟒 + 𝒙) 𝒏
(c)
𝟐
and the mean of the obseroation is 𝒙 then 𝒙 = 𝒏
(d) + 𝟏
(a) 25 𝟐

(b) 27 Ans. (a)

(c) 31 23. For a frequency distribution, mean, median and mode

(d) 33 are connected by the relation

Ans. (c) (a) Mode = 𝟑 Mean -2 Median

17. Mode for the following distribution is 22 . If 𝒙 < 𝒚 < (b) Mode = 𝟐 Median -3 Mean

𝟏𝟎, then the value of 𝒚 is (c) Mode = 𝟑 Median -2 Mean

Class interval: 𝟎 − 𝟏𝟎 𝟏𝟎 − 𝟐𝟎 𝟐𝟎 − 𝟑𝟎 𝟑𝟎 − 𝟒𝟎 𝟒𝟎 − 𝟓𝟎 Total (d) Mode = 𝟑 Median +2 Mean
Frequency (𝒇): 𝟓 𝟖 𝟏𝟎 𝒙 𝒚 𝟑𝟎
Ans. (c)
(a) 2
24. Which of the following cannot be determined
(b) 5
graphically?
(c) 3
(a) Mean
(d) 4
(b) Median
Ans. (b)
(c) Mode
18. The distribution below gives the marks obtained by 80
(d) none of these
Ans. (a)
25. The median of a given frequency distribution is found
The modal class of this distribution is
graphically with the help of
(a) 10-20
(a) Histogram
(b) 20-30
(b) Frequency curve
(c) 𝟑𝟎 − 𝟒𝟎
(c) Frequency polygon
(d) 𝟓𝟎 − 𝟔𝟎
(d) Ogive
Ans. (c)
Ans. (d)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – STATISTICS

26. The mode of a frequency distribution can be ∑𝒏

𝒊=𝟏 𝒇𝒊 𝒙𝒊
(c)
∑𝒏
𝒊=𝟏 𝒙𝒊
determined graphically from
∑𝒏
𝒊=𝟏 𝒇𝒊 𝒙𝒊
(a) Histogram (d)
∑𝒏
𝒊=𝟏 𝒊

(b) Frequency polygon Ans. (a)

(c) Ogive 33. If the arithmetic mean of 𝒙, 𝒙 + 𝟑, 𝒙 + 𝟔, 𝒙 + 𝟗, and 𝒙 +
(d) Frequency curve 𝟏𝟐 is 10 , the 𝒙 =
Ans. (a) (a) 1
27. Mode is (b) 2
(a) least frequent value (c) 6
(b) middle most value (d) 4
(c) most frequent value Ans. (d)
(d) none of these 34. If the median of the data: 𝟐𝟒, 𝟐𝟓, 𝟐𝟔, 𝒙 + 𝟐, 𝒙 +
Ans. (c) 𝟑, 𝟑𝟎, 𝟑𝟏, 𝟑𝟒 is 27.5 , then 𝒙 =
‾ . If the first item is
28. The mean of 𝒏 observations is 𝑿 (a) 𝟐𝟕
increased by 1 , second by 2 and so on, then the new mean (b) 𝟐𝟓
is (c) 𝟔
‾ +𝒏
(a) 𝑿 (d) 𝟒
𝒏
‾+
(b) 𝑿 Ans. (b)
𝟐
𝒏+𝟏
‾ +
(c) 𝑿
𝟐
35. If the median of the data: 𝟔, 𝟕, 𝒙 − 𝟐, 𝒙, 𝟏𝟕, 𝟐𝟎, written
(d) none of these
in ascending order, is 16. Then x =
Ans. (c)
(a) 15
29. One of the methods of determining mode is
(b) 16
(a) Mode = 𝟐 Median -3 Mean
(c) 17
(b) Mode = 𝟐 Median +3 Mean
(d) 18
(c) Mode = 𝟑 Median -2 Mean
Ans. (c)
(d) Mode = 𝟑 Median +2 Mean
36. The median of first 10 prime numbers is
Ans. (c)
(a) 11
30. If the mean of the following distribution is 2.6 , then the
(b) 12
value of 𝒚 is
(c) 13
Variable (𝒙): 1 2 3 4 5
(d) 14
Frequency : 4 5 𝒚 1 2
Ans. (b)
37. If the mode of the data: 𝟔𝟒, 𝟔𝟎, 𝟒𝟖, 𝒙, 𝟒𝟑, 𝟒𝟖, 𝟒𝟑, 𝟑𝟒 is
(a) 3
43 , then 𝒙 + 𝟑 =
(b) 8
(a) 44
(c) 13
(b) 45
(d) 24
(c) 46
Ans. (b)
(d) 48
31. The relationship between mean, median and mode for
Ans. (c)
a moderately skewed distribution is
38. If the mode of the data: 𝟏𝟔, 𝟏𝟓, 𝟏𝟕, 𝟏𝟔, 𝟏𝟓, 𝒙, 𝟏𝟗, 𝟏𝟕, 𝟏𝟒
(a) Mode = 𝟐 Median -3 Mean
is 15 , then 𝒙 =
(b) Mode = Median -2 Mean
(a) 15
(c) Mode = 𝟐 Median - Mean
(b) 16
(d) Mode = 𝟑 Median -2 mean
(c) 17
Ans. (d)
(d) 19
32. The mean of a discrete frequency distribution
Ans. (a)
𝒙𝒊 /𝒇𝒊 ; 𝒊 = 𝟏, 𝟐, … , 𝒏 is given by
∑𝒇𝒊 𝒙𝒊
(a)
∑𝒇𝒊
𝟏
(b) ∑𝒏𝒊=𝟏 𝒇𝒊 𝒙𝒊
𝒏

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – STATISTICS

39. The mean of 𝟏, 𝟑, 𝟒, 𝟓, 𝟕, 𝟒 is m . The numbers Ans. (c)

𝟑, 𝟐, 𝟐, 𝟒, 𝟑, 𝟑, 𝒑 have mean 𝒎 − 𝟏 and median 𝒒. Then, 𝒑 + 𝒏𝟐
46. The mean of first 𝒏 odd natural numbers is , then
𝟖𝟏
𝒒=
𝒏=
(a) 4
(a) 9
(b) 5
(b) 81
(c) 6
(c) 27
(d) 7
(d) 18
Ans. (d)
Ans. (b)
40. If the mean of a frequency distribution is 8.1 and
47. If the difference of mode and median of a data is 24 ,
𝚺𝒇𝒊 𝒙𝒊 = 𝟏𝟑𝟐 + 𝟓𝒌, 𝚺𝒇𝒊 = 𝟐𝟎, then 𝒌 =
then the difference of median and mean is
(a) 3
(a) 12
(b) 4
(b) 24
(c) 5
(c) 8
(d) 6
(d) 36
Ans. (d)
Ans. (a)
41. If the mean of 𝟔, 𝟕, 𝒙, 𝟖, 𝒚, 𝟏𝟒 is 9 , then
48. If the arithmetic mean of 𝟕, 𝟖, 𝒙, 𝟏𝟏, 𝟏𝟒 is 𝒙, then 𝒙 =
(a) 𝒙 + 𝒚 = 𝟐𝟏
(a) 9
(b) 𝒙 + 𝒚 = 𝟏𝟗
(b) 9.5
(c) 𝒙 − 𝒚 = 𝟏𝟗
(c) 10
(d) 𝒙 − 𝒚 = 𝟐𝟏
(d) 10.5
Ans. (b)
Ans. (c)
42. The mean of 𝒏 observations is 𝒙‾. If the first observation
49. If mode of a series exceeds its mean by 12 , then mode
is increased by 1 , the second by 2 , the third by 3 , and so exceeds the median by
on, then the new mean is (a) 4
(a) 𝒙‾ + (𝟐𝒏 + 𝟏) (b) 8
𝒏+𝟏
(b) 𝒙‾ + (c) 6
𝟐

(c) 𝒙‾ + (𝒏 + 𝟏) (d) 10
𝒏+𝟏 Ans. (b)
(d) 𝒙‾ −
𝟐
50. If the mean of first 𝒏 natural number is 15 , then 𝒏 =
Ans. (b)
𝟓𝒏
(a) 15
43. If the mean of first 𝒏 natural numbers is , then 𝒏 =
𝟗 (b) 30
(a) 5 (c) 14
(b) 4 (d) 29
(c) 9 Ans. (d)
(d) 10 51. If the mean of observations 𝒙𝟏 , 𝒙𝟐 , … , 𝒙𝒏 is 𝒙‾, then the
Ans. (c)
mean of 𝒙𝟏 + 𝒂, 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒂, … , 𝒙𝒏 + 𝒂 is
44. The arithmetic mean and mode of a data are 24 and 12
(a) 𝒂𝒙‾
respectively, then its median is
(b) 𝒙‾ − 𝒂
(a) 25
(c) 𝒙‾ + 𝒂
(b) 18 𝒙‾
(d)
(c) 20 𝒂

Ans. (c)
(d) 22
52. Mean of a certain number of observations is 𝒙‾. If each
Ans. (c)
observation is divided by 𝒎(𝒎 ≠ 𝟎) and increased by 𝒏,
45. The mean of first 𝒏 odd natural number is
𝒏+𝟏 then the mean of new observation is
(a)
𝟐 𝒙‾
𝒏
(a) +𝒏
𝒎
(b)
𝟐 𝒙‾
(b) + 𝒎
(c) 𝒏 𝒏

(d) 𝒏𝟐

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – STATISTICS
𝒏
(c) 𝒙‾ + (a) 10-20
𝒎
𝒎 (b) 20-30
(d) 𝒙‾ +
𝒏
(c) 𝟑𝟎 − 𝟒𝟎
Ans. (a)
(d) 50-60
𝒙𝒊 −𝟐𝟓
53. If 𝒖𝒊 = , 𝚺𝒇𝒊 𝒖𝒊 = 𝟐𝟎, 𝚺𝒇𝒊 = 𝟏𝟎𝟎, then 𝒙‾ =
𝟏𝟎 Ans. (c)
(a) 23 59. Consider the following frequency distribution:
(b) 24
(c) 27
(d) 25 The difference of the upper limit of the median class and
Ans. (c) the lower limit of the modal class is
54. If 35 is removed from the data: (a) 0
𝟑𝟎, 𝟑𝟒, 𝟑𝟓, 𝟑𝟔, 𝟑𝟕, 𝟑𝟖, 𝟑𝟗, 𝟒𝟎, then the median increases by (b) 19
(a) 2 (c) 20
(b) 1.5 (d) 38
(c) 1 Ans. (c)
(d) 0.5 60. The abscissa of the point of intersection of less than
Ans. (d) type and of the more than type cumulative frequency
55. While computing mean of grouped data, we assume curves of a grouped data gives its
that the frequencies are (a) mean
(a) evenly distributed over all the classes. (b) median
(b) centred at the class marks of the classes. (c) mode
(c) centred at the upper limit of the classes. (d) all the three above
(d) centred at the lower limit of the classes. Ans. (b)
Ans. (b) 61. Consider the following frequency distribution:
𝟏
‾ = 𝒂 + 𝒉 ( ∑𝒇𝒊 𝒖𝒊 ), for finding the
56. In the formula 𝑿 Class: 𝟎 𝟔 𝟏𝟐 𝟏𝟖 𝟐𝟒
𝑵

mean of grouped frequency distribution 𝒖𝒊 = −𝟓 − 𝟏𝟏 − 𝟏𝟕 − 𝟐𝟑 − 𝟐𝟗

(a)
𝒙𝒊 +𝒂 Frequency: 13 10 15 8 11
𝒉

(b) 𝒉(𝒙𝒊 − 𝒂)
𝒙𝒊 −𝒂 The upper limit of the median class is
(c)
𝒉 (a) 17
𝒂−𝒙𝒊
(d) (b) 17.5
𝒉

Ans. (c) (c) 18

57. For the following distribution: (d) 18.5
Class: 𝟎 𝟓 𝟏𝟎 𝟏𝟓 𝟐𝟎 Ans. (b)
−𝟓 − 𝟏𝟎 − 𝟏𝟓 − 𝟐𝟎 − 𝟐𝟓 62. If every term of the statistical data consisting of 𝒏
Frequency: 10 15 12 20 9 terms is decreased by 2 , then the mean of the data:
(a) decreased by 2
the sum of the lower limits of the median and modal class (b) remains unchanged
is (c) decreases by 𝟐𝒏
(a) 15 (d) decreases by 1
(b) 25 Ans. (a)
(c) 30 63. The middle most observation of every data arranged in
(d) 35 order is called
Ans. (b) (a) Mode
58. For the following distribution: (b) Median
Below: 10 20 30 40 50 60 (c) Mean
Number of students: 3 12 27 57 75 80 (d) Deviation
the modal class is Ans. (c)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – STATISTICS

64. If value of each observation in a data is increased by 2 , ASSERTION-REASON BASED MCQS

then the median of the new data Each of the following examples contains STATEMENT-1
(a) increases by 2 (Assertion) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason) and has
(b) increases by 𝟐𝒏 following four choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), only one of
(c) remains same which is the correct answer. Mark the correct choice.
(d) decreases by 2 (a) Statement-1 and Statement-2 are True; Statement-2 is
Ans. (a) a correct explanation for Statement-1.
65. After an examination, a teacher wants to know the (b) Statement-1 and Statement-2 are True; Statement-2 is
marks obtained by maximum number of the students in not a correct explanation for Statement-1.
her class. She requires to calculate……of marks. (c) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False.
(a) median (d) Statement- 1 is False, Statement- 2 is True.
(b) mode 70. Statement-1 (A): The mean of first fifty nine natural
(c) mean numbers is 30 .
(d) marks Statement-2 (R): The sum of first 𝒏 natural numbers is
Ans. (b) 𝒏(𝒏+𝟏)
.
𝟐
𝟓𝒏
66. If the mean of first 𝒏 natural numbers is , then the Ans. (a)
𝟗

value of 𝒏 is 71. Statement-1 (A): The mean of 𝟏, 𝟑, 𝟓, 𝟕, 𝟗, … , 𝟗𝟕, 𝟗𝟗 is

(a) 5 50
(b) 4 Statement-2 (𝑹): 𝟏 + 𝟑 + 𝟓 + 𝟕 + 𝟗 + ⋯ … + (𝟐𝒏 − 𝟏) =
(c) 9 𝒏𝟐 .
(d) 10 Ans. (a)
Ans. (c)
67. The mean of five numbers is 15 . If we include one 72. Statement-1 (A): If the difference of the mode and
more number, the mean of six numbers is 17 .The included median of a data is 24 , then the difference of the median
number is and mean is 12 .
(a) 27 Statement-2 (𝑹) : For a moderately asymmetric
(b) 37 distribution, mode, median and mean are connected by the
(c) 17 relation: Mode = 𝟐 Median -3 Mean.
(d) 25 Ans. (c)
Ans. (c)
68. The value of 𝒙 for which the class mark of the class
interval 𝟑𝟎 − 𝒙 is 36 is
(a) 38
(b) 40
(c) 36
(d) 42
Ans. (d)
69. There are 16 observations arranged in increasing order
of their values in a data. The median will be the value of:
(a) 𝟖th observation
(b) 𝟕th observation
(c) average of 𝟖th and 𝟗th observation
(d) average of 𝟕th and 𝟖th observation
Ans. (c)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – TRIANGLE

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM PREPARATION

STUDY MATERIAL

Telegram: [Link]

Instagram: [Link]

Facebook page: [Link]

106075477485686/

Facebook group:
[Link]

WhatsApp Channel :-
[Link]

NEHA DHIMAN (KV TEACHER)

SSC CGL TWO TIMES MAINS CLEARED
NVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED
KVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED IN FIRST ATTEMPT

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM STUDY MATERIAL TRIANGLE

IMPORTANT PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – TRIANGLE

1. In Fig., 𝑫𝑬‖𝑩𝑪. If 𝑨𝑫 = 𝟑 𝐜𝐦, 𝑨𝑩 = 𝟕 𝐜𝐦 and 𝑬𝑪 = 5. In Fig., if 𝑫𝑬‖𝑩𝑪, then the value of 𝒙 is

𝟑 𝐜𝐦, then the length of 𝑨𝑬 is

(a) 6
(a) 2 cm (b) 12.5
(b) 2.25 cm (c) 8
(c) 3.5 cm (d) 10
(d) 4 cm Ans. (a)
Ans. (b) 6. If △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 ∼△ 𝑷𝑸𝑹 with ∠𝑨 = 𝟑𝟐∘ and ∠𝑹 = 𝟔𝟓∘ , then
the measure of ∠𝑩 is
2. In Fig, 𝑫𝑬‖𝑩𝑪. If 𝑨𝑫 = 𝟐 units, 𝑫𝑩 = 𝑨𝑬 = 𝟑 units (a) 𝟑𝟐∘
and 𝑬𝑪 = 𝒙 units, then the value of 𝒙 is (b) 𝟔𝟓∘
(c) 𝟖𝟑∘
(d) 𝟗𝟕∘
Ans. (c)
7. It is given that △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 ∼△ 𝑫𝑭𝑬, ∠𝑨 = 𝟑𝟎∘ , ∠𝑪 =
𝟓𝟎∘ , 𝑨𝑩 = 𝟓 𝐜𝐦, 𝑨𝑪 = 𝟖 𝐜𝐦 and 𝑫𝑭 = 𝟕. 𝟓 𝐜𝐦. Then,
which of the following is true?
(a) 2 (a) 𝑫𝑬 = 𝟏𝟐 𝐜𝐦, ∠𝑭 = 𝟓𝟎∘
(b) 3 (b) 𝑫𝑬 = 𝟏𝟐 𝐜𝐦, ∠𝑭 = 𝟏𝟎𝟎∘
(c) 5
(c) 𝑬𝑭 = 𝟏𝟐 𝐜𝐦, ∠𝑫 = 𝟏𝟎𝟎∘
(d) 𝟗/𝟐
(d) 𝑬𝑭 = 𝟏𝟐 𝐜𝐦, ∠𝑫 = 𝟑𝟎∘
Ans. (d)
Ans. (b)
3. In Fig., △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 ∼△ 𝑸𝑷𝑹. If 𝑨𝑪 = 𝟔 𝐜𝐦, 𝑩𝑪 =
8. In triangles 𝑨𝑩𝑪 and 𝑫𝑬𝑭, ∠𝑩 = ∠𝑬, ∠𝑭 = ∠𝑪 and
𝟓 𝐜𝐦, 𝑸𝑹 = 𝟑 𝐜𝐦 and 𝑷𝑹 = 𝒙 𝐜𝐦, then the value of x is
𝑨𝑩 = 𝟑𝑫𝑬. Then, the two triangles are
(a) congruent but not similar
(b) similar but not congruent
(c) neither congruent nor similar
(d) congruent as well as similar
(a) 2.6 cm Ans. (b)
(b) 2.5 cm 9. If △ 𝑷𝑸𝑹 ∼△ 𝑨𝑩𝑪; 𝑷𝑸 = 𝟔 𝐜𝐦, 𝑨𝑩 = 𝟖 𝐜𝐦 and the
(c) 10 cm perimeter of △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 is 36 cm , then perimeter of △ 𝑷𝑸𝑹 is
(d) 3.2 cm (a) 20.25 cm
Ans. (b) (b) 27 cm
4. In △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪, 𝑷𝑸‖𝑩𝑪. If 𝑷𝑩 = 𝟔 𝐜𝐦, 𝑨𝑷 = 𝟒 𝐜𝐦, 𝑨𝑸 = (c) 48 cm
𝟖 𝐜𝐦, then the length of 𝑨𝑪 is (d) 64 cm
(a) 12 cm Ans. (b)
𝑨𝑩 𝑩𝑪 𝑪𝑨
(b) 20 cm 10. If in two triangles 𝑨𝑩𝑪 and 𝑷𝑸𝑹, = = , then
𝑸𝑹 𝑷𝑹 𝑷𝑸
(c) 6 cm
(a) △ 𝑷𝑸𝑹 ∼△ 𝑪𝑨𝑩
(d) 14 cm
(b) △ 𝑷𝑸𝑹 ∼△ 𝑨𝑩𝑪
Ans. (b)
(c) △ 𝑪𝑩𝑨 ∼△ 𝑷𝑸𝑹
(d) △ 𝑩𝑪𝑨 ∼△ 𝑷𝑸𝑹
Ans. (a)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – TRIANGLE

11. In △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 and △ 𝑷𝑸𝑹, we have 𝑨𝑩 = 𝟒. 𝟓 𝐜𝐦𝑩𝑪 = 16. In △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪, 𝑫𝑬‖𝑨𝑩. If 𝑨𝑩 = 𝒂, 𝑫𝑬 = 𝒙, 𝑩𝑬 = 𝒃 and
𝟓 𝐜𝐦, 𝑪𝑨 = 𝟔√𝟐 𝐜𝐦, 𝑷𝑸 = 𝟏𝟎 𝐜𝐦, 𝑸𝑹 = 𝟗 𝐜𝐦, 𝑷𝑹 = 𝑬𝑪 = 𝒄. Then, 𝒙 =

𝟏𝟐√𝟐 𝐜𝐦. If ∠𝑨 = 𝟕𝟓∘ and ∠𝑩 = 𝟓𝟓∘ , then ∠𝑷 =

(a) 𝟕𝟓∘
(b) 𝟓𝟓∘
(c) 𝟓𝟎∘
(d) 𝟏𝟑𝟎∘
𝒂𝒄
Ans. (c) (a)
𝒃
12. △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 is such that 𝑨𝑩 = 𝟑 𝐜𝐦, 𝑩𝑪 = 𝟐 𝐜𝐦, 𝑪𝑨 = 𝒂𝒄
(b)
𝒃+𝒄
𝟐. 𝟓 𝐜𝐦. If △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 ∼△ 𝑫𝑬𝑭 and 𝑬𝑭 = 𝟒𝐜𝐦 then perimeter
𝒂𝒃
(c)
of △ 𝑫𝑬𝑭 is 𝒄
𝒂𝒃
(a) 7.5 cm (d)
𝒃+𝒄
(b) 15 cm Ans. (b)
(c) 22.5 cm 17. If in Fig., ∠𝑩𝑨𝑪 = 𝟗𝟎∘ and 𝑨𝑫 ⊥ 𝑩𝑪, then
(d) 30 cm
Ans. (b)
𝑨𝑩 𝑩𝑪
13. If in △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 and △ 𝑫𝑬𝑭, = , then they with Be
𝑫𝑬 𝑭𝑫

stmither, whent
(a) ∠𝑩 = ∠𝑬
(b) ∠𝑨 = ∠𝑫
(a) 𝑩𝑫 × 𝑪𝑫 = 𝑩𝑪𝟐
(c) ∠𝑩 = ∠𝑫
(b) 𝑨𝑩 × 𝑨𝑪 = 𝑩𝑪𝟐
(d) ∠𝑨 = ∠𝑭
(c) 𝑩𝑫 × 𝑪𝑫 = 𝑨𝑫𝟐
Ans. (c)
(d) 𝑨𝑩 × 𝑨𝑪 = 𝑨𝑫𝟐
14. In Fig. , ∠𝑨𝑪𝑩 = ∠𝑪𝑫𝑨, 𝑨𝑪 = 𝟖 𝐜𝐦, 𝑨𝑫 = 𝟑 𝐜𝐦, then
Ans. (c)
𝑩𝑫 =
18. In △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪, ∠𝑩 = 𝟗𝟎∘ , 𝑩𝑫 ⊥ 𝑨𝑪. If 𝑨𝑪 = 𝟗 𝐜𝐦 and
𝑨𝑫 = 𝟑 𝐜𝐦, then 𝑩𝑫 is equal to
(a) 𝟐√𝟐 𝐜𝐦
(b) 𝟑√𝟐 𝐜𝐦
(c) 𝟐√𝟑 𝐜𝐦
(d) 𝟑√𝟑 𝐜𝐦

(a)
𝟐𝟐
𝐜𝐦 Ans. (b)
𝟑
𝟐𝟔
19. Sides 𝑨𝑩 and 𝑩𝑬 of a right triangle, right angled at 𝑩
(b) 𝐜𝐦
𝟑 are of lengths 16 cm and 8 cm respectively. The length of
𝟓𝟓
(c) 𝐜𝐦 the side of largest square FDGB that can be inscribed in
𝟑

(d)
𝟔𝟒
𝐜𝐦 the triangle 𝑨𝑩𝑬 is
𝟑
𝟑𝟐
Ans. (c) (a) 𝐜𝐦
𝟑
𝑨𝑩 𝑩𝑪 𝟏𝟔
15. If △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 and △ 𝑫𝑬𝑭, = . Which of the following (b) 𝐜𝐦
𝑫𝑬 𝑭𝑫 𝟑
𝟖
makes the two triangles similar? (c) 𝐜𝐦
𝟑
(a) ∠𝑨 = ∠𝑫 𝟒
(d) 𝐜𝐦
𝟑
(b) ∠𝑩 = ∠𝑫
Ans. (b)
(c) ∠𝑩 = ∠𝑬
20. If in two triangles 𝑫𝑬𝑭 and 𝑷𝑸𝑹, ∠𝑫 = ∠𝑸 and ∠𝑹 =
(d) ∠𝑨 = ∠𝑭
∠𝑬, then which of the following is not true?
Ans. (b)
𝑬𝑭 𝑫𝑭
(a) =
𝑷𝑹 𝑷𝑸
𝑫𝑬 𝑬𝑭
(b) =
𝑷𝑸 𝑹𝑷

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – TRIANGLE
𝑫𝑬 𝑫𝑭 25. In Fig., DE || BC. Which of the following is true?
(c) =
𝑸𝑹 𝑷𝑸
𝑬𝑭 𝑫𝑬
(d) =
𝑹𝑷 𝑸𝑹

Ans. (b)
[Link] △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 ∼△ 𝑬𝑫𝑭 and △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 is not similar to △ 𝑫𝑬𝑭,
then which of the following is not true?
(a) 𝑩𝑪 × 𝑬𝑭 = 𝑨𝑪 × 𝑭𝑫
(b) 𝑨𝑩 × 𝑬𝑭 = 𝑨𝑪 × 𝑫𝑬 𝒂+𝒃
(a) 𝒙 =
𝒂𝒚
(c) 𝑩𝑪 × 𝑫𝑬 = 𝑨𝑩 × 𝑬𝑭
𝒂𝒙
(d) 𝑩𝑪 × 𝑫𝑬 = 𝑨𝑩 × 𝑭𝑫 (b) 𝒚 =
𝒂+𝒃
𝒂𝒚
Ans. (c) (c) 𝒙 =
𝒂+𝒃
22. In Fig., two line segments 𝑨𝑪 and 𝑩𝑫 intersect each 𝒙
(d) =
𝒂
𝒚 𝒃
other at the point 𝑷 such that 𝑷𝑨 = 𝟔 𝐜𝐦, 𝑷𝑩 =
Ans. (c)
𝟑 𝐜𝐦, 𝑷𝑪 = 𝟐. 𝟓 𝐜𝐦, 𝑷𝑫 = 𝟓 𝐜𝐦, ∠𝑨𝑷𝑩 = 𝟓𝟎∘ and
26. If 𝑨𝑴 and 𝑷𝑵 are altitudes of △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 and △ 𝑷𝑸𝑹
, ∠𝑪𝑫𝑷 = 𝟑𝟎∘ , then ∠𝐏𝐁𝐀 is equal to
respectively. If △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 ∼△ 𝑷𝑸𝑹 and 𝑨𝑩𝟐 : 𝑷𝑸𝟐 = 𝟒: 𝟗,
then 𝑨𝑴: 𝑷𝑵 =
(a) 𝟏𝟔: 𝟖𝟏
(b) 𝟒: 𝟗
(c) 𝟑: 𝟐
(a) 𝟓𝟎∘ (d) 𝟐: 𝟑
(b) 𝟑𝟎∘ Ans. (d)
(c) 𝟔𝟎∘ 27. In Fig., 𝑨𝑩‖𝑷𝑸. If 𝑨𝑩 = 𝟔 𝐜𝐦, 𝑷𝑸 = 𝟐 𝐜𝐦 and 𝑶𝑩 =
(d) 𝟏𝟎𝟎∘ 𝟑 𝐜𝐦, then the length of 𝑶𝑷 is
Ans. (d)
23. △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 is such that 𝑨𝑩 = 𝟑 𝐜𝐦, 𝑩𝑪 = 𝟐 𝐜𝐦, 𝑪𝑨 =
𝟐. 𝟓 𝐜𝐦. If △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 ∼△ 𝑫𝑬𝑭 and 𝑬𝑭 = 𝟒 𝐜𝐦, then
perimeter of △ 𝑫𝑬𝑭 is
(a) 7.5 cm
(b) 15 cm
(c) 22.5 cm
(d) 30 cm
(a) 9 cm
Ans. (b)
(b) 3 cm
[Link] Fig. , if 𝑫𝑬‖𝑩𝑪, 𝑨𝑫 = 𝟑 𝐜𝐦, 𝑩𝑫 = 𝟒 𝐜𝐦 and 𝑩𝑪 =
(c) 4 cm
𝟏𝟒 𝐜𝐦, then 𝑫𝑬 equals
(d) 1 cm
Ans. (d)
28. If △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 and △ 𝑫𝑬𝑭 are similar such that 𝟐𝑨𝑩 = 𝑫𝑬
and 𝑩𝑪 = 𝟖 𝐜𝐦, then 𝑬𝑭 =
(a) 16 cm
(b) 12 cm

(a) 7 cm (c) 8 cm

(b) 6 cm (d) 4 cm

(c) 4 cm Ans. (a)

(d) 3 cm 29. 𝑿𝒀 is drawn parallel to the base 𝑩𝑪 of a △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 cutting

Ans. (b) 𝑨𝑩 at 𝑿 and 𝑨𝑪 at 𝒀. If 𝑨𝑩 = 𝟒𝑩𝑿 and 𝜸𝑪 = 𝟐 𝐜𝐦, then

𝑨𝒀 =
(a) 2 cm
(b) 4 cm

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – TRIANGLE

(c) 6 cm 36. 𝑨𝑩𝑪𝑫 is a trapezium such that 𝑩𝑪‖𝑨𝑫 and 𝑨𝑩 =

(d) 8 cm 𝟒 𝐜𝐦. If the diagonals 𝑨𝑪 and 𝑩𝑫 intersect at 𝑶 such that
Ans. (cc) 𝑨𝑶 𝑫𝑶 𝟏
= = , then 𝑩𝑪 =
𝑶𝑪 𝑶𝑩 𝟐
30. Two poles of height 6 m and 11 m stand vertically
(a) 7 cm
upright on a plane ground. If the distance between their
(b) 8 cm
foot is 12 m , the distance between their tops is
(c) 9 cm
(a) 12 m
(d) 6 cm
(b) 14 m
Ans. (b)
(c) 13 m 𝑨𝑩 𝑩𝑪
37. If in △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 and △ 𝑫𝑬𝑭, = , then △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 ∼△
(d) 11 m 𝑫𝑬 𝑭𝑫

𝑬𝑫𝑭 when
Ans. (c)
31. In △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪, 𝑫 and 𝑬 are points on side 𝑨𝑩 and 𝑨𝑪 (a) ∠𝑨 = ∠𝑭

respectively such that 𝑫𝑬‖𝑩𝑪 and (b) ∠𝑨 = ∠𝑫

𝑨𝑫: 𝑫𝑩 = 𝟑: 𝟏. If 𝑬𝑨 ≡ 𝟑. 𝟑 𝐜𝐦, then 𝑨𝑪 ≡ (c) ∠𝑩 = ∠𝑫

(a) 1.1 cm (d) ∠𝑩 = ∠𝑬

(b) 4 cm Ans. (c)

𝑨𝑩 𝑩𝑪 𝑪𝑨
(c) 4.4 cm 38. If in two triangles 𝑨𝑩𝑪 and 𝑫𝑬𝑭, = = , then
𝑫𝑬 𝑭𝑬 𝑭𝑫

(d) 5.5 cm (a) △ 𝑭𝑫𝑬 ∼△ 𝑪𝑨𝑩

Ans. (c) (b) △ 𝑭𝑫𝑬 ∼△ 𝑨𝑩𝑪
32. In triangles 𝑨𝑩𝑪 and 𝑫𝑬𝑭, ∠𝑨 = ∠𝑬 = 𝟒𝟎∘ , 𝑨𝑩: 𝑬𝑫 = (c) △ 𝑪𝑩𝑨 ∼△ 𝑭𝑫𝑬
∘
𝑨𝑪: 𝑬𝑭 and ∠𝑭 = 𝟔𝟓 , then ∠𝑩 = (d) △ 𝑩𝑪𝑨 ∼△ 𝑭𝑫𝑬
∘
(a) 𝟑𝟓 Ans. (a)
∘
(b) 𝟔𝟓 39. If in two triangles 𝑨𝑩𝑪 and 𝑫𝑬𝑭, ∠𝑨 = ∠𝑬, ∠𝑩 = ∠𝑭,
∘
(c) 𝟕𝟓 then which of the following is not true?
(d) 𝟖𝟓∘ (a)
𝑩𝑪
=
𝑨𝑪
𝑫𝑭 𝑫𝑬
Ans. (a) 𝑨𝑩 𝑩𝑪
(b) =
33. If 𝑨𝑩𝑪 and 𝑫𝑬𝑭 are similar triangles such that ∠𝑨 = 𝑫𝑬 𝑫𝑭
𝑨𝑩 𝑨𝑪
𝟒𝟕∘ and ∠𝑬 = 𝟖𝟑∘ , then ∠𝑪 = (c) =
𝑬𝑭 𝑫𝑬

(a) 𝟓𝟎∘ (d)

𝑩𝑪
=
𝑨𝑩
𝑫𝑭 𝑬𝑭
(b) 𝟔𝟎∘
Ans. (b)
(c) 𝟕𝟎∘
40. In Fig., the measures of ∠𝑫 and ∠𝑭 are respectively
(d) 𝟖𝟎∘
Ans. (a)
34. In a △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪, 𝑨𝑫 is the bisector of ∠𝑩𝑨𝑪. If 𝑨𝑩 =
𝟔 𝐜𝐦, 𝑨𝑪 = 𝟓 𝐜𝐦 and 𝑩𝑫 = 𝟑 𝐜𝐦, then
𝑫𝑪 =
(a) 𝟓𝟎∘ , 𝟒𝟎∘
(a) 11.3 cm
(b) 𝟐𝟎∘ , 𝟑𝟎∘
(b) 2.5 cm
(c) 𝟒𝟎∘ , 𝟓𝟎∘
(c) 𝟑: 𝟓 𝐜𝐦
(d) 𝟑𝟎∘ , 𝟐𝟎∘
(d) none of these
Ans. (b)
Ans. (b)
41. In Fig , the value of 𝒙 for which 𝑫𝑬‖𝑩𝑪 is
35. In a △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪, 𝑨𝑫 is the bisector of ∠𝑩𝑨𝑪. If 𝑨𝑩 =
𝟖 𝐜𝐦, 𝑩𝑫 = 𝟔 𝐜𝐦 and 𝑫𝑪 = 𝟑 𝐜𝐦, then 𝑨𝑪 =
(a) 4 cm
(b) 6 cm
(c) 3 cm
(d) 8 cm (a) 4
Ans. (a) (b) 1

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – TRIANGLE

(c) 3 46. In △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪, a line 𝑿𝒀 parallel to 𝑩𝑪 cuts 𝑨𝑩 at X and

(d) 2 AC at Y. If BY bisects ∠𝐗𝐘𝐂 ,
Ans. (d) (a) 𝑩𝑪 = 𝑪𝒀
42. In Fig., if ∠𝑨𝑫𝑬 = ∠𝑨𝑩𝑪, then 𝑪𝑬 = (b) 𝑩𝑪 = 𝑩𝒀
(c) 𝑩𝑪 ≠ 𝑪𝒀
(d) 𝑩𝑪 ≠ 𝑩𝒀
Ans. (a)
47. . In a △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪, perpendicular 𝑨𝑫 from 𝑨 on BC meets
BC at D. If BD = 8 cm, DC = 2 cm and AD = 4cm, then
(a) △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 is isosceles
(a) 2
(b) △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 is equilateral
(b) 5
(c) 𝑨𝑪 = 𝟐𝑨𝑩
(c) 𝟗/𝟐
(d) △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 is right-angled at 𝑨
(d) 3
Ans. (d)
Ans. (c)
48. If △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 ∼△ 𝑫𝑬𝑭 such that 𝑫𝑬 = 𝟑 𝐜𝐦, 𝑬𝑭 = 𝟐 𝐜𝐦,
43. In Fig. , 𝑹𝑺‖𝑫𝑩‖𝑷𝑸. If 𝑪𝑷 = 𝑷𝑫 = 𝟏𝟏 𝐜𝐦 and 𝑫𝑹 =
DF = 2.5 cm, BC = 4cm, then perimeter of △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 is
𝑹𝑨 = 𝟑 𝐜𝐦. Then the values of 𝒙 and 𝒚 are respectively
(a) 18 cm
(b) 20 cm
(c) 12 cm
(d) 15 cm
Ans. (d)
49. If △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 ∼△ 𝑫𝑬𝑭 such that 𝑨𝑩 = 𝟗. 𝟏 𝐜𝐦 and DE =
6.5 cm, If the perimeter of △DEF is 25 cm , then the
(a) 12,10 perimeter of △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 is
(b) 14,6 (a) 36 cm
(c) 10,7 (b) 30 cm
(d) 16,8 (c) 34 cm
Ans. (d) (d) 35 cm
𝑨𝑫 Ans. (d)
44. In Fig. , if 𝑷𝑩‖𝑪𝑭 and 𝑫𝑷‖𝑬𝑭, then =
𝑫𝑬
50. In an isosceles triangle 𝑨𝑩𝑪, if 𝑨𝑩 = 𝑨𝑪 = 𝟐𝟓 𝐜𝐦 and
𝑩𝑪 = 𝟏𝟒 𝐜𝐦, then the measure of altitude from 𝑨 on 𝑩𝑪 is
(a) 20 cm
(b) 22 cm
(c) 18 cm
(d) 24 cm
𝟑
(a) Ans. (d)
𝟒

(b)
𝟏 51. In △ 𝑷𝑸𝑹, ∠𝑸 = 𝟗𝟎∘ , 𝑷𝑸 = 𝟓 𝐜𝐦, 𝑸𝑹 = 𝟏𝟐 𝐜𝐦. If
𝟑
𝟏
𝑸𝑺 ⊥ 𝑷𝑹, then 𝑸𝑺 is equal to
(c) 𝟖𝟎
𝟒
(a) 𝐜𝐦
𝟐 𝟏𝟑
(d) 𝟏𝟑
𝟑
(b) 𝐜𝐦
𝟓
Ans. (b)
𝟔𝟎
45. △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 is such that 𝑨𝑩 = 𝟑 𝐜𝐦, 𝑩𝑪 = 𝟐 𝐜𝐦, then pm (c) 𝐜𝐦
𝟏𝟑
𝟏𝟐
and 𝑪𝑨 = 𝟐. 𝟓 𝐜𝐦. If △ 𝑫𝑬𝑭 ∼△ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 and EF = 4 cm, then (d) 𝐜𝐦
𝟓
perimeter of △ DEF is Ans. (c)
(a) 7.5 cm
(b) 15 cm
(c) 22.5 cm
(d) 30 cm
Ans. (b)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – TRIANGLE

52. In Fig., 𝑷𝑸𝑹𝑺 is a parallelogram, if 𝑨𝑻 = 𝑨𝑸 = 56. Consider the following three statements about a
𝟔 𝐜𝐦, 𝑨𝑺 = 𝟑 𝐜𝐦 and 𝑻𝑺 = 𝟒 𝐜𝐦, then triangle 𝑨𝑩𝑪 with side lengths 𝒎, 𝒏 and 𝒓.
S-1 𝑨𝑩𝑪 is a right triangle provided 𝒏𝟐 − 𝒎𝟐 = 𝒓𝟐 .
S-2 Triangle with side lengths 𝒎 + 𝟐, 𝒏 + 𝟐 and 𝒓 + 𝟐 is a
right angle triangle.
S-3 Triangle with sides 𝟐𝒎, 𝟐𝒏 and 𝟐𝒓 is a right-angle
triangle.

(a) 𝒙 = 𝟒, 𝒚 = 𝟓 Which of the following is correct?

(b) 𝒙 = 𝟐, 𝒚 = 𝟑 (a) Statement 𝑺-1 would be correct if 𝒏 > 𝒎, 𝒏 > 𝒓 and
(c) 𝒙 = 𝟏, 𝒚 = 𝟐 statement 𝑺-2 would be correct if △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 is a right
(d) 𝒙 = 𝟑, 𝒚 = 𝟒 triangle.
Ans. (d) (b) Statement 𝑺 − 𝟏 would be correct if 𝒓 > 𝒎, 𝒓 > 𝒏 and
53. In Fig., if 𝑨𝑷 = 𝟑 𝐜𝐦, 𝑨𝑹 = 𝟒. 𝟓 𝐜𝐦, 𝑨𝑸 = 𝟔 𝐜𝐦, 𝑨𝑩 = statement 𝑺-2 would be correct if △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 is a right
𝟓 𝐜𝐦 and 𝑨𝑪 = 𝟏𝟎 𝐜𝐦, then 𝑨𝑫 is equal to triangle.
(c) Statement S-1 would be correct if 𝒏 > 𝒎, 𝒏 > 𝒓 and
statement 𝑺 − 𝟑 would be correct if △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 is a right
triangle.
(d) Statement S-1 would be correct if 𝒓 > 𝒎, 𝒓 > 𝒏 and
statement 𝑺 − 𝟑 would be correct if △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 is a right
triangle.
(a) 5.7 cm Ans. (c)
(b) 7.6 cm
(c) 5.5 cm 57. Which of the following statements is correct about the
(d) 7.5 cm triangles in the following figure?
Ans. (d)
54. In Fig., ∠𝑷𝑸𝑹 = ∠𝑷𝑹𝑺. If 𝑷𝑹 = 𝟖 𝐜𝐦, 𝑷𝑺 = 𝟒 𝐜𝐦,
then 𝑷𝑸 =

𝑨𝑶 𝑩𝑶
(a) △ 𝑨𝑶𝑩 ∼△ 𝑫𝑶𝑪 because = .
𝑫𝑶 𝑪𝑶
(a) 12 cm
(b) △ 𝑨𝑶𝑩 ∼△ 𝑫𝑶𝑪 because ∠𝑨𝑶𝑩 = ∠𝑫𝑶𝑪.
(b) 16 cm 𝑨𝑶 𝑩𝑶
(c) △ 𝑨𝑶𝑩 ∼△ 𝑫𝑶𝑪 because = and ∠𝑩𝑨𝑶 = ∠𝑪𝑫𝑶.
𝑫𝑶 𝑪𝑶
(c) 32 cm
𝑨𝑶 𝑩𝑶
(d) 24 cm (d) △ 𝑨𝑶𝑩 ∼△ 𝑫𝑶𝑪 because = and ∠𝑨𝑶𝑩 =
𝑫𝑶 𝑪𝑶

Ans. (b) ∠𝑫𝑶𝑪.

55. If △ 𝑷𝑸𝑹 ∼△ 𝑿𝒀𝒁 and 𝑿𝒀 = 𝟒 𝐜𝐦, 𝒀𝒁 = Ans. (d)
𝟒. 𝟓 𝐜𝐦, 𝒁𝑿 = 𝟔. 𝟓 𝐜𝐦 and 𝑷𝑸 = 𝟖 𝐜𝐦, then perimeter of
△ 𝑷𝑸𝑹 is
(a) 25 cm
(b) 23 cm
(c) 15 cm
(d) 30 cm
Ans. (d)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – TRIANGLE

58. Which of the following statements help in proving that (c) 5

△ 𝑨𝑩𝑶 is similar to △ 𝑫𝑶𝑪 ? (d) 6
∘
Statement-1: ∠𝑩 = 𝟕𝟎 , Ans. (c)
∘
Statement-2: ∠𝑪 = 𝟕𝟎 62. If the diagonals of a quadrilateral divide each other
proportionally, then it is a
(a) parallelogram
(b) rectangle
(c) square
(d) trapezium
Ans. (d)
63. In Fig., if in △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪, 𝑫𝑬‖𝑩𝑪, then which of the
(a) S-1 alone is sufficient, but S-2 alone is not sufficient. following equality holds?
(b) S-2 alone is sufficient, but S-1 alone is not sufficient.
(c) Each statement alone is sufficient.
(d) S-1 and S-2 together are sufficient but neither alone is
sufficient.
Ans. (c)
59. The perimeters of two similar triangles 𝑨𝑩𝑪 and 𝑷𝑸𝑹
𝑷𝑸 𝑨𝑫 𝑨𝑬
are 56 cm and 48 cm respectively. is equal to (a) =
𝑨𝑩 𝑨𝑩 𝑪𝑬
𝑨𝑫 𝑨𝑬
(a) 𝟕/𝟖 (b) =
𝑨𝑩 𝑨𝑪
(b) 𝟔/𝟕 𝑨𝑫 𝑨𝑬
(c) =
𝑩𝑫 𝑨𝑪
(c) 𝟕/𝟔
𝑨𝑫 𝑨𝑪
(d) =
(d) 𝟖/𝟕 𝑨𝑩 𝑨𝑬

Ans. (b) Ans. (b)

60. In △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪, 𝑫𝑬‖𝑩𝑪. If 𝑨𝑫 = 𝟒 𝐜𝐦, 𝑨𝑩 = 𝟗 𝐜𝐦 and
𝑨𝑪 = 𝟏𝟑. 𝟓 𝐜𝐦, then the length of ASSERTION-REASON BASED MCQs

𝑬𝑪 is Each of the following questions contains STATEMENT-1

(A) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason) and has following four
choices (a), (b), (c) and (d) , only one of which is the correct
answer. Mark the correct choice.
(a) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is
a correct explanation for Statement-1.

(a) 6 cm (b) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true, Statement-2 is

(b) 7.5 cm not a correct explanation for Statement-1.

(c) 9 cm (c) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false.

(d) 5.7 cm (d) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true.

Ans. (b)
61. In △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪, 𝑫𝑬‖𝑩𝑪 . If 𝑨𝑫 = 𝟐 𝐜𝐦, 𝑩𝑫 = 𝟑 𝐜𝐦, 𝑩𝑪 = 64. Statement-1 (A): Two similar triangles are always

𝟕. 𝟓 𝐜𝐦, then the length of 𝑫𝑬 (in cm ) is congruent.

Statement-2 (R): Two congruent triangles are always
similar.
Ans. (d)
65. Statement-1 (𝑨) : If △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 and △ 𝑷𝑸𝑹 are right
triangles right angled at 𝑪 and 𝑹 respectively such that
𝑨𝑩 𝑨𝑪
= , then ∠𝑩 = ∠𝑸.
𝑷𝑸 𝑷𝑹

Statement-2 (R): If in two right triangles, hypotenuse and

(a) 2.5 one side of one triangle are proportional to the hypotenuse
(b) 3 and one side of the other triangle, then the two triangles
are similar.

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – TRIANGLE

Ans. (a) Statement-2 (𝑹) : In a right triangle, the square of the

66. Statement-1 (A): In △ 𝑷𝑸𝑹, if 𝑷𝑸 = 𝟏𝟐 𝐜𝐦, 𝑸𝑹 = perpendicular drawn from the vertex forming right angle
𝟗 𝐜𝐦 and 𝑷𝑹 = 𝟏𝟓 𝐜𝐦, then △ 𝑷𝑸𝑹 is a right triangle to the hypotenuse is equal to the product of
right angled at 𝑸. projections of two sides on the hypotenuse.
Statement-2 (R): If in a triangle, square of one side is equal Ans. (a)
to the sum of the squares of the other two sides, then the 72. Statement-1 (𝑨) : In △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪, if 𝑨𝑩 = 𝟐𝟒 𝐜𝐦, 𝑩𝑪 =
angle opposite to the first side is a right angle. 𝟏𝟎 𝐜𝐦 and 𝑨𝑪 = 𝟐𝟔 𝐜𝐦, then △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 is a right angled
Ans. (a) triangle.
67. Statement-1 (A): In two triangles, if corresponding Statement-2 (𝑹) : If corresponding sides of two triangles
angles are equal then the triangles are similar. are equal, then the triangles are similar.
Statement-2 (R): If the areas of two similar triangles are Ans. (b)
equal, then the triangles are congruent. 73. Statement- 𝟏(𝑨) : Let △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 and △ 𝑫𝑬𝑭 be right
Ans. (b) triangles right angled at 𝑩 and 𝑬 respectively. If 𝑨𝑪 =
68. Statement-1 (A): 𝑫 and 𝑬 are points on sides 𝑨𝑩 and 𝟓 𝐜𝐦, 𝑩𝑪 = 𝟒 𝐜𝐦, 𝑫𝑭 = 𝟏𝟓 𝐜𝐦 and 𝑬𝑭 = 𝟏𝟐 𝐜𝐦, then
𝑨𝑪 of △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 such that 𝑨𝑫 = (𝟕𝒙 − 𝟒)𝐜𝐦, 𝑨𝑬 = (𝟓𝒙 − ∠𝑨 = ∠𝑫 and ∠𝑪 = ∠𝑭.
𝟐)𝐜𝐦, 𝑫𝑩 = (𝟑𝒙 + 𝟒)𝐜𝐦 and 𝑬𝑪 = 𝟑𝒙 𝐜𝐦. If 𝑫𝑬‖𝑩𝑪, Statement-2 (𝑹) : If in two right triangles, hypotenuse and
then 𝒙 = 𝟓. one side of one triangle are proportional to the hypotenuse
Statement-2 (R): If a line is drawn parallel to one side of a and one side of the other triangle, then the triangles are
triangle to intersect the other two sides in distinct points, similar.
then the other two sides are divided in the same ratio. 74. Statement-1 (A): If in △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪, 𝑫 and 𝑬 are points on
Ans. (d) 𝑨𝑫
sides 𝑨𝑩 and 𝑨𝑪 respectively such that 𝑫𝑬‖𝑩𝑪, then =
𝑨𝑩
69. Statement-1 (A): In Fig., if 𝑨𝑩‖𝑪𝑫, then 𝒙 = 𝟑. 𝑨𝑬
.
𝑨𝑪

Statement −𝟐(𝑹) : If a line is drawn parallel to one side of

a triangle intersecting the other two sides, then it divides
the two sides in the same ratio.
Ans. (a)

Statement-2 (R): Diagonals of a trapezium divide each

other proportionally.
Ans. (a)
70. Statement-1 (A): 𝑨𝑩𝑪𝑫 is a trapezium with 𝑫𝑪‖𝑨𝑩, 𝑬
and 𝑭 are points on 𝑨𝑫 and 𝑩𝑪 respectively, such that
𝑨𝑬 𝑩𝑭
𝑬𝑭‖𝑨𝑩. Then, = .
𝑬𝑫 𝑭𝑪

Statement-2 (R): Any line parallel to parallel sides of a

trapezium divides the non-parallel sides proportionally.
Ans. (a)
71. Statement-1 (𝑨) : Let △ 𝑷𝑸𝑹 be a right triangle right
angled at 𝑸 such that the
perpendicular drawn from 𝑸 on hypotenuse 𝑷𝑹 meets 𝑷𝑹
at 𝑺. If 𝑷𝑺 = 𝟒
cm and 𝑹𝑺 = 𝟗 𝐜𝐦, then 𝑸𝑺 = 𝟔 𝐜𝐦.

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – TRIGONOMETRY IDENTITIES

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM PREPARATION

STUDY MATERIAL

Telegram: [Link]

Instagram: [Link]

Facebook page: [Link]

106075477485686/

Facebook group:
[Link]

WhatsApp Channel :-
[Link]

NEHA DHIMAN (KV TEACHER)

SSC CGL TWO TIMES MAINS CLEARED
NVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED
KVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED IN FIRST ATTEMPT

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM STUDY MATERIAL TRIGONOMETRY

IDENTITIES IMPORTANT PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – TRIGONOMETRY IDENTITIES
𝟏 (c) 1
1. The value of 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 + is
𝟏+𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽
(d) -1
(a) 0
Ans. (d)
(b) 1
9. If 𝟏𝟓𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 + 𝟒𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 = 𝟐𝟑, then the value of
(c) 2
(d) -1 (𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜𝜽)𝟐 − 𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 is

Ans. (b) (a) 7

𝟏𝟓
2. The value of (𝟏 + 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽)(𝟏 + 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽)(𝟏 − 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽)(𝟏 + (b)
𝟐
𝟐 𝟗
𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽)(𝟏 − 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽)(𝟏 + 𝐜𝐨𝐭 ⁡ 𝜽) is (c)
𝟐
(a) 1 𝟏𝟏
(d)
𝟐
(b) -1
Ans. (b)
(c) 0
(d) -2 10. If √𝟑𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 − 𝟒𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜽 + √𝟑 = 𝟎, then the value of

Ans. (a) 𝟑(𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽) is

3. (𝟏 + 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝑨 − 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝑨)(𝟏 + 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝑨 + 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝑨) = (a) 15

(a) 𝟐𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝑨 (b) 7

(b) 𝟐𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝑨 (c) 10

(c) 𝟐𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝑨 (d) 4

(d) 𝟐𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝑨 Ans. (c)

Ans. (a) 11. If 𝟏 + 𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 = 𝟑𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽, then 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 can take
𝟑 values
4. If 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝑨 = , then the value 𝟗 + 𝟗𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝑨 is
𝟓 𝟏
(a) 𝟏,
(a) 9 𝟐

(b) 16 (b) 1,2

𝟏
(c) 25 (c) , 𝟐
𝟐

(d) 34 (d) none of these

Ans. (c) Ans. (a)
𝟒 𝟐
5. 𝐭𝐚𝐧 ⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐭𝐚𝐧 ⁡ 𝜽 = 12. (𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜𝜽 − 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽)(𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽 − 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽)(𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜽) is
𝟐 𝟒
(a) 𝐬𝐞𝐜 ⁡ 𝜽 − 𝟐𝐬𝐞𝐜 ⁡ 𝜽 equal to
(b) 𝟐𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 − 𝟐𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟒 ⁡ 𝜽 (a) 𝟐√𝟐
𝟐 𝟒
(c) 𝐬𝐞𝐜 ⁡ 𝜽 − 𝐬𝐞𝐜 ⁡ 𝜽 (b) 0
𝟒 𝟐
(d) 𝐬𝐞𝐜 ⁡ 𝜽 − 𝐬𝐞𝐜 ⁡ 𝜽 (c) 1
Ans. (d) (d) √𝟐
𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 Ans. (c)
6. + =
𝟏+𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 𝟏+𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽
13. If 𝒌 + 𝟏 = 𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽(𝟏 + 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽)(𝟏 − 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽), then 𝒌 =
(a) 1
(a) 1
(b) 𝟐𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽
(b) 2
(c) 𝟐𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽
(c) 0
(d) 𝟐𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽
(d) -1
Ans. (a)
Ans. (c)
7. If 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽 = √𝟐, then 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜽 =
14. If (𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜𝜽)𝟐 + (𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽)𝟐 = 𝒌 +
(a) 1
𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽, then 𝒌 =
(b) 2
(a) 1
(c) 3
(b) 2
(d) 4
(c) 5
Ans. (b)
(d) 7
𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 𝟏
8. − , in simplified form, is Ans. (d)
𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽
𝟐
(a) 𝐭𝐚𝐧 ⁡ 𝜽 15. If 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 − 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽 = 𝟎, then the vatue of 𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟔 ⁡ 𝜽 +
(b) 𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟔 ⁡ 𝜽 is
𝟐
(a)
𝟑

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – TRIGONOMETRY IDENTITIES
𝟏 𝟏−𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽
(b) (c)
𝟑 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽
𝟑 𝟏−𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽
(c) (d)
𝟒 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽
𝟏 Ans. (c)
(d)
𝟒
𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽
Ans. (d) 23. + is equal to
𝟏−𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜽 𝟏−𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽

16. If θ is an acute angle of a right angled triangle, then (a) 0

which of the following equation is not True? (b) 1
(a) 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜽 𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝜽 = 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝜽 (c) 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽
(b) 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 = 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 (d) 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 − 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽
(c) 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 𝜽 − 𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 = 𝟏 Ans. (c)
𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽
(d) 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 − 𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 = 𝟏 24. + is equal to
𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽−𝟏 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽+𝟏
17. 𝟑𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 + 𝟒𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 is equal to (a) 𝟐𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽
(a) 1 (b) 𝟐𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽
(b) 2 (c) 𝟐𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜𝜽
𝟐
(c) 𝐬𝐢𝐧 ⁡ 𝜽 + 𝟑 (d) 𝟐𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽
(d) 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 + 𝟑 Ans. (c)
Ans. (d) 25. If 𝒙 = 𝒂𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽 and 𝒚 = 𝒃𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽, then 𝒃𝟐 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒂𝟐 𝒚𝟐 =
18. If 𝒙 = 𝟐𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 and 𝒚 = 𝟐𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 + 𝟏, then 𝒙 + 𝒚 is (a) 𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐
equal to (b) 𝒂𝒃
(a) 3 (c) 𝒂𝟒 𝒃𝟒
(b) 2
(d) 𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐
(c) 1
Ans. (a)
(d) ½
26. If 𝒙 = 𝒂𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽 and 𝒚 = 𝒃𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽, then 𝒃𝟐 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒂𝟐 𝒚𝟐 =
Ans. (a)
(a) 𝒂𝒃
19. If 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜶 + 𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜶 = 𝟐, then 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐𝟎𝟐𝟎 ⁡ 𝜶 + 𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝟐𝟎𝟐𝟎 ⁡ 𝜶 =
(b) 𝒂𝟐 − 𝒃𝟐
(a) 0
(c) 𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐
(b) 2
(d) 𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐
(c) 2020
Ans. (d)
(d) 𝟐𝟐𝟎𝟐𝟎
27. The value of (𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝑨 + 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝑨)(𝟏 − 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝑨) is
Ans. (b)
(a) 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝑨
𝟏+𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽
20. √ is equal to (b) 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝑨
𝟏−𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽

(a) 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 (c) 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜𝑨

(b) 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽 − 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 (d) 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝑨

Ans. (d)
(c) 𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽
28. If 𝒙 = 𝒂𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝝓, 𝒚 = 𝒃𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝝓 and 𝒛 =
(d) 𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 − 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽
𝒙𝟐 𝒚𝟐
Ans. (a) 𝒄𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽, then + =
𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐

𝟏+𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽 𝒛𝟐
21. The value of √ is (a)
𝒄𝟐
𝟏−𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽
𝒛𝟐
(a) 𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜽 − 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜𝜽 (b) 𝟏 −
𝒄𝟐
(b) 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜𝜽 + 𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜽 𝒛𝟐
(c) −𝟏
𝒄𝟐
(c) 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 𝜽 + 𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽
𝒛𝟐
(d) (𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜𝜽)𝟐 (d) 𝟏 +
𝒄𝟐

Ans. (b) Ans. (d)

22.
𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽
is equal to 29. 𝟗𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 ⁡ 𝑨 − 𝟗𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝑨 is equal to
𝟏+𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽
𝟏+𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽 (a) 1
(a)
𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽
(b) 9
𝟏−𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽
(b) (c) 8
𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽

(d) 0

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – TRIGONOMETRY IDENTITIES

Ans. (b) 37. 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟒 ⁡ 𝑨 − 𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟒 ⁡ 𝑨 is equal to

30. (𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝑨 + 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝑨)(𝟏 − 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝑨) = (a) 𝟐𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟐 ⁡ 𝑨 + 𝟏
(a) 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝑨 (b) 𝟐𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟐 ⁡ 𝑨 − 𝟏
(b) 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝑨 (c) 𝟐𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝑨 − 𝟏
(c) 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜𝑨 (d) 𝟐𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝑨 + 𝟏
(d) 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝑨 Ans. (b)
Ans. (d) 38. The value of (𝟏 + 𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜽 − 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜𝜽)(𝟏 + 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 +
𝟏+𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝑨
31. is equal to 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽) is
𝟏+𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝟐 ⁡ 𝑨
(a) 1
(a) 𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 ⁡ 𝑨
(b) 2
(b) -1
(c) 4
(c) 𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝟐 ⁡ 𝑨
(d) 0
(d) 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝑨
Ans. (b)
Ans. (d)
39. (𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜𝜽 − 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽)(𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽 − 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽)(𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜽) is
32. If 𝟐𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜷 − 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜷 = 𝟐, then 𝜷 is equal to
equal
(a) 𝟎∘
(a) 0
(b) 𝟗𝟎∘
(b) 1
(c) 𝟒𝟓∘
(c) -1
(d) 𝟑𝟎∘
(d) none of these
Ans. (b)
Ans. (b)
33. If △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 is right angled at 𝑪, then the value of
40. If 𝑨 and 𝑩 are acute angles such that 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡(𝑨 − 𝑩) = 𝟎
𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡(𝑨 + 𝑩) is
and 𝟐𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡(𝑨 + 𝑩) − 𝟏 = 𝟎, then 𝑨 =
(a) 0
(a) 𝟔𝟎∘
(b) 1
(b) 𝟑𝟎∘
𝟏
(c)
𝟐 (c) 𝟒𝟓∘
√𝟑
(d) (d) 𝟏𝟓∘
𝟐

Ans. (a) Ans. (b)

34. If 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 = 𝒙, then 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽 = 41. If 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 − 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽 = 𝟎, then the value of 𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟒 ⁡ 𝜽 +
𝒙𝟐 +𝟏 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟒 ⁡ 𝜽 is
(a)
𝒙
(a) 1
𝒙𝟐 +𝟏
(b) 𝟑
𝟐𝒙 (b)
𝟒
𝒙𝟐 −𝟏 𝟏
(c) (c)
𝟐𝒙 𝟐
𝒙𝟐 −𝟏 𝟏
(d) (d)
𝒙 𝟒

Ans. (b) Ans. (c)

35. If 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 = 𝒙, then 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 = 42. If 𝒂𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽 − 𝒃𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 = 𝒄, then 𝒂𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 + 𝒃𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽 =
𝒙𝟐 +𝟏
(a) (a) ±√𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐 + 𝒄𝟐
𝒙

𝒙𝟐 −𝟏 (b) ±√𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐 − 𝒄𝟐
(b)
𝒙
(c) ±√𝒄𝟐 − 𝒂𝟐 − 𝒃𝟐
𝒙𝟐 +𝟏
(c)
𝟐𝒙 (d) none of these
𝒙𝟐 −𝟏 Ans. (b)
(d)
𝟐𝒙
43. If 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡(𝜶 + 𝜷) = 𝟎, then 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡(𝜶 − 𝜷) can be reduced to
Ans. (d)
(a) 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜷
36. 𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟒 ⁡ 𝑨 − 𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 ⁡ 𝑨 is equal to
(b) 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝟐𝜷
(a) 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝑨 − 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟒 ⁡ 𝑨
(c) 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜶
(b) 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟒 ⁡ 𝑨 − 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝑨
(d) 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝟐𝜶
(c) 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟒 ⁡ 𝑨 + 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝑨
Ans. (b)
(d) 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝑨 + 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟒 ⁡ 𝑨
Ans. (c)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – TRIGONOMETRY IDENTITIES

44. If 𝟏 + 𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜶 = 𝟑𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜶𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜶, then the values of 𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜶 51. If 𝒂𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽 + 𝒃𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 = 𝒎 and 𝒂𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 − 𝒃𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽 = 𝒏,
are then 𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐 =
(a) −𝟏, 𝟏 (a) 𝒎𝟐 − 𝒏𝟐
(b) 0,1 (b) 𝒎𝟐 𝒏𝟐
(c) 1,2 (c) 𝒏𝟐 − 𝒎𝟐
(d) −𝟏, −𝟏 (d) 𝒎𝟐 + 𝒏𝟐
Ans. (c) Ans. (d)
𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜽 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽
45.
𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜽−𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝟑𝜽
+
𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽−𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝟑𝜽
is equal to 52. If 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝑨 + 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟐 ⁡ 𝑨 = 𝟏, then 𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝑨 + 𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟒 ⁡ 𝑨 =

(a) 0 (a) -1

(b) 1 (b) 0

(c) -1 (c) 1

(d) 2 (d) none of these

Ans. (b) Ans. (c)

46. 𝟐(𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟔 ⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟔 ⁡ 𝜽) − 𝟑(𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟒 ⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟒 ⁡ 𝜽) is equal to 53. If 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽 − 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 = 𝒎, then the value of 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽

(a) 0 is
𝟏
(b) 1 (a) 𝟏 −
𝒎
(c) -1 (b) 𝒎𝟐 − 𝟏
(d) none of these 𝟏
(c)
𝒎
Ans. (c)
(d) −𝒎
47. If 𝒂𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽 + 𝒃𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 = 𝟒 and 𝒂𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 − 𝒃𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽 = 𝟑,
Ans. (c)
then 𝒂𝟐 + 𝒃𝟐 =
(a) 7
𝜶+𝜷
54. If 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡(𝜶 + 𝜷) = 𝟎, then the value of 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ ( ) is
(b) 12 𝟐

(c) 25 equal to
𝟏
(d) none of these (a)
√𝟐
Ans. (c) 𝟏
(b)
𝟐
48. If 𝒂𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜽 + 𝒃𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜𝜽 = 𝒑 and 𝒃𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜽 + 𝒂𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜𝜽 = 𝒒,
(c) 0
then 𝒑𝟐 − 𝒒𝟐 =
(d) √𝟐
(a) 𝒂𝟐 − 𝒃𝟐
Ans. (a)
(b) 𝒃𝟐 − 𝒂𝟐 𝒙 𝒚
𝟐 𝟐 55. If = 𝟐𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝑨, = 𝟐𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝑨, then the value of 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 is
(c) 𝒂 + 𝒃 𝟑 𝟑

(d) 𝒃 − 𝒂 (b) 9

Ans. (b) (a) 36

49. If 𝒙 = 𝒓𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝝓, 𝒚 = 𝒓𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝝓 and 𝒛 = 𝒓𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽, (c) 6

(d) 18
then
Ans. (a)
(a) 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 + 𝒛𝟐 = 𝒓𝟐
√𝟑 √𝟑
(b) 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒚𝟐 − 𝒛𝟐 = 𝒓𝟐 56. If 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜶 = , 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜷 = , then 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜶𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜷 is
𝟐 𝟐

(c) 𝒙𝟐 − 𝒚𝟐 + 𝒛𝟐 = 𝒓𝟐 (a) √𝟑
𝟐 𝟐 𝟐 𝟐
(d) 𝒛 + 𝒚 − 𝒙 = 𝒓 (b)
𝟏
√𝟑
Ans. (a)
(c) 1
50. If 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 = 𝟏, then 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟒 ⁡ 𝜽 =
(d) 0
(a) -1
Ans. (c)
(b) 1
(c) 0
(d) none of these
Ans. (b)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – TRIGONOMETRY IDENTITIES

ASSERTION-REASON BASED MCQs 65. Statement-1 (A): The value of the product 𝑷𝟏 =
Each of the following questions contains STATEMENT-1 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝟏∘ 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝟐∘ 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝟑∘ … 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝟏𝟕𝟗∘ 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝟏𝟖𝟎∘ is zero.
(A) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason) and has following four Statement-2 (R). The value of the product 𝑷𝟐 =
choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), only one of which is the correct 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝟏∘ 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝟐𝟎∘ . tan 𝟖𝟗∘ is 1.
answer. Mark the correct (a) choice. Ans. (b)
(a) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is 66. Statement-1 (A): For 𝟎 < 𝜽 < 𝟗𝟎∘ , 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 and
a correct explanation for Statement-1. 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽 − 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 are reciprocal of each other.
(b) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is Statement-2 (𝑹):⁡𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 − 𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 = 𝟏
not a correct explanation for Statement-1. Ans. (c)
(d) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is false. 67. Statement-1 ( 𝑨 ): Let 𝒂, 𝒃 be non-zero real numbers.
𝟒𝒂𝒃
Then, 𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 = is true if and only if 𝒂 = 𝒃.
(𝒂+𝒃)𝟐
57. Statement-1 (A): The value of the product 𝑷 =
Statement-2 (𝑹) : ⁡𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 ≥ 𝟏 for 𝟎 ≤ 𝜽 < 𝟗𝟎∘ .
𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝟏∘ 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝟐∘ 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝟑∘ , … … , 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝟖𝟗∘ is 𝟏.
Ans. (a)
Statement-2 (𝑹) : For 𝟎 < 𝜽 ≤ 𝟗𝟎∘ , 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡(𝟗𝟎∘ − 𝜽) = 𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜽
68. Statement-1 (𝑨) : If 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 = 𝟏, then
and 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝟒𝟓∘ = 𝟏.
𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟒 ⁡ 𝜽 = 𝟏 Statement-2 (R): 𝟏 − 𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 =
Ans. (a)
𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽.
58. Statement-1 (A): The value of the product of 𝑷 =
Ans. (a)
𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝟏∘ 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝟐∘ … . . 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝟏𝟕𝟗∘ as 𝟏𝟖𝟎∘ is zero.
69. Statement-1 (𝑨) : If 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜽 = 𝟐, then 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 +
Statement-2 (R): The value of 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝟗𝟎∘ is zero.
𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 = 𝟒.
Ans. (a)
𝟐𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝑨+𝟑𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝟐 ⁡ 𝑨 𝟒
59. Statement-1 (A): For 𝟎 < 𝜽 ≤ 𝟗𝟎∘ , 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜𝜽 − 𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜽 and Statement-2 (𝑹) : If 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜𝑨 = √𝟐, then
𝟒𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝑨−𝟐𝐜𝐨𝐬𝟐 ⁡ 𝑨
= .
𝟑
𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜𝜽 + 𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜽 are reciprocal of each other. Ans. (d)
𝟐 𝟐
Statement-2 (R): ⁡𝐜𝐨𝐭 ⁡ 𝜽 − 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝜽 = 𝟏.
Ans. (c)
60. Statement-1 (A): For 𝟎 ≤ 𝜽 < 𝟗𝟎∘ , 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 and
𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽 − 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 are reciprocal of each other.
Statement-2 (R): 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 𝜽 − 𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 = 𝟏.
Ans. (c)
61. Statement-1 (A): If 𝒙 = 𝒂𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽 and 𝒚 = 𝒃𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽, then
𝒃𝟐 𝒙𝟐 + 𝒂𝟐 𝒚𝟐 = 𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐 .
Statement-2 (R): ⁡𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 = 𝟏.
Ans. (a)
62. Statement-1 (A): For 𝟎 < 𝜽 ≤ 𝟗𝟎∘ , 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 𝜽 +
𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 ≥ 𝟐.
𝟏
Statement-2 (R): For any 𝒙 > 𝟎, 𝒙 + ≥ 𝟐.
𝒙

Ans. (a)
𝟏
63. Statement-1 (A): If 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝑨 = (𝟎∘ < 𝑨 < 𝟗𝟎∘ ), then the
𝟑

𝟐√𝟐
value of 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝑨 is .
𝟑

Statement-2 (R): For every angle 𝜽, 𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 = 𝟏.

Ans. (a)
64. Statement-1 (A): For 𝟎 ≤ 𝜽 < 𝟗𝟎∘ , 𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 ≥
𝟐.
𝟏
Statement-2 (𝑹) : For 𝒙 > 𝟎, 𝒙 + ≥ 𝟐
𝒙

Ans. (a)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – TRIGONOMETRY

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM PREPARATION

STUDY MATERIAL

Telegram: [Link]

Instagram: [Link]

Facebook page: [Link]

106075477485686/

Facebook group:
[Link]

WhatsApp Channel :-
[Link]

NEHA DHIMAN (KV TEACHER)

SSC CGL TWO TIMES MAINS CLEARED
NVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED
KVS TGT PGT QUALIFIED IN FIRST ATTEMPT

KVS TGT MATHS EXAM STUDY MATERIAL TRIGONOMETRY

IMPORTANT PRACTICE QUESTIONS

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – TRIGONOMETRY

6. If 𝑨 is an acute angle in a right triangle 𝑨𝑩𝑪, right

1. Which of the following is not defined? angled at 𝑩, then the value of 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝑨 + 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝑨 is
∘
(a) 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝟎 (a) equal to 1
∘
(b) 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝟒𝟓 (b) greater than 1
(c) 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝟗𝟎∘ (c) less than 1
∘
(d) 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝟗𝟎 (d) 2

Ans. (c) Ans. (b)

𝟏
2. For 𝟎∘ ≤ 𝜽 < 𝟗𝟎∘ , the maximum value of is 7. If 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜𝜽 = 𝟐 and 𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜽 = √𝟑𝒂, then the value of 𝒂 is
𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽

(a) 1 (a) 1

(b) 0 (b) 2

(c) undefined (c) √𝟑

√𝟑 (d) 𝟐/√𝟑
(d)
𝟐
Ans. (a)
Ans. (a) 8. In Fig, 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝑨 − 𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝑪 is equal to
𝟏
3. If 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽 = , then 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽 − 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽 is equal to
𝟐
𝟑
(a)
𝟐
𝟑
(b) −
𝟐

√𝟑
(c)
𝟐

(d) −
√𝟑 (a) 0
𝟐
𝟓
(b)
𝟏𝟐
Ans. (b) 𝟕
(c)
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏𝟑
4. If 𝟎 ≤ 𝑨, 𝑩 ≤ 𝟗𝟎∘ such that 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝑨 = and 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝑩 = , 𝟕
𝟐 𝟐
(d) −
𝟏𝟑
then 𝑨 + 𝑩 =
(a) 𝟎∘ Ans. (a)
∘
(b) 𝟔𝟎 𝟐
9. If 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽 = , then 𝟐𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 + 𝟐𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 − 𝟕 is equal to
∘ 𝟑
(c) 𝟗𝟎
(a) 1
(d) 𝟑𝟎∘
(b) 0

Ans. (c) (c) 3

(d) 4
𝟒
5. In Fig. 9.3, △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 is right-angled at 𝑩 and 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝑨 = . If
𝟑
Ans. (b)
𝑨𝑪 = 𝟓 𝐜𝐦, then the length of 𝑩𝑪⁡is
10. In △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪, right-angled at 𝑪, if 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝑨 = 𝟏, then the
value of 𝟐𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝑨𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝑨 is
(a) 1
𝟏
(b)
𝟐

(c) 2
(a) 4 cm √𝟑
(d)
𝟐
(b) 12 cm
(c) 3 cm Ans. (a)
(d) 9 cm 𝟏
11. If for some angle 𝜽, 𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝟐𝜽 = , then the value of
√𝟑

Ans. (a) 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝟑𝜽, where 𝟑𝜽 ≤ 𝟗𝟎∘ , is

𝟏
(a)
√𝟐

(b) 1

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – TRIGONOMETRY

(c) 0 16. In Fig., 𝑨𝑴 = 𝑴𝑪 and ∠𝑪 is a right angle, then

(d)
√𝟑 𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜶 − 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜶 is equal to
𝟐

Ans. (b)
12. In Fig., if 𝑨𝑫 = 𝟏𝟒 𝐜𝐦, then the value of 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 is

𝟒𝒃𝟐 −𝟑𝒂𝟐
(a)
𝟓𝒂𝟐 −𝟒𝒃𝟐

𝟓𝒂𝟐 −𝟒𝒃𝟐
(b)
𝟒𝒃𝟐 −𝟑𝒂𝟐

𝟏𝟒 𝟒𝒂𝟐 −𝟓𝒃𝟐
(a) (c)
𝟑 𝟑𝒃𝟐 −𝟒𝒂𝟐
𝟒 𝟑𝒃𝟐 −𝟒𝒂𝟐
(b) (d)
𝟑 𝟒𝒂𝟐 −𝟓𝒃𝟐
𝟓
(c)
𝟑
Ans. (b)
𝟏𝟑
(d) 17. In Fig., the value of 𝑫𝑬 is
𝟑

Ans. (b)

𝟒 𝟓𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽−𝟐𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽
13. If 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 = , then the value of is
𝟓 𝟓𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽+𝟐𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽
𝟏
(a)
𝟑
𝟐
(b)
𝟓
𝟑
(c) (a) 𝟓√𝟐 units
𝟓

(d) 6 (b) 10 units

(c) 𝟏𝟎√𝟐 units
Ans. (a) (d) 𝟏𝟓√𝟐 units

𝟒𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝑨+𝟑𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝑨
14. If 𝟐𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝑨 = 𝟑, then the value of is Ans. (c)
𝟒𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝑨−𝟑𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝑨
𝟕
(a) 18. A pendulum of length √𝟑𝒎 is attached to a point 2.3 m
√𝟏𝟑
𝟏 from the ground. It swings through an angle of 𝟑𝟎∘ on
(b)
√𝟏𝟑
each side of the vertical. The height above the ground at
(c) 3
ends of its path is
(d) does not exist
(a) 0.9 m

Ans. (c) (b) 0.6 m

15. In Fig., ABCD is an isosceles trapezium, its perimeter (c) 0.7 m

is (d) 0.8 m

Ans. (d)
√𝟑
19. Given that 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡(𝑨 + 𝟐𝑩) = and 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡(𝑨 + 𝟒𝑩) = 𝟎,
𝟐

where 𝑨 and 𝑩 are acute angles. The value of 𝑨 is

(a) (𝟖 + 𝟒√𝟐) units (a) 𝟑𝟎∘

(b) (𝟏𝟎 + 𝟐√𝟐) units (b) 𝟒𝟓∘

(c) 𝟔𝟎∘
(c) (𝟏𝟎 + 𝟒√𝟐) units
(d) 𝟗𝟎∘
(d) (𝟏𝟏 + 𝟒√𝟐) units

Ans. (a)
Ans. (c)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – TRIGONOMETRY
𝟑 Ans. (c)
20. 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝟑𝟎∘ − 𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 ⁡ 𝟒𝟓∘ + 𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝟔𝟎∘ is equal to
𝟒

(a) -1 𝟓 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽+𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽

26. If 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 = , then the value of is
𝟓 𝟏𝟐 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽−𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽
(b)
𝟔 𝟏𝟕
(a) −
𝟑 𝟕
(c) −
𝟐 𝟏𝟕
(b)
𝟏 𝟕
(d)
𝟔 𝟏𝟕
(c)
𝟏𝟑
Ans. (a)
𝟕
(d) −
𝟏𝟑
√𝟑
21. If 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜶 = and 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜷 = 𝟎, then the value of
𝟐
Ans. (a)
𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡(𝜷 − 𝜶) is
(a) 1 𝟏
27. If 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡(𝑨 + 𝑩) = √𝟑 and 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡(𝑨 − 𝑩) = , 𝑨 > 𝑩,
√𝟑
(b) √𝟑
then the value of 𝑨 is
𝟏
(c) (a) 𝟑𝟎∘
√𝟑

(d)
√𝟑 (b) 𝟒𝟓∘
𝟐
(c) 𝟔𝟎∘
Ans. (c)
(d) 𝟗𝟎∘
22. If 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽 = √𝟐𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽, 𝜽 ≠ 𝟗𝟎∘ , then 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 =
(a) √𝟐 − 𝟏 Ans. (b)
(b) √𝟐 + 𝟏
𝟐𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝟑𝟎∘
(c) √𝟐 28. is equal to
𝟏+𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝟑𝟎∘

(d) −√𝟐 (a) 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝟔𝟎∘

Ans. (a) (b) 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝟔𝟎∘

(c) 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝟔𝟎∘
23. In a △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪, right angled at 𝑩, the value of 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡(𝑨 + 𝑪) (d) 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝟑𝟎∘
is Ans. (a)
(a) 0 29. In Fig., lengths of sides 𝑩𝑪 and 𝑨𝑩 are respectively
(b) 1
𝟏
(c)
𝟐

√𝟑
(d)
𝟐

Ans. (b)

24. If 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 − 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽 = 𝟎, then the value of 𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟒 ⁡ 𝜽 +

𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟒 ⁡ 𝜽 is
(a) 𝟏𝟐 𝐜𝐦, 𝟑√𝟑 𝐜𝐦
(a) 1
𝟏
(b) 𝟑 𝐜𝐦, 𝟑√𝟑 𝐜𝐦
(b)
𝟐 (c) 𝟏𝟐 𝐜𝐦, 𝟔√𝟑 𝐜𝐦
𝟏
(c) (d) 𝟏𝟖 𝐜𝐦, 𝟗√𝟑 𝐜𝐦
𝟒
𝟑
(d)
𝟒
Ans. (b)
𝟏
Ans. (b) 30. In an acute angled triangle 𝑨𝑩𝑪, if 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡(𝑨 + 𝑩 − 𝑪) =
𝟐
𝟏
and 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡(𝑩 + 𝑪 − 𝑨) = . Thent mplesine of angle 𝑩 is
25. 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽 when expressed in terms of 𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜽, is equall to √𝟐
𝟏∘
(a) 𝟑𝟕
𝟐
𝟏+𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽
(a) (b) 𝟒𝟓∘
𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜽

(b) √𝟏 + 𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 (c) 𝟕𝟓∘

√𝟏+𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 (d) 𝟔𝟐. 𝟓∘
(c)
𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜽

√𝟏−𝐜𝐨𝐭 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 Ans. (a)

(d)
𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜽

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – TRIGONOMETRY

31. In a △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪, if ∠𝑩 = 𝟗𝟎∘ , 𝑩𝑪 = 𝟓 𝐜𝐦, 𝑨𝑪 − 𝑨𝑩 = 37. If 𝜽 is an acute angle such that 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽 = , then
𝟑
𝟓
𝟏+𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝑪
𝟏 𝐜𝐦. Then the value of is 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽−𝟏
𝟏+𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝑪 =
𝟐𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽
𝟏𝟖
(a) 𝟏𝟔
𝟐𝟓 (a)
𝟔𝟐𝟓
𝟑𝟔
(b) 𝟏
𝟑𝟏 (b)
𝟑𝟔
𝟐𝟓
(c) 𝟑
𝟏𝟖 (c)
𝟏𝟔𝟎
𝟑𝟏
(d) 𝟏𝟔𝟎
𝟑𝟔 (d)
𝟑

Ans. (c) Ans. (c)

32. If 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 = 𝒙 and 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽 = 𝒚, then 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 is equal to 𝒂 𝒂𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽+𝒃𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽
38. If 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 = , then is equal to
𝒃 𝒂𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽−𝒃𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽
(a) 𝒙𝒚
𝒂𝟐 +𝒃𝟐
(b) 𝒙/𝒚 (a)
𝒂𝟐 −𝒃𝟐
(c) 𝒚/𝒙 𝒂𝟐 −𝒃𝟐
(b)
𝒂𝟐 +𝒃𝟐
(d) 𝟏/𝒙𝒚
𝒂+𝒃
(c)
𝒂−𝒃
Ans. (a) 𝒂−𝒃
(d)
𝒂+𝒃
𝒂
33. Given that 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 = , then 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 is equal to
𝒃 Ans. (a)
𝒃
(a)
√𝒂𝟐 +𝒃𝟐 𝟓𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽−𝟒𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽
39. If 𝟓𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 − 𝟒 = 𝟎, then the value of is
𝟓𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽+𝟒𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽
𝒃
(b) 𝟓
√𝒃𝟐 −𝒂𝟐 (a)
𝟑
𝒂
(c) 𝟓
√𝒂𝟐 −𝒃𝟐 (b)
𝟔
𝒂
(d) (c) 0
√𝒃𝟐 −𝒂𝟐
𝟏
Ans. (d) (d)
𝟔

𝟒𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜷−𝟑𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜷 Ans. (c)

34. If 𝟒𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜷 = 𝟑, then =
𝟒𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜷+𝟑𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜷
𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝒙−𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝒙
(a) 0 40. If 𝟏𝟔𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝒙 = 𝟏𝟐, then equals
𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝒙+𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝒙
(b) 𝟏/𝟑 𝟏
(a)
𝟕
(c) 𝟐/𝟑
𝟑
(b)
(d) 𝟕/𝟐𝟓 𝟕
𝟐
(c)
Ans. (a) 𝟕

(d) 0
35. If △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 right angled at 𝑩. If 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝑨 = √𝟑, then
Ans. (a)
𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝑨𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝑪 − 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝑨𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝑪 = 𝟎
(a) -1 41. If 𝟖𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝒙 = 𝟏𝟓, then 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝒙 − 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝒙 is equal to
(b) 0 𝟖
(a)
𝟏𝟕
(c) 1 𝟏𝟕
(b)
𝟕
(d) √𝟑/𝟐
𝟏
(c)
𝟏𝟕
Ans. (b) 𝟕
(d)
𝟏𝟕
36. If the angle of △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 are in the ratio 𝟏: 𝟏: 𝟐
Ans. (d)
respectively (the largest angle being angle 𝑪 ), then the
𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝑨 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝑨 𝟏 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 𝜽−𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽
value of − is 42. If 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 = , then =
𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜𝑩 𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝑩 √𝟕 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 𝜽+𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽

(a) 0 𝟓
(a)
𝟕
(b) 𝟏/𝟐 𝟑
(b)
(c) 1 𝟕
𝟏
(d) √𝟑/𝟐 (c)
𝟏𝟐
𝟑
Ans. (a) (d)
𝟒

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – TRIGONOMETRY

Ans. (d) Ans. (a)

𝟑 49. If angles 𝑨, 𝑩, 𝑪 of a △ 𝑨𝑩𝑪 form an increasing 𝑨𝑷,

43. If 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 = , then 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 − 𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 =
𝟒
𝟕 then 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝑩 =
(a)
𝟐𝟓 𝟏
(a)
(b) 1 𝟐

−𝟕 √𝟑
(c) (b)
𝟐𝟓 𝟐

𝟒 (c) 1
(d)
𝟐𝟓 𝟏
(d)
√𝟐
Ans. (a)
Ans. (b)
𝟖
44. If 𝜽 is an acute angle such that 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 = , then the
𝟕
(𝟏+𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽)(𝟏−𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽)
50. If 𝜽 is an acute angle such that 𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 = 𝟑, then the
value of is
(𝟏+𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽)(𝟏−𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽) 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽−𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 𝜽
value of is
𝟕 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽+𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 𝜽
(a) 𝟒
𝟖
(a)
𝟖 𝟕
(b) 𝟑
𝟕
(b)
𝟕 𝟕
(c) 𝟐
𝟒
(c)
𝟔𝟒 𝟕
(d) 𝟏
𝟒𝟗
(d)
𝟕
Ans. (a)
Ans. (d)
45. If 𝟑𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽 = 𝟓𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽, then the value of
𝟐𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝟑𝟎∘
𝟓𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽−𝟐𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟑 ⁡ 𝜽+𝟐𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽 51. is equal to
𝟏+𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝟑𝟎∘
is
𝟓𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽+𝟐𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟑 ⁡ 𝜽−𝟐𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽
(a) 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝟔𝟎∘
𝟐𝟕𝟏
(a)
𝟗𝟕𝟗 (b) 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝟔𝟎∘
𝟑𝟏𝟔
(b)
𝟐𝟗𝟑𝟕
(c) 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝟔𝟎∘
𝟓𝟒𝟐 (d) 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝟑𝟎∘
(c)
𝟐𝟗𝟑𝟕

(d) none of these Ans. (a)

Ans. (a) 𝟏−𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝟒𝟓∘

52. is equal to
𝟏+𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝟒𝟓∘

46. If 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝟒𝟓∘ − 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝟐 ⁡ 𝟑𝟎∘ = 𝒙𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝟒𝟓∘ 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝟒𝟓∘ , then 𝒙 = (a) 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝟗𝟎∘
(a) 2 (b) 1
(b) -2 (c) 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝟒𝟓∘

(c) −
𝟏 (d) 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝟎∘
𝟐
𝟏
(d) Ans. (d)
𝟐

53. 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝟐𝑨 = 𝟐𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝑨 is true when 𝑨 =

Ans. (d)
(a) 𝟎∘
𝒙𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 𝟑𝟎∘ 𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 ⁡ 𝟒𝟓∘ 𝟐 ∘ 𝟐 ∘
47. If = 𝐭𝐚𝐧 ⁡ 𝟔𝟎 − 𝐭𝐚𝐧 ⁡ 𝟑𝟎 , then 𝒙 = (b) 𝟑𝟎∘
𝟖𝐜𝐨𝐬𝟐 ⁡ 𝟒𝟓∘ 𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝟔𝟎∘

(a) 1 (c) 𝟒𝟓∘

(b) -1 (d) 𝟔𝟎∘
(c) 2
Ans. (a)
(d) 0
𝟐𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝟑𝟎∘
54. is equal to
Ans. (a) 𝟏−𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝟑𝟎∘

(a) 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝟔𝟎∘

∘ ∘ ∘ ∘
48. If 𝒙𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝟒𝟓 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝟔𝟎 = 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝟔𝟎 𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝟔𝟎 , then 𝒙 is equal
(b) 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝟔𝟎∘
to
(c) 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝟔𝟎∘
(a) 1
(d) 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝟑𝟎∘
(b) √𝟑
𝟏 Ans. (c)
(c)
𝟐
𝟏
(d)
√𝟐

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – TRIGONOMETRY
𝟐 Ans. (b)
55. If 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽 = , then 𝟐𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 + 𝟐𝐭𝐚𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝜽 − 𝟕 is equal to
𝟑
59. If 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 = 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽(𝟎∘ < 𝜽 < 𝟗𝟎∘ ), then the value of
(a) 1
𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 is
(b) 0
(c) 3 (a) 𝟏/√𝟐

(d) 4 (b) √𝟐
(c) 1
Ans. (b)
(d) 0
56. In Fig. , the value of 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝝓 is
Ans. (b)
𝟏 𝜽
60. If 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 = 𝟏, then the value of 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ is
𝟐 𝟐
𝟏
(a)
𝟐√𝟐
𝟏
(b)
√𝟐
𝟏
𝟓 (c)
(a) 𝟐
𝟒
(d) 0
𝟓
(b)
𝟑
𝟑 Ans. (a)
(c)
𝟓
61. If 𝟓𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 − 𝟏𝟐 = 𝟎, then the value of 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 is
𝟒
(d) 𝟓
𝟓
(a)
𝟏𝟐
Ans. (d)
𝟏𝟐
(b)
𝟏𝟑
57. In Fig., if 𝑨𝑫 = 𝟒 𝐜𝐦𝑩𝑫 = 𝟑 𝐜𝐦 and 𝑪𝑩 = 𝟏𝟐 𝐜𝐦,
𝟓
(c)
then 𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝜽 = 𝟏𝟑
𝟏𝟐
(d)
𝟓

Ans. (b)
𝟑 𝐬𝐢𝐧𝟐 ⁡ 𝑨+𝐜𝐨𝐬𝟐 ⁡ 𝑨
62. If 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝑨 = , then is equal to
𝟒 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝑨
𝟒
(a)
𝟑
𝟏𝟐
(a) 𝟒
𝟓 (b)
𝟓
𝟓
(b) (c)
𝟑
𝟏𝟐
𝟓
𝟏𝟑
(c) (d)
𝟓
𝟏𝟐
𝟒
𝟏𝟐
(d)
𝟏𝟑
Ans. (b)
Ans. (a)
58. In Fig. , if 𝑫 is the mid-point of 𝑩𝑪, then the value of
𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝒚∘
is
𝐜𝐨𝐭⁡ 𝒙∘

(a) 2

(b) 1/2

(c) 1/3

(d) 3/4

Mathbrac Youtube Channel

 Maths by Neha Dhiman (KV TEACHER)
Chapter name – TRIGONOMETRY

ASSERTION -REASON BASED MCQS 67. Statement-1 (A): For any acute angle 𝜽, the value of
𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 cannot be greater than 1.
Each of the following questions contains STATEMENT-1
(Assertion) and STATEMENT-2 (Reason) and has
Statement-2 (𝑹) : Hypotenuse is the longest side in any
following four choices (a), (b), (c) and (d), only one of
right angled triangle.
which is the correct answer. Mark the correct choice.
Ans. (a)
(a) Statement- 1 is true, Statement-2 is true; Statement-2 is
a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(c) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false.
68. Statement-1 (A): For 𝟎 ≤ 𝜽 < 𝟗𝟎∘ , 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝒙 + 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝒙 ≥ 𝟐.
(d) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true.
𝟏
Statement-2 (𝑹) : For any 𝒙 > 𝟎, 𝒙 + ≥ 𝟐
𝒙

63. Statement-1 (A): For any acute angle 𝜽, values of

Ans. (a)
𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 never exceeds √𝟑.

𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽
Statement-2 (R): For 𝟎 ≤ 𝜽 < 𝟗𝟎∘ , 𝐭𝐚𝐧⁡ 𝜽 = .
𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽

Ans. (d)
64. Statement-1 (A): For any acute angle 𝜽(𝟎 ≤ 𝜽 <
𝟗𝟎∘ ), 𝐬𝐞𝐜⁡ 𝜽 ≥ 𝟏

Statement-2 (R): For any acute angle 𝜽(𝟎 < 𝜽 ≤

𝟗𝟎∘ ), 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜𝜽 ≥ 𝟏

Ans. (b)
65. Statement-1 (A): For 𝟎 < 𝜽 ≤ 𝟗𝟎∘ , 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 + 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐞𝐜𝜽 ≥
𝟐.

𝟏
Statement-2 (R): ⁡𝒙 + ≥ 𝟐 for all 𝒙 > 𝟎.
𝒙

Ans. (a)

66. Statement-1 (A): In Fig., the trigonometric ratios of

angle 𝜽 depend only on the value of 𝜽 and are independent
of the position of the point 𝑷 on the terminal side 𝑨𝒀 of
angle 𝜽.

Statement- 𝟐(𝑹) : In a right triangle 𝑨𝑩𝑪 right angled at

𝑩𝑪 𝑨𝑩
𝑩, if ∠𝑩𝑨𝑪 = 𝜽, then 𝐬𝐢𝐧⁡ 𝜽 = < 𝟏 and 𝐜𝐨𝐬⁡ 𝜽 = <𝟏
𝑨𝑪 𝑨𝑪

because the hypotenuse 𝑨𝑪 is the longest side.

Ans. (b)

Mathbrac Youtube Channel